Morley College Course Guide 2009/10

course guide 2009/10
how to enrol
When should I enrol?

For most of Morleys courses, you do not need to wait to enrol until an Advice Day. Enrolment for 2009 10 courses will be open from 26 June 2009. Before enrolling for any course you should request a copy of the course outline. A course outline will not only tell you what you should bring to the first class, but also more about the content, what you should hope to achieve and progression opportunities. The course outline may also provide details of any additional costs, e.g. for materials, models, trips, shows, etc.
Payment
You can pay by cheque, with a valid cheque card, payable to Morley College by Mastercard, Visa, Switch, Delta or Maestro (Solo or Visa Electron cards are only accepted when enrolling in person) by cash (only when enrolling in person)
Enrol early!
If you delay then your course may become full or be cancelled before the start date because of low enrolments. Please note that you must enrol before attending any course.
Frequently asked questions

What does (H) mean? For courses marked with (H) next to the course number you must obtain tutor approval before you enrol. You will also need to enrol in person or by post for courses which require tutor approval. See the section on Advice & Information on p4. Can I join a course after it has started? It is not always possible to allow people to join courses after they have started. Please contact the relevant department to enquire before you enrol. Can I join a course in the Spring or Summer terms? Where a fee is shown next to each term, new students may be able to join the course each term. Please check this with the Enrolment Desk or Department as some courses, such as Languages and Music, require a level of prior knowledge if new students start part of the way through the year. Students under 18 years of age Morley specialises in teaching adult students and does not have the necessary support mechanisms in place for students who are under 18 years of age. The College only enrols students when they are aged 18 or over. Students aged under 18 should contact their local further education college to find a suitable course.
How do I enrol?
By Post Fill in an enrolment form Pay either by cheque or fill in your credit/debit card details Send to: Enrolment Desk, Morley College 61 Westminster Bridge Road, London SE1 7HT. By Fax (at any time) Fill in an enrolment form including credit/debit card details Fax all pages to the College on 020 7928 4074. By Telephone Monday Friday: 10:00am 4:30pm Please have the course code, course name and your credit/debit card ready when you phone our enrolment line: 020 7450 1889. In Person Monday Friday: 10:00am 7:30pm (enrolment ends at 4pm outside of term time) Saturday: 9:30am 12:15pm (term time only) The enrolment hours are different on Advice Days (see p4 for details). You can also enrol online at www.morleycollege.ac.uk You cannot enrol by fax, by telephone or online if: You are enrolling on a course marked (H) (needing tutor approval) You are claiming a concessionary fee and need to provide evidence of your entitlement.
welcome to the
morley experience
Morley offers a wonderful range of inspiring and challenging courses whether you hope to explore your interests, discover new talents, improve your confidence or learn new skills. Our courses provide fantastic opportunities to enjoy new learning, support your personal development and to gain valuable skills relevant to your employment needs. They offer great value for money. You will be able to learn in a relaxed and inclusive learning environment with experienced tutors who offer professional expertise, a wealth of knowledge and who motivate and encourage you to learn. Here at Morley we also offer a wider learning experience clubs, concerts, opportunities to play in an orchestra, accordion club or sing in a choir. You will also be able to enjoy some of the wonderful exhibitions in the Morley Gallery. Many of these activities reflect the important contribution Morley makes to the creative industries in London, to the arts, to opportunities to improve essential skills for life and work and to the enrichment of our local community. You may have heard of the Learning Revolution, the governments recent White Paper on the future of adult learning in this country. Here at Morley we are confident that we make an important contribution to this future. Our own college Renaissance is helping us provide what has been the best of adult education in the past and to embrace new and innovative ways to support your learning into the future. Whatever you study at Morley you will be joining a creative and vibrant learning community where you can explore and achieve your ambitions. We look forward to welcoming you.
Ela Piotrowska, Principal
www.morleycollege.ac.uk | 020 7450 1889
a quick guide to finding your course
1 Look at the contents list or at each departments section to find the courses you want. If you need help in choosing your course then come to one of our advice days in July or September (see p5 for details) or attend a departmental Advice Session as shown at each departmental entry. 2 Check that the content of the course is what you are looking for by referring to the detailed Course Outline. Course Outlines are available on the College website or by contacting the relevant Department. Make sure that the course will be held on a day and at a time convenient for you. Check also whether your chosen course requires a tutors approval (H) before you can enrol. 3 Check the cost of the course. If you think you might qualify for a concessionary rate you should consult our Course Fees section (p124) or enquire at the Enrolment Desk. 4 There are many different ways you can enrol. Please follow the guidance given in How to Enrol on the inside front cover.
Introduction
How to Enrol . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside front cover Advice & Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Advice & Information Days . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Student Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Courses for Adults with Learning Disabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Weekend Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 The Morley Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Morley College Community Programme . . 126 What you can do for Morley . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Application Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Enrolment Form . . . . . . . . .Inside back cover
Computing & Digital Design

Computing Getting Started with Computers . . . . . . . . . . Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Powerpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internet & Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . File Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mail Merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Design CorelDRAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illustrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Desktop Publishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Computers for Textile Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . Publication Design Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Experimental Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2D Digital Design Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Typography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Design for Packaging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dreamweaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Web Design for Creatives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flash Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17
Access to Higher Education

Background Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 See separate guide for full details
Dance
Absolute Beginners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Ballet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Ballroom, Latin American & Salsa . . . . . . . . . 22 Contemporary Dance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Country Dancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Jazz Dance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Jive & Rock n Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Musical Theatre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Street Dance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Tap Dance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 World Dance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Dance Fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Nia Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Pilates (see also Exercise) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Dance for Adults with Learning Disabilities . . . .26
introduction
Drama
Acting School. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drama Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice & Speaking Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 29 30 30
Humanities
Counselling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Creative Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Film & Theatre Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 History & Heritage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Poetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Social Policy, Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Music
Chamber Ensembles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Early Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Guitar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 History, Listening & Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Jazz, Latin & Popular Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Music for People with Learning Disabilities . . . .82 Music Reading, Theory & Musicianship . . . . . . .82 Music Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Piano & Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Traditional & World Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Vocal Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Wind & Percussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Health & Exercise

Exercise Aikido . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fencing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fitness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iai Do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pilates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teacher Training: Fitness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teacher Training: Pilates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teacher Training: Yoga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yoga (Hatha). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yoga (Kundalini) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yoga (Therapeutic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 33 33 34 35 35 36 36 36 36 37
Languages
Arabic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Danish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Dutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Finnish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 German. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Japanese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Portuguese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Russian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Spanish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Swedish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Turkish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Skills for Life

GCSE Maths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Police Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Writing for work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Academic writing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 English (CPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 English (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 IELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Pronunciation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 See separate guide for full details
Health Alexander Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Anatomy & Physiology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Aromatherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Beauty Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Biochemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Cognitive Behavioural Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . 40 CPD Workshops for Therapists . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Facial Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Herbal Medicine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Indian Head Massage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Massage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Meditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Neuro-Skeletal Re-alignment Therapy . . . . . . 43 NLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Postural Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Qigong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Reflexology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Reiki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 RYA Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Shiatsu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Tai Chi Chuan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Wine Appreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Visual Arts
Events & Trips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Art History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Art for Adults with Learning Disabilities . . . . . 98 Bookbinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Ceramics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Fashion & Clothes Making . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Film & Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Glass Engraving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Jewellery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Painting & Drawing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Photography. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Printmaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Sculpture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Textiles, Craft Design & Related Subjects. .. . . 119
advice & information
If your chosen course requires tutor approval, you must attend an advice session. For advice at other times, please contact the Department Secretary.
Advice & Information

Advice and information is available during term time by making an appointment through the Department Secretary or by attending one of the departmental drop-in sessions. Details can be found at the beginning of each departmental section of the Course Guide and a summary is provided. There are also a number of advice and enrolment days in July and September when you can receive further information and advice, and can complete any audition or assessment that is necessary. For courses requiring tutor approval you can use one of these opportunities. If your enquiry is of a general nature, please call the Enrolment Line on 020 7450 1889.
Regular Departmental Advice Times (during term time only)

For information on advice days please contact the relevant department:
Humanities
Departmental Secretary: Andy Dummett 020 7450 1836
Languages
Departmental Secretary: Ewa Blundell 020 7450 1932
Access Courses
Access to Humanities: 020 7450 1836 Access to Music: 020 7450 1838
Music
Departmental Secretary: Ann Cowling 020 7450 1838 Please note: Students should check the individual music course listings for any specific advice/ audition dates for their course.
Dance
Departmental Secretary: Tracy Burt 020 7450 1832 Please note: Students should check the individual dance course listings for any specific advice/ audition dates for their course.
Term Dates 2009/10

Autumn 2009 Monday 14 September Friday 18 December (Half term: 26 October 30 October) Spring 2010 Monday 11 January Friday 26 March (No half term) Summer 2010 Monday 12 April Friday 2 July (Half term: 31 May 5 June) Summer School 2010 Monday 5 July Saturday 24 July
Skills for Life

Departmental Secretary: Anne Dolan 020 7450 1834
Drama
You may be seeking advice and information about which course is right for you, or you might be coming for an audition for one of the courses requiring tutor approval, please see page 5 for details. Departmental Secretary: Andy Dummett 020 7450 1836
Visual Arts
Departmental Secretary: 020 7450 1934 In addition, individual departments hold regular advice sessions throughout each term. Please visit www.morleycollege.ac.uk for further information, pick up an advice leaflet from the College Foyer or call the relevant department to make an appointment.
Health & Exercise

Departmental Secretary: Matt Stevenson 020 7450 1861 Therapies: Julia Wood 020 7450 1854 Exercise: Antony Lewis 020 7450 1863
introduction
Advice & information days July & September 2009

Department July 2009 Visual Arts 1 day Tues 14 July 12:00pm 2:30pm & 4:30pm 7:30pm Information and advice on Computing and Design, Art History, Ceramics, Fashion & Clothes Making, Glass Engraving, Jewellery, Painting and Drawing, Photography, Printmaking, Sculpture, Textiles and Craft Design. Please contact the Department Secretary on 020 750 1934 for information on all other courses. General information and advice for music access courses. General advice only. Auditions & general advice. Counselling course only. Please contact Department Secretary for all other enquiries 020 7450 1836. Days Dates Times Department notes
Music Dance Drama Humanities Exercise Health Languages Access to Music Access to Humanities September 2009 Visual Arts
1 day 1 day 2 days 1 day 1 day 1 day 2 days 1 day
Weds 15 July Thurs 16 July Mon 27 July Tues 28 July Tues 7 July Thurs 23 July Weds 22 July Mon 6 July Thurs 9 July Mon 13 July
4:00pm 7:30pm 11:00am 1:00pm & 5:00pm 7:30pm 3:00pm 7:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm & 3:00pm 7:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm & 2:00pm 5:00pm 3:00pm 7:30pm 12:00pm 2:30pm & 5:00pm 7:30pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 2:00pm & 3:00pm 7:00pm
Please refer to course outlines or contact Department Secretary on 020 7450 1861. French, Spanish and Italian only. By appointment only 020 7450 1928. Please contact Department to arrange an appointment at all other times 020 7450 1825. Excludes advice on Bookbinding, calligraphy, art for adults with Learning Disabilities, film & video. Please contact the Department Secretary on 020 7450 1934 for advice on these courses. General advice and auditions. Please refer to Department chapter (page 74) for details of auditions.
1 day
Tues 8 Sept
12:00pm 2:30pm & 4:30pm 7:30pm
Music
3 days
Weds 2 Sept Thurs 3 Sept Mon 7 Sept
10:00am 1:00pm & 4:00pm 7:30pm 10:00am 1:00pm & 4:00pm 7:30pm 10:00am 1:00pm & 4:00pm 7:30pm 11:00am 1:00pm & 5:00pm 7:30pm 3:00pm 7:00pm 3:00pm 7:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm & 3:00pm 7:00pm 3:00pm 7:30pm 3:00pm 7:30pm 12:00pm 2:30pm & 5:00pm 7:30pm 12:00pm 2:30pm & 5:00pm 7:30pm 10:00am 3:00pm & 5:30pm 7:30pm 10:00am 3:00pm & 5:30pm 7:30pm 10:00am 3:00pm 10:00am 3:00pm & 5:30pm 7:30pm 10:00am 3:00pm & 5:30pm 7:30pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 3:00pm & 5:30pm 7:30pm 10:00am 3:00pm & 5:30pm 7:30pm 10:00am 3:00pm 10:00am 3:00pm & 5:30pm 7:30pm 10:00am 3:00pm & 5:30pm 7:30pm
Dance Drama
1 day 3 days
Thurs 3 Sept Weds 2 Sept Thurs 3 Sept Mon 7 Sept
General advice only. Please refer to Dance chapter (page 18) for audition times for Ballet and Jazz Dance. Auditions & advice.
Humanities Exercise Health Languages SFL
Please refer to course outlines or contact Department Secretary on 020 7450 1836. 2 days Thurs 3 Sept Thurs 10 Sept 2 days 5 days Weds 9 Sept Thurs 10 Sept Weds 2 Sept Thurs 3 Sept Fri 4 Sept Mon 7 Sept Tues 8 Sept
Please refer to course outlines or contact Department Secretary on 020 7450 1861. Advice on German, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese and Greek. Wednesday 2 September is for returning Morley students wanting to re-enrol.
Access to Music Access to Humanities
2 days 5 days
Weds 2 Sept Mon 7 Sept Weds 2 Sept Thurs 3 Sept Fri 4 Sept Mon 7 Sept Tues 8 Sept
By appointment only on 020 7450 1928. Please contact Department to arrange an appointment at all other times 020 7450 1825.
Please also refer to the dance and music sections for details of audition dates.
student support
We are pleased to be able to offer a high level of support to students. Morley is an open and friendly college and we encourage all our students to let us know about their disabilities. Working closely with your tutor, we believe we can make the best arrangements for supporting you on your course.
Disabilities
Disabilities include physical disabilities such as those connected with mobility, sight or hearing. They also include learning disabilities, mental health difficulties and dyslexia. If you have a disability, we will help to make the necessary arrangements in the class so that you can benefit fully as a student here. Call Sally Townsend on 020 7450 1835 to discuss how we might be able to help. Please tick the box on the enrolment form if you are willing for this information to be passed to your tutor. In addition, you may either need to explain to your tutor what your particular needs are, or ask us to liaise with the tutor on your behalf.
Counselling
At times of crisis we all need someone to talk to and sometimes we need a professional. If you feel your work is suffering because of something in your life going wrong, we may be able to help you by referring you to a local counsellor to talk to in confidence.
Mobility Issues
We have two lifts to provide access in Morley Colleges main building and a wheelchair lift in the Nancy Seear Building. We can also help with car parking for students with disabilities. If you have any mobility requirements please contact the Learning Support team (020 7450 1835) before enrolling. This Course Guide is also available in large print and on audio CD in the College Library.
Dyslexia
If you are on an accredited course we offer dyslexia support with a specialist tutor. Call Carole Powell on 020 7450 1846 to arrange an appointment.
Childcare
If you are on a Skills for Life or Access course and have young children between 18 months to 5 years and are in receipt of income-based benefits, we may be able to help you find a local nursery place for your child and help fund this. Call Pearl Flanders on 020 7450 1855 to discuss your situation.
Access & Skills for Life

If you are on one of these courses and feel that, despite hard work, your literacy has always been a problem, we may be able to help. Call the Learning Support team on 020 7450 1846 and we will arrange a time for an Initial Assessment.
Volunteers
Some students are supported by volunteers in their class. This can help by providing the supportive environment to encourage full participation and enjoyment and can lead to a very rewarding experience.
Hardship Fund
We realise that some students on very low incomes or living on benefits find it difficult to afford to study at College. We may be able to help students on accredited and ESOL courses from our Hardship Fund towards payment of certain course materials and travel costs. Call Pearl Flanders on 020 7450 1855 before you enrol, to find out if you are eligible.
introduction
courses for adults with learning disabilities

Morley College runs a number of courses developed especially for adults with learning disabilities. Please see the listings below. For further information and to enrol please contact the Learning Support department on 020 7450 1914 to arrange an appointment. All these courses are free to eligible students
Dance Dance and performance: An introduction This class allows you to explore movement and performance skills. Dance & Performance For students with some experience of dance. Dance and performance workshop For students with some experience of dance. In conjunction with Coralli Dance Company, you will create dance work for performance. Music Music for People with Learning Disabilities This course helps those with special learning needs to develop musically and personally using music as the medium. Develop self-confidence, decision-making skills and group interaction.
Code DAB02A DAB04A DAB06A DAB03A
Start 16 Sep 09 13 Jan 10 14 Apr 10 14 Apr 10
End 25 Nov 09 17 Mar 10 23 June 10 23 June 10
Days Weds Weds Weds Weds
Times 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm 2:00pm 4:00pm
Weeks 10 10 10 10
Code MLD01A MLD02A MLD03A
Start 14 Sep 09 11 Jan 10 12 Apr 10 Start 15 Sep 09 15 Sep 09 12 Jan 10 12 Jan 10 13 Apr 10 20 Apr 10
End 7 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 7 June 10 End 24 Nov 09 24 Nov 09 16 Mar 10 16 Mar 10 22 June 10 22 June 10
Days Mon Mon Mon Days Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues
Times 1:30pm 3:00pm 1:30pm 3:00pm 1:30pm 3:00pm Times 1:30pm 3:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 1:30pm 3:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 6:30pm 8:30pm 11:00am 4:00pm
Weeks 12 10 7 Weeks 10 10 10 10 10 9
Art Art for Adults with Learning Disabilities Experiment with a wide range of materials to produce individual and collaborative pieces for exhibiting in an enjoyable and productive class.
Code VLD04A VLD06A VLD05A VLD07A VLD08A
City and Guilds Drawing & Painting 7722 22, Level 1 Certificate in Design and Craft Students will use a whole range of Media including drawing, painting, collage, printmaking and sculpture to improve their skills and technical ability.
VLD01A
general information
The Library
The Library is available for all current Morley students to use and offers facilities for quiet study and support materials for courses. It stocks books, music scores, periodicals, newspapers, music CDs, DVDs and videos, CD-ROMs, language cassettes and CDs. You can borrow up to six books and three audio-visual items at any one time. Direct line: 020 7450 1828 Library opening hours (term-time only) Monday to Thursday: 11:00am 8:00pm Friday: 11:00am 7:00pm
Refectory
This is the main social space for members of the Morley community. A range of hot and cold meals, drinks and snacks are available in the Refectory. It is open during term time: Monday to Friday: 9:30am 8:45pm Lunch served 12:00pm 2:00pm Dinner served 5:30pm 7:00pm Saturday: 10:00am 3:45pm Lunch served 12:00pm 2:00pm Please note that a more limited service is available on Sundays when courses are running. Vending machines for snacks and drinks are also available. Smoke-free learning environment Smoking is not allowed anywhere in the College. We also ask you not to smoke close to the Colleges entrances. Practice rooms Specialist music rooms are available for hire on an hourly basis between 10:00am and 5:00pm on weekdays. They can be booked in person through the Reception Desk. You may not practice in rooms which have not been booked.
Morley Gallery
The gallery is open to all Morley students, staff and members of the public. It is situated on the ground floor of the D Block, which is adjacent to Morley College Main Building. The main entrance to the gallery has a 9-inch step and there is wheelchair access located in the lower part of the gallery. Both entrances are in King Edward Walk. The annual programme shows exhibitions of painting and drawing, printmaking, sculpture, photography, ceramics, textiles and installation art and includes exhibitions of work by Morley students in addition to independent artists. Exhibition spaces around the College The gallery manages displays and exhibitions of student work in the display cases in the entrance area, and landing gallery on the 2nd floor of the main building. These sometimes include work which has been produced in Life Drawing classes and may therefore depict the naked human form. Information about exhibitions and other gallery events can be found in the College Foyer, in the gallery and on the College website: www.morleycollege.ac.uk. Contact Details Morley Gallery 61 Westminster Bridge Road London SE1 7HT Telephone: 020 7450 1826 Fax: 020 7928 4074 Email: gallery@morleycollege.ac.uk
Ursula Hyde Learning Centre

The Ursula Hyde Learning Centre is a drop-in facility with free access to computers and the internet. It offers 28 PCs, A3 and A4 scanners, and colour and black and white printers. Software includes Microsoft Office, Publisher, Photoshop, InDesign, Typequick, Sibelius, Earmaster, Zoomtext and ECDL. We give free Internet access and also subscribe to online resources including Grove Music Online and the British Library Sound Archive. The Centre also has specialist accessibility programs and equipment. UHLC resources are provided to support course work only. Monday to Friday: 11:00am 7:00pm (term time only) Direct line: 020 7450 1827
introduction
access to higher education
Morleys Access Programme offers alternative routes into higher education (HE), specifically designed for adult students. We realise people may have a desire to change their career or build a new career but lack the formal qualifications necessary to change direction.
Our Access Programme offers applicants a wide range of subject routes and pathways, as well as offering flexible study which can include day and/ or evening modes of study on a one-year full time or two-year part time basis. Morley College recognises that adult learners have different needs and commitments to younger students so we provide a friendly and supportive adult environment in which to study. We will also help you to develop the communication and study skills you will need when you progress to higher education. We also provide individual tutorial support you will be allocated a personal tutor for the duration of your course who will help you with your university application. Our Access courses are organised into subject pathways currently we offer full and part time courses in: Social Work; Social Science (psychology, sociology); Humanities (history/ literature/ philosophy); Human Sciences; Nursing; Midwifery and Music.
We also run Pre-Access courses for those who may not feel they are ready to study at Access level and who may need a year to develop their basic skills before transferring to the main Access Programme. Successful completion of an Access Programme means you can apply to any British university on the same basis as younger students who take the A Level route into HE.
Further information
For all Access courses other than Music: Austin Hill (020 7450 1825) For Music Access courses: Virginia Firnberg (020 7450 1928) Pick up your copy of the Access Course Guide in the College foyer or download from www.morleycollege.ac.uk
Weekend courses
Health See relevant Department chapter for the full course details Indian Head Massage: Introduction Improve your Memory Alexander Technique Workshop Anytime Anywhere Massage NLP: An Introduction Massage Workshop
Date 19 Sep 09 11 Oct 09 17 Oct 09 17 Oct 09 17 Oct 09 7 Nov 09 8 Nov 09 21 Nov 09 21 Nov 09 5 Dec 09 16 Jan 10 16 Jan 10 23 Jan 10 30 Jan 10 30 Jan 10 6 Feb 10 7 Feb 10 13 Feb 10 27 Feb 10 13 Mar 10 20 Mar 10 24 Apr 10 24 Apr 10 15 May 10 12 Jun 10 12 Jun 10 12 Jun 10 19 Jun 10 27 Jun 10 Date 8 Oct 09 11 Oct 09 11 Oct 09 11 Oct 09 11 Oct 09 8 Nov 09 6 Dec 09 17 Jan 10 24 Jan 10 24 Jan 10 31 Jan 10 7 Feb 10 7 Feb 10 7 Feb 10 7 Mar 10 18 Apr 10 16 May 10 16 May 10 27 Jun 10
Weekends are for relaxation, fun with friends and taking time out from the same old daily routine. Thats why weekend courses at Morley College cover a wide range of subjects so whether you want to shake off the stresses and strains of the working week with some meditation, brush up on your dance moves before hitting the dance floor on Saturday night or try something new like metal sculpture, printmaking or jewellery making, youll definitely find more than enough to fill your weekend.
Computing and Digital Design See relevant Department chapter for the full course details Photoshop: Beginners Desktop Publishing: Beginners Web Design for Creatives Using Computers for Textile Design Photoshop: Beginners Desktop Publishing: Beginners Photoshop for Art & Design Using Computers for Textile Design Dance See relevant Department chapter for the full course details Musical Theatre One day Intensive Creative Movement and Improvisation Salsa Introduction Musical Theatre One Day Intensive Creative Movement and Improvisation Tango Learn to Tango in a Day Salsa Introduction Creative Movement and Improvisation Egyptian Dance Day Levels 2 & 3 Salsa One Day Intensive Dance Taster Day Drama See relevant Department chapter for the full course details Boal Workshop Getting into Drama School The Improvisation Project The Acting Business Exercise See relevant Department chapter for the full course details Yoga Professional Training Introductory Day Kundalini Yoga: A journey through the chakras Fencing: Foil Intensive Fencing: Epe Intensive Fundamentals of Kundalini Yoga Fencing: Sabre Intensive Fencing: An Introduction The Feldenkrais Method 26 Sep 09 4 Oct 09 7 Feb 10 7 Mar 10 10 Apr 10 9 May 10 16 May 10 16 May 10 11 Oct 09 24 Jan 10 7 Feb 10 25 Apr 10 Date 27 Sep 09 4 Oct 09 6 Dec 09 24 Jan 10 24 Jan 10 7 Feb 10 7 Mar 10 18 Apr 10 25 Apr 10 23 May 10 27 Jun 10 Date 26 Sep 09 27 Sep 09 7 Nov 09 16 Jan 10 17 Jan 10 6 Mar 10 17 Apr 10 12 Jun 10 Date Date
Acem Meditation Facial Therapy Workshop Dealing with Difficult People Aromatherapy Product Making Alexander Technique Workshop Anytime Anywhere Massage NLP: An Introduction Aromatherapy Workshop Massage Workshop Acem Meditation Improve your Memory Reflexology Workshop Indian Head Massage: Introduction Facial Therapy Workshop Alexander Technique Workshop Anytime Anywhere Massage Optimum Nutrition Action Introduction to Cognitive Behavioural Therapy Alexander Technique Workshop Facial Therapy Workshop NLP: An Introduction Massage Workshop Improve your Memory Humanities See relevant Department chapter for the full course details Start to Write for Children Introduction to Counselling Creative Experimental Writing from Sound Is Philosophy for You? Sylvia Plath and Ted Hughes Creative Experimental Writing from Imagery Creative Experimental Writing from Film The Cinema of Jean Renoir The Cinema of Louis Malle Walt Whitman and Emily Dickinson The Cinema of Francois Truffaut Introduction to Counselling The Cinema of Francois Ozon Thinking About Morality Early 20th Century Modernists London in Literature Contemporary Philosophy Writing London Robert Lowell, Elizabeth Bishop and their Impact on Contemporary British Poetry
10
introduction
Languages See relevant Department chapter for the full course details French 1A Fast Track Spanish 1A Fast Track French 1A Sunday Intensive German Fast Track 1A Spanish 1A Fast Track Italian 1A Fast Track German Film Study Day Spanish 1B Fast Track Italian 1A Fast Track Music See relevant Department chapter for the full course details Singing: Learn to Sing in a Day Improve Your Singing Singing: Tone Deaf? No Way! Improve your Singing Singing: Musical Theatre An Introduction Klezmer Orchestra Singing: Oratorio Class Levels 4 5 Singing: Improve Your Singing Performance Singing: Improve Your Singing Performance Singing: Musical Theatre An Introduction Singing: Improve Your Singing Performance Singing: Learn to Sing in a Day Singing: Oratorio Class Levels 4 5 Authentic Bulgarian Singing Singing: Learn to Sing in a Day Singing: Oratorio Class Levels 4 5 Singing: Musical Theatre An Introduction Singing & the Alexander Technique Visual Arts See relevant Department chapter for the full course details Ceramics Family Pottery Making and Decorating Fashion Pattern Cutting: Skirts/Tops/Trousers Life Drawing for Fashion Intermediate Pattern Cutting: The Coat Block Tailor-Made: Surface and Structure The Craft of the Milliner Luxurious Lingerie Ballroom Dancewear: The Bodice Cut and Stitch Fabric Hats Creative Pattern Cutting 1/2 The Fast Fashion Stitch The Bias Drape Ballroom Dancewear: The Gown Professional Fit: Skirts Tailor-Made: Sleeves and Shoulder Pads Cut and Stitch Vintage Hats Tailor-Made: Details
Date 26 Sep 09 7 Nov 09 17 Jan 10 20 Feb 10 27 Feb 10 17 Apr 10 22 May 10 29 May 10 26 Jun 10 Date 27 Sep 09 3 Oct 09 11 Oct 09 30 Oct 09 7 Nov 09 8 Nov 09 28 Nov 09 17 Jan 10 24 Jan 10 30 Jan 10 31 Jan 10 7 Feb 10 20 Feb 10 13 Mar 10 18 Apr 10 24 Apr 10 15 May 10 23 May 10 Date
Adobe Illustrator for Fashion 1/2 Drawing Fabrics for Fashion Introduction to Photoshop for Fashion Draping for Vintage Dresses Professional Fit: Bodices Introduction to Fashion Styling Hats from Recycled Materials Jewellery Jewellery: Beginners Jewellery: Beginners and Continuing An Introduction to Enamelling Jewellery: Working with Silver Clay Jewellery: Working with Found Objects Jewellery: Creative Settings Jewellery: Cuttlefish Casting Painting & Drawing Painting & Drawing Portraiture for Experienced Painters Dynamic Drawing Taster Oil Painting Taster Introduction to Watercolour Painting Intro to Oil Pastels with Costumed Model Starting a Portrait in Oil Paint Intro to Chalk Pastels with Costumed Model Watercolour Painting Flowers & Raoul Dufy Oil Pastels Costumed Model in Garden Setting Watercolour Painting Outside in Park Setting Photography First Steps in Digital Photography Photographing your Artwork Printmaking Printmaking for All Printmaking: Traditional and New Etching on Sunday Printmaking on Sunday Printmaking on Sunday: Woodcut Relief Printing Sculpture Metal Sculpture: Beginners Metal Sculpture: Intermediate & Advanced Soft Furnishings: An Introduction Casting and Mould Making Relief Modelling: Workshop 1 Master Classes in Anatomy & Sculpting: The Portrait Head Life Modelling in Clay: Short Course 1/2 Metal Sculpture: Intermediate & Advanced Soft Furnishings: An Introduction Master Classes in Anatomy & Sculpting: The Human Head & Figure with Hands and Feet Relief Modelling: Workshop 2 Casting and Mould Making Metal Sculpture: Intermediate & Advanced Relief Modelling: Workshop 3 Casting and Mould Making
May 8 May 10 16 May 10 22 May 10 29 May 10 19 Jun 10 27 Jun 10 Sept/Oct/ Jan/May Nov/Feb/June 7 Nov 09 6 Feb 10 6 Mar 10 17 Apr 10 24 Apr 10 Sep/Jan/Apr Sep/Jan/Apr Sep/Feb/Apr Oct/Jun 11 Oct 09 8 Nov 09 17 Jan 10 31 Jan 10 7 Mar 10 18 Apr 10 23 May 10 Nov/May Feb/Apr Sep/Jan/Apr Sep/Jan/Apr Oct/May Oct/Jan/May 18 Apr 10 Sep/Jan/Apr 19 Sep 09 27 Sep 09 4 Oct 09 7 Nov 09 22 Nov 09 Dec/Mar 16 Jan 10 17 Jan 10 24 Jan 10 6 Feb 10 7 Mar 10 17 Apr 10 8 May 10 6 Jun 10
Sep/Jan/Apr 27 Sep 09 Sep/Jan/Apr 3 Oct 09 3 Oct 09 10 Oct 09 17 Oct 09 7 Nov 09 14 Nov 09 5 Dec 09 Jan/May 30 Jan 10 30 Jan 10 13 Feb 10 6 Mar 10 6 Mar 10 13 Mar 10 24 Apr 10
11
computing and digital design

Computing Getting Started with Computers . . Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Powerpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internet & Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . File Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mail Merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Design CorelDRAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illustrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Desktop Publishing . . . . . . . . . . . . Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Computers for Textile Design. . . . . Publication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Experimental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 2D Digital Design Skills . . . . . . . . . Digital Typography . . . . . . . . . . . . . Design for Packaging. . . . . . . . . . . Dreamweaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Web Design for Creatives. . . . . . . . Flash Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 16 17 17 17 17
12
Our computing courses cater for all abilities from complete beginners to more advanced users. Were confident that there will be something here to satisfy all who wish to improve their computing knowledge and skills. We recommend that students request a course outline before enrolling. Please contact us for information about tutors. Our diverse range of digital design courses will provide you with the ideal introduction to the world of digital design. These courses are designed to provide you with practical hands-on skills using industry-standard software. Students should already be competent in using a computer and we recommend that you request a course outline before enrolling. Please contact us for information about tutors.
Head of Section: Liam Curtayne (020 7450 1879) Email: liam.curtayne@morleycollege.ac.uk
Computing Getting Started with Computers This course is the perfect introduction to using a computer. Come and learn basic computing and word processing skills in a safe, relaxed environment. Suitable for those with little or no experience of using a computer.
Code CMP01A CMP02A CMP03A CMP04A CMP05A CMP06A
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 5 Nov 09 Spring 25 Feb 10
End 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 21 Oct 09 22 Oct 09 18 Feb 10 16 Feb 10 20 May 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10
Days Mon Mon Mon Weds Weds Thurs Weds Thurs Thurs Tues Thurs Thurs Thurs
Times 10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 2:30pm 4:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm
Weeks 12 11 10 12 11 11 6 6 6 6 6 6 5
Fee 103 56 (c) 94 53 (c) 87 48 (c) 103 56 (c) 94 53 (c) 94 53 (c) 80 66 (c) 80 45 (c) 80 45 (c) 80 66 (c) 80 45 (c) 80 45 (c) 67 39 (c)
Word Skills: Level 1 This course is suitable for students with basic computing experience who want to improve their word processing skills. You will learn to produce professional looking documents. Topics include editing text, formatting, saving, printing and basic file management.
CMP07A CMP08A CMP09A CMP10A CMP11A
Word Skills: Level 2 This course is ideal for people who are already familiar with Microsoft Word and want to develop their word processing skills further. Topics will include advanced formatting, working with and managing long documents. Suitable for students who have completed Word Skill: Level 1.
CMP12A CMP13A
Please read the detailed course outline for your chosen course
13
Computing Excel Skills: Level 1 An introduction to the essential features of Microsoft Excel. You will learn to produce spreadsheet tables, manipulate data and create charts and graphs. This course is suitable for students with basic computing experience.
Code CMP14A CMP15A CMP16A CMP17A CMP18A
Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 4 Nov 09 Spring 24 Feb 10
End 21 Oct 09 17 Feb 10 12 May 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10
Days Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds
Times 10:30am 1:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:30am 1:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm
Weeks 6 6 5 6 5
Fee 80 45 (c) 80 45 (c) 67 56 (c) 80 45 (c) 67 39 (c)
Excel Skills: Level 2 This course aims to build on your existing spreadsheet knowledge. Topics will include absolute cell referencing, naming cells, freezing columns/rows, sorting and filtering. Students are expected to already have some familiarity with Microsoft Excel. Access Skills: Level 1 You will be introduced to the essential features of Microsoft Access. You will learn how to create simple databases, how to change, add and extract information. This course is suitable for students with basic computing experience.
CMP19A CMP20A CMP21A CMP22A CMP23A
Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 6 Nov 09 Spring 17 Feb 10
23 Oct 09 10 Feb 10 12 May 10 11 Dec 09 24 Mar 10
Fri Weds Weds Fri Weds
10:30am 1:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 10:30am 1:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm
6 5 5 6 6
80 45 (c) 67 56 (c) 67 39 (c) 80 45 (c) 80 66 (c)
Access Skills: Level 2 This course will build on your existing database skills. You will be introduced to relational databases, more complex queries, forms and reports. Students are expected to already have some familiarity with Microsoft Access. PowerPoint Skills This course is a general introduction to using PowerPoint. You will learn how to create a variety of visually attractive on-screen presentations. Suitable for students with basic computing experience.
CMP24A CMP25A CMP26A CMP27A CMP28A CMP29A CMP30A
Autumn 4 Nov 09 Spring 25 Feb 10 Summer 11 Jun 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 5 Nov 09 Autumn 3 Nov 09 Summer 25 May 10 Autumn 14 Dec 09 Autumn 18 Dec 09 Summer 23 Apr 10 Summer 2 Jul 10 Spring 23 Feb 10 Summer 27 May 10
9 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 25 Jun 10 22 Oct 09 20 Oct 09 18 Feb 10 18 May 10 10 Dec 09 8 Dec 09 29 Jun 10 14 Dec 09 18 Dec 09 23 Apr 10 2 Jul 10 23 Mar 10 1 Jul 10
Weds Thurs Fri Thurs Tues Thurs Tues Thurs Tues Tues Mon Fri Fri Fri Tues Thurs
6:00pm 9:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 10:30am 4:30pm 10:00am 1:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:30am 4:30pm 10:30am 4:30pm 10:30am 4:30pm 10:30am 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm
6 5 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 1 1 1 1 5 5
80 66 (c) 67 39 (c) 67 39 (c) 80 45 (c) 80 66 (c) 80 45 (c) 80 66 (c) 80 45 (c) 80 66 (c) 67 56 (c) 30 20 (c) 30 20 (c) 30 20 (c) 30 20 (c) 87 76 (c) 87 59 (c)
Internet & Email Skills: Level 1 This course is a general introduction to the Internet and E-mail and is designed for those with basic computer skills. You will learn how to surf the World Wide Web, search for information, send and receive e-mails.
Internet & Email Skills: Level 2 This course will allow you develop confidence in accessing information and services online (news, government, consumer, employment, health). You will learn how to safely order a book, pay a bill, bank online or book a holiday. This course is suitable for students with some Internet experience. File Management Skills (Windows XP) This course is designed to help you efficiently manage and organise your files. You will learn how to copy, move, delete and search for files and folders. Suitable for students with basic computing experience.
CMP31A CMP32A CMP33A CMP34A CMP35A CMP36A CMP37A
Word Skills (eDCC): Level 2 This level 2 word processing course is ideal for students wanting to gain a nationally recognised qualification to enhance their education or employment prospects. Topics will include advanced formatting and managing long documents. Students are expected to already have some familiarity with Microsoft Word.
CMP38A CMP39A
14
H Requires tutor approval before you can enrol
Computing Excel Skills (eDCC): Level 2 This level 2 spreadsheet course is ideal for students wanting to gain a nationally recognised qualification to enhance their education or employment prospects. Topics will include absolute cell referencing, naming cells, freezing columns/rows, sorting and filtering. Students are expected to already have some familiarity with Microsoft Excel. Access Skills (eDCC): Level 2 This level 2 database course is ideal for students wanting to gain a nationally recognised qualification to enhance their education or employment prospects. You will be introduced to relational databases and complex queries. Students are expected to already have some familiarity with Microsoft Access. Mail Merge Skills (eDCC): Level 2 Mail merge is one of Microsoft Words most useful time saving features. You will learn how to merge letters, envelopes and labels with different data sources. This course leads to a nationally recognised qualification. Students are expected to already have some familiarity with Microsoft Word. Digital Design CorelDRAW: Beginners Learn how to use CorelDRAW to create illustrations and how to combine these with your own drawing skills. Students should already possess a reasonable understanding of using a computer. Illustrator: Beginners This introductory course will provide you with a solid foundation in digital illustrations. Students should already possess a reasonable understanding of using a computer. Illustrator Skills This course provides an in-depth introduction to digital illustration. You'll learn how to choose the appropriate tools for common Illustrator tasks including: using selection and drawing tools, shape and colour, working with text, applying filters and effects. No prior knowledge of Illustrator is necessary but you should possess a reasonable understanding of using a computer. Desktop Publishing: Beginners This short course is a general introduction to desktop publishing and Adobe InDesign. You will learn to use the main tools and features of the software including master pages, importing and manipulating images and text, controlling text flow and styles. Students should already possess a reasonable understanding of using a computer. Desktop Publishing Skills (InDesign) This course is the ideal in-depth introduction to desktop publishing. Starting with the fundamentals, you will develop your working knowledge of the main InDesign tools and features. You will learn to create layouts for a range of promotional material: posters, flyers, brochures etc. No prior knowledge of desktop publishing is necessary but you should possess a reasonable understanding of using a computer. Photoshop: Beginners This is a general introduction to the main features of Adobe Photoshop. Through a series of demonstrations and practical activities youll learn techniques in digital image editing and manipulation. Students should already possess a reasonable understanding of using a computer.
Code CMP40A CMP41A
Start Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 19 May 10
End 29 Jan 10 30 Jun 10
Days Fri Weds
Times 10:30am 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm
Weeks 3 6
Fee 87 59 (c) 100 86 (c)
CMP42A CMP43A
Spring 5 Feb 10 Summer 19 May 10
19 Feb 10 30 Jun 10
Fri Weds
10:30am 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm
3 6
87 59 (c) 100 65 (c)
CMP44A CMP45A CMP46A Code VDD25A
Autumn 16 Dec 09 Spring 26 Mar 10 Summer 30 Apr 10 Start Spring 23 Feb 10
16 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 30 Apr 10 End 23 Mar 10
Weds Fri Fri Days Tues
10:30am 4:30pm 10:30am 4:30pm 10:30am 4:30pm Times 10:00am 1:00pm
1 1 1 Weeks 5
50 40 (c) 50 40 (c) 50 40 (c) Fee 68 39 (c)
VDD26A
Autumn 6 Nov 09
11 Dec 09
Fri
2:00pm 5:00pm
80 44 (c)
VDD27A VDD28A VDD29A VDD30A VDD31A
Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 27 Sep 09 Spring 6 Mar 10
7 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 22 Jun 10 11 Oct 09 20 Mar 10
Mon Tues Tues Sun Sat
2:00pm 4:30pm 2:00pm 4:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:30am 4:30pm 10:30am 4:30pm
12 11 10 3 3
125 68 (c) 116 63 (c) 106 58 (c) 68 68 54 (c)
VDD32A VDD33A
Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10
8 Dec 09 22 Mar 10
Tues Mon
10:00am 12:30pm 2:00pm 4:30pm
12 11
125 68 (c) 116 63 (c)
VDD34A VDD37A VDD35A VDD36A
Autumn 18 Sep 09 Autumn 26 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Spring 17 Jan 10
23 Oct 09 17 Oct 09 16 Feb 10 7 Feb 10
Fri Sat Tues Sun
6:00pm 9:00pm 11:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:30am 4:30pm
6 4 6 4
80 66 (c) 85 68 (c) 80 45 (c) 87
15
Digital Design Photoshop Skills: Level 1 An in-depth introduction to this professional image manipulation software. You'll learn how to choose the appropriate tools for common Photoshop tasks including: exposure correction, retouching, selections, layering and creating image composites. No prior knowledge of Photoshop is necessary but you should possess a reasonable understanding of using a computer. Photoshop Skills: Level 2 This intermediate level course will expand your knowledge of digital manipulation of images and build on your existing fundamental Photoshop skills and techniques. Students are expected to already have some familiarity with Photoshop. Photoshop Skills: Level 3 Further Photoshop skills for the artist, designer or photographer. This advanced course will give you the opportunity to learn further techniques and to develop your own work. Students are expected to be familiar with Photoshop. Photoshop for Art & Design This popular course is aimed at those who want to explore the creative potential of Photoshop to produce original, eye catching pieces of artwork. Students are expected to already have some familiarity with Photoshop. Photoshop for Photography Learn those aspects of Photoshop that are all important to the photographer. Enhance and manipulate images from your own digital camera or scanned from conventional film media. Using Computers for Textile Design This course will show you how to utilise CorelDRAW and Photoshop to create patterns and overall designs suitable for textile design, web design and other similar applications. Publication Design Skills Building on your existing desktop publishing skills, this intermediate course aims to develop a greater understanding of the structural foundations of layout design and working with grids for magazines and other publishing materials. Students are expected to be familiar with using Adobe InDesign. Experimental Design This advanced course will explore ways of moving beyond conventional layout structures and encourage you to develop a more instinctive, experimental approach to design. This course is suitable for those with an interest in graphic design, typography etc. Students are expected to be familiar with using Photoshop, InDesign and Illustrator. 2D Digital Design Skills This course focuses on developing your graphic design skills by integrating desktop publishing, drawing and paint programs for print design. Through a combination of lectures, demonstrations and small scale projects, you will gain a fundamental understanding of what design is all about. This course is suitable for those who have an interest in graphic design, typography, print publishing or producing promotional material. Students are expected to be familiar with using Illustrator, InDesign and Photoshop. Digital Typography This course is designed to give you a fundamental understanding of the importance of type and typography within the field of graphic design. This course is suitable for those who have an interest in graphic design, typography, print publishing or producing promotional material. Students are expected to be familiar with using Illustrator and InDesign.
Code VDD38A VDD39A
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Autumn 15 Sep 09
End 7 Dec 09 8 Dec 09
Days Mon Tues
Times 6:30pm 9:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm
Weeks 12 12
Fee 125 103 125 68 (c)
VDD40A
Spring 11 Jan 10
22 Mar 10
Mon
6:30pm 9:00pm
11
116 95 (c)
VDD41A
Summer 12 Apr 10
28 Jun 10
Mon
6:30pm 9:00pm
10
106 87 (c)
VDD42A VDD43A
Autumn 6 Nov 09 Summer 17 Apr 10 Summer 12 Apr 10
11 Dec 09 25 Apr 10
Fri Sat/Sun
6:00pm 9:00pm 10:30am 4:30pm 2:00pm 4:30pm
6 2
80 65 (c) 87 70 (c) 106 58 (c)
VDD44A
28 Jun 10
Mon
10
VDD45A VDD46A VDD47A
Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 12 Jun 10 Spring 26 Feb 10
6 Feb 10 26 Jun 10 19 Mar 10
Sat Sat Fri
11:00am 5:00pm 11:00am 5:00pm 10:30am 4:30pm
4 3 4
87 70 (c) 68 54 (c) 87 48 (c)
VDD48A
Summer 14 Apr 10
16 Jun 10
Weds
10:30am 1:00pm
96 54 (c)
VDD49A VDD50A
Summer 16 Apr 10 Summer 13 Apr 10
25 Jun 10 22 Jun 10
Fri Tues
6:00pm 9:00pm 1:30pm 4:30pm
10 10
125 103 (c) 125 68 (c)
VDD51A
Spring 15 Jan 10
12 Mar 10
Fri
6:00pm 8:30pm
96 54 (c)
16
Digital Design Design for Packaging This course aims to give you a fundamental understanding of surface design for packaging. You will gain an appreciation of this discipline within the context of graphic design. The course is suitable for those who have an interest in graphic design, typography etc. Students are expected to be familiar with using Illustrator, InDesign and Photoshop. Dreamweaver Skills: Level 1 This course is an excellent introduction to web design. Youll learn to master the basics of Dreamweaver to create and set up websites. Students should already possess a reasonable understanding of using a computer. Dreamweaver Skills: Level 2 Building on your existing web design skills, this course aims to take you to the next level. You will cover some of the softwares more advanced features for website creation. Students are expected to have some familiarity with Dreamweaver. Web Design for Creatives This introduction to web design is aimed at artists, designers, illustrators etc looking to promote their work/enterprise online. This course will help you get to grips with Dreamweaver to create your own promotional website. Students should already possess a reasonable understanding of using a computer. Flash Skills This practical hands-on course will show you how to master the basics of Flash and web animation. You'll develop an understanding for basic drawing and animating tools in Flash. Students are expected to have some familiarity with Dreamweaver.
Code VDD52A
Start Summer 7 May 10
End 28 May 10
Days Fri
Times 10:30am 4:30pm
Weeks 4
Fee 87 48 (c)
VDD53A
Autumn 17 Sep 09
10 Dec 09
Thurs
6:30pm 9:00pm
12
125 103 (c)
VDD54A
Spring 14 Jan 10
25 Mar 10
Thurs
6:30pm 9:00pm
11
116 95 (c)
VDD55A
Autumn 7 Nov 09
5 Dec 09
Sat
10:30am 4:30pm
106 85 (c)
VDD56A
Summer 15 Apr 10
24 Jun 10
Thurs
6:30pm 9:00pm
10
106 85 (c)
17
dance
Absolute Beginners . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Ballet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Ballroom, Latin American & Salsa . . 22 Contemporary Dance. . . . . . . . . . . 23 Country Dancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Jazz Dance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Jive & Rock n Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Musical Theatre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Street Dance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Tap Dance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 World Dance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Dance Fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Nia Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Pilates (see also Exercise) . . . . . . . 26 Dance for Adults with Learning Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
18
dance
We welcome everyone from absolute beginners to the more advanced. Whether you want to learn to dance from scratch, or develop your skills as a performer, youll discover a vast range of courses to suit you here.
Introduction
We welcome everyone who loves to dance!
Safety Information
For your own safety, you are advised to seek medical advice if you have any history of injury or illness and inform your tutor, before starting your course, of any such condition (past or present) and the nature of any physical activity that you should avoid. Students returning to dance after a break should inform the tutor if they lack a good level of fitness, and work gently at first. Regular attendance and a willingness to work cooperatively with others are essential in these subject areas. You should, in particular, make every effort to attend the first session of your course, during which course induction procedures will take place. For your own safety and well-being, it is usually not possible to start courses after the third week of term unless you have the appropriate previous experience and the subject tutor has agreed after a class assessment. On accredited courses marked OCNLR it may not be possible to commence after the first term unless you have agreement from the Curriculum Manager, Head of Section and Dance Lecturer.
Access
We are working towards making Morley fully accessible. If you have any mobility requirements, please contact the Department Secretary or the Learning Support team (020 7450 1914) before enrolling.
A Guide to Class Levels

Introduction Courses especially for those starting dance. Level 1 Courses for those who have a little experience or have completed a Beginners course. Levels 2 & 3 Courses which are aimed at those with more experience and expertise. These courses require tutor approval signatures and you may need to audition for some of them (see Advice & Information below).
Appropriate Clothing & Shoes

For all practical courses, please wear clothing that does not restrict your movement and allows you to adapt to changes in your body temperature. Remember that for movement courses, closely fitting but nonrestrictive clothes will allow your tutor to see your work more clearly. Short skirts or tight jeans are not suitable for dance courses as they restrict your actions. Footwear varies according to the course, and in some courses you may be required to work in bare feet (not socks). If you are not sure what is appropriate, please be prepared to work in clean soft-soled shoes for your first session and consult the Course Outline form, your tutor or the Dance Secretary before purchasing footwear. Due to the specialist nature of the dance studio floors, outside shoes are not allowed to be worn in the studios.

Curriculum Manager: Michele Berrie (020 7450 1837) Secretary: Tracy Burt (020 7450 1832) Email: dance@morleycollege.ac.uk Some of our courses will require an entry by audition in order to enrol. Dance Audition Dates and Times for September 09 Enrolment All Ballet courses requiring tutor approval before enrolment: Wednesday 2 September 2009: Audition Class 5:30pm 6:30pm & 6:30pm 7:30pm All Jazz courses requiring tutor approval before enrolment: Monday 7 September 2009: Audition Class 6:30pm 7:30pm For courses marked H which require tutor approval, and for advice before choosing a course, please come to either of the following Advice & Enrolment Days: Thursday 16 July 2009 11:00am 1:00pm & 5:00pm 7:30pm Thursday 3 September 2009 11:00am 1:00pm & 5:00pm 7:30pm During term time, we offer regular drop-in entry advice sessions: General Entry Advice and Accredited Courses Dance Advice: contact the dance secretary on 020 7450 1832 for advice and guidance times. Please note: drop-in advice is only available within term time and not at other times. If you are unable to visit at these times please leave a message stating when we can contact you to discuss your needs or to make an appointment.
OCNLR Accredited Adult Learning Programme

Students interested in individualised, vocational study and professional development are offered a range of courses in Dance accredited by the Open College Network London Region (OCNLR). Students must attend an audition/advice session to evaluate vocational goals, and fill in an accredited adult learning programme application form and health questionnaire. For these courses the Curriculum Manager, the Dance Lecturer or OCNLR Course Leader must approve entry. We do not run an Access programme in Dance but the freestanding OCNLR units can be built up into a programme which will give you level 3 qualifications recognised by Universities and Dance Schools. There is an additional fee for OCNLR registration. Fees vary depending on the credit value of the course starting at 12 and going up to a maximum of 100. This is payable at the end of the course when you wish to claim your achieved credits and certificate. Fees also include an additional end of term tutorial and in some cases additional tutor time in order to complete log books. For further information about accredited Dance courses please contact the Dance Secretary on 020 7450 1832 or attend one of the accredited audition/advice sessions.
Class Conduct
For dance classes you are expected to arrive early, be changed, and ready to start in the timetabled space in order for the class to start on time. If you are more than 15 minutes late you may not be allowed to join in the session as you will have missed the warm-up and therefore be at risk of injury. For additional health and safety reasons, you must not eat, drink (water only is allowed) or chew gum in classrooms or studio spaces.
Dance Clubs
Morley Folk Dance Club Formed in 1922, new members always welcome. Events include a residential weekend of dance. Thursdays 6:30pm. Contact Hazel James c/o the Music Department. Morley Scottish Dancing Club Events throughout the year. New members always welcome. Please write c/o the Dance Department for further information. Dance Concerts Students at Morley all have the opportunity to perform in two dance concerts a year in the Emma Cons Hall.
19
Absolute Beginners Dance: An Introduction Want to join a dance class but don't know which one? Have fun and try out a range of dance styles. Tutor: Lesley Flynn Dance Taster Day Always wanted to dance but don't know what style is for you? This 'taster' day will enable you to try out different styles of dance and to get advice on the right class for you. Ballet Ballet: General For those with good basic skills. With the emphasis on flow of movement and enjoyment, the course caters for a range of levels, and students are advised to work within their own ability/level range and to ask the tutors advice about how to adapt work. Tutor: Karen Slade-Pluck (KSP) Ballet: An Introduction This course is open to anyone interested in acquiring basic skills in classical ballet in a friendly, supportive environment. Tutors: Michael Branwell, Karen Slade-Pluck
Code DAB01A
Start Autumn 15 Sep 09
End 24 Nov 09
Days Tues
Times 7:30pm 9:00pm
Weeks 10
Fee 78 63 (c)
DAB05A
Summer 27 Jun 10
27 Jun 10
Sun
11:00am 4:00pm
29
Code DBA93A DBA94A DBA95A DBA01A (KSP) DBA02A (KSP) DBA03A (MB)
Start Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Spring 12 Jan 10 Spring 15 Jan 10 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Summer 16 Apr 10
End 12 Dec 09 20 Mar 10 26 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 7 Dec 09 22 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 14 Dec 09 11 Dec 09 18 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 16 Mar 10 19 Mar 10 26 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 22 Jun 10 18 Jun 10 25 Jun 10
Days Sat Sat Sat Tues Mon Tues Mon Mon Fri Fri Mon Tues Fri Fri Mon Tues Fri Fri
Times 3:30pm 5:00pm 3:30pm 5:00pm 3:30pm 5:00pm 1:30pm 3:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 1:00pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 1:30pm 3:00pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 1:30pm 3:00pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm
Weeks 12 10 10 12 12 10 12 13 12 13 10 10 10 11 9 10 9 10
Fee 79 40 (c) 66 33 (c) 66 33 (c) 79 40 (c) 79 63 (c) 66 52 (c) 79 40 (c) 105 52 (c) 79 40 (c) 86 43 (c) 66 52 (c) 66 34 (c) 66 34 (c) 72 37 (c) 60 47 (c) 66 34 (c) 60 29 (c) 66 34 (c)
Ballet: Level 1 An ideal progression route from Introduction courses. Basic techniques and vocabulary for those with some previous experience of ballet or a related dance technique. Tutors: Michael Branwell (MB), Karen Slade-Pluck (KSP)
DBA04A (MB) DBA05A H (MB) OCNLR DBA32A (KSP) DBA35A H (KSP) OCNLR DBA28A (KSP) DBA30A (KSP) DBA33A (KSP) DBA36A H (KSP) OCNLR DBA29A (KSP) DBA31A (KSP) DBA34A (KSP) DBA37A H (KSP) OCNLR
20
dance
Ballet Ballet: Level 2 Suitable for students with basic skills in ballet who wish to improve their technique, and to develop elementary ballet vocabulary and understanding of classical style. Tutors: Michael Branwell (MB), Karen Slade-Pluck (KSP)
Code DBA45A H (KSP) DBA48A H (KSP) OCNLR DBA51A H (KSP) DBA41A H (MB) DBA43A H (MB) OCNLR DBA46A H (KSP) DBA49A H (KSP) OCNLR DBA52A H (KSP) DBA42A H (MB) DBA44A H (MB) OCNLR DBA47A H (KSP) DBA50A H (KSP) OCNLR DBA53A H (KSP)
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Spring 11 Jan 10 Spring 11 Jan 10 Spring 11 Jan 10 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10
End 7 Dec 09 14 Dec 09 11 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 22 Mar 10 15 Mar 10 22 Mar 10 19 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 28 Jun 10 21 Jun 10 28 Jun 10 25 Jun 10 11 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 19 Mar 10 22 Jun 10 25 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 16 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 24 Mar 10 16 Jun 10 23 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 23 Jun 10 11 Dec 09 19 Mar 10 25 Jun 10
Days Mon Mon Fri Mon Mon Mon Mon Fri Mon Mon Mon Mon Fri Fri Tues Fri Tues Fri Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Fri Fri Fri
Times 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 1:00pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 1:00pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 3:00pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 3:00pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 1:00pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm
Weeks 12 13 12 10 11 10 11 10 9 10 9 10 10 12 10 10 10 10 12 13 10 11 9 10 12 10 10 12 10 10
Fee 79 63 (c) 86 69 (c) 79 40 (c) 66 34 (c) 96 48 (c) 66 52 (c) 72 57 (c) 66 34 (c) 60 29 (c) 79 40 (c) 60 47 (c) 66 52 (c) 66 34 (c) 79 40 (c) 66 34 (c) 66 34 (c) 66 34 (c) 66 34 (c) 79 40 (c) 114 57 (c) 66 34 (c) 96 48 (c) 60 29 (c) 88 44 (c) 79 63 (c) 66 52 (c) 66 52 (c) 79 40 (c) 66 34 (c) 66 34 (c)
Ballet: Levels 2 & 3 This course is for those with good skills and understanding. The emphasis is on flow of movement and enjoyment of classical ballet. Tutors: Anne Aylor (AA), Karen Slade-Pluck (KSP)
DBA60A H (AA) DBA55A H (KSP) DBA61A H (AA) DBA56A H (KSP) DBA62A H (AA)
Ballet: Level 3 Further develop classical technique, style and intermediate ballet vocabulary. Tutor: Michael Branwell
DBA81A H DBA84A H
OCNLR
DBA82A H DBA85A H
OCNLR
DBA83A H DBA86A H
OCNLR
Ballet: Level 3 This course is for those with good skills and understanding. The emphasis is on flow of movement and enjoyment of classical ballet. Tutor: Michael Branwell
DBA66A H DBA67A H DBA68A H DBA78A H DBA79A H DBA80A H
Ballet: Advanced Based on American developments of the Vaganova method, for students with ballet training to a high standard and a good level of flexibility and fitness. Tutor: Anne Aylor
21
Ballet Ballet: Pointe Work A safe introduction to pointe work technique for those lacking experience. Development and refinement of technique for those with experience. Tutor: Michael Branwell
Code DBA87A H DBA88A H DBA89A H DBA90A H DBA91A H DBA92A H Code DBR02A
Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Start Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10
End 9 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 23 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10 End 12 Dec 09
Days Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Days Sat
Times 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm Times 9:30am 11:00am 7:30pm 9:00pm
Weeks 12 10 10 12 10 10 Weeks 12
Fee 79 63 (c) 66 52 (c) 66 52 (c) 79 62 (c) 66 52 (c) 66 52 (c) Fee 79 65 (c) 61 49 (c)
Ballet Performance Group This group is for level 3 dancers who are interested in learning choreography and repertoire leading to performance. Advanced students will be able to use pointe work. Tutor: Michael Branwell
Ballroom & Latin American Dancing Ballroom & Latin American Dance: Introduction This course covers the basics of popular Ballroom and Latin dances. All welcome. Please bring soft-soled shoes. Ballroom & Latin American Dance: Introduction Part A Caught the Strictly bug? Learn how to Cha Cha Cha, Samba, Mambo and Waltz in a friendly class which is suitable for complete beginners. Ballroom & Latin American Dance: Introduction Part B Keep Dancing with the second part of this beginners course. Learn how to Rumba, Jive, Quickstep, Tango and Foxtrot. Ballroom & Latin American Dance: Level 1 This course is for those who have completed the Introduction or have similar experience of some basic dances. Ballroom & Latin American Dance: Level 2 For those who have learned the basics of dances like the waltz and cha-cha, and want to learn more complex variations and develop their style.
DBR15A
17 Mar 10
Weds
10
DBR16A
Summer 14 Apr 10 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 6 Dec 09 Summer 7 Mar 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09
23 June 10
Weds
7:30pm 9:00pm 9:30am 11:00am 9:30am 11:00am 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 1:00pm 6:00pm 7:00pm 6:00pm 7:00pm 6:00pm 7:00pm 11:00am 12:00pm
10
61 49 (c) 66 54 (c) 66 54 (c) 79 65 (c) 66 54 (c) 66 54 (c) 15 15 52 42 (c) 44 36 (c) 44 36 (c) 52 43 (c)
DBR07A DBR08A DBR09A H DBR10A H DBR11A H
20 Mar 10 26 Jun 10 12 Dec 09 20 Mar 10 26 Jun 10 6 Dec 09 7 Mar 10 8 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 22 Jun 10 12 Dec 09
Sat Sat Sat Sat Sat Sun Sun Tues Tues Tues Sat
10 10 12 10 10 1 1 12 10 10 12
Ballroom & Latin American Dance Introduction For all 'Strictly' fans, learn the basic steps of well loved Ballroom and Latin dances in this two-hour taster session. Salsa: Level 1 For those who have grasped the elements of the basic Salsa steps and co-ordinating moves and would like to work with a partner. At the Waterloo Action Centre. Tutor: Beverley Daniel-Blugh
DBR17A DBR18A DSL07A H DSL08A H DSL09A H DSL01A
Salsa: Introduction Learn how to move to the rhythms of Salsa, Cha-Cha, Rumba, Merengue and Mambo. Tutor: Beverley Daniel-Blugh Salsa: Level 1 For those who have grasped the elements of the basic Salsa steps and co-ordinating moves and would like to work with a partner. Tutor: Beverley Daniel-Blugh Salsa: Levels 2 & 3 For those with confidence and experience in Salsa to develop upon your knowledge of moves, steps and turns and develop style and partnering techniques. Tutor: Homero Gonzalez Salsa: General Performance Project Work together on a Salsa Dance project for performance in the Summer Dance Concert. Tutor: Homero Gonzalez Salsa: Introduction Enjoy learning salsa steps to the musical rhythms of Cuba in this two hour taster workshop. Tutor: Homero Gonzalez
DSL05A H DSL06A
Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10
20 Mar 10 26 Jun 10
Sat Sat
11:00am 12:00pm 11:00am 12:00pm 12:30pm 2:00pm 12:30pm 2:00pm 12:30pm 2:00pm
10 10
44 37 (c) 44 37 (c) 79 63 (c) 66 54 (c) 66 54 (c)
DSL10A H DSO11A H
12 Dec 09 20 Mar 10
Sat Sat
12 10
DSL11A H
26 Jun 10
Sat
10
DSL13A
Autumn 6 Dec 09
6 Dec 09
Sun
2:00pm 4:00pm
15
22
dance
Ballroom & Latin American Dancing Salsa: One day Intensive Work on your styling and learn some more complex steps in this one-day intensive Salsa workshop. Tutor: Homero Gonzalez Salsa: Introduction Learn the basic steps of this 100 year old sensual dance. Tutor: Homero Gonzalez Argentinian Tango: An Introduction Learn basic steps and postures from this sensual 100-year-old dance style from South America. Tutor: Andrew Ryser Argentinian Tango: Levels 1 & 2 This course is for those with a little previous experience of Tango or another partner dance form. Tutor: Andrew Ryser Tango Learn to Tango in a Day Remember Scent of a Woman? Spend a day learning how to Tango to temptation! Contemporary Dance Contemporary Dance: An Introduction This course includes exercises on the floor and standing. Students will develop basic skills working towards free-flowing danced sequences Tutor: Jewel Vanessa De Kachina Contemporary Dance: Level 1 This course provides basic skills in contemporary dance, leading on to exercises and sequences that emphasise body alignment and fluidity of movement.
Code DSL14A
End 23 May 10
Days Sun
Weeks 1
Fee 29
DSL15A
Spring 7 Mar 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09
7 Mar 10
Sun
2:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 7:30pm
15
DTN01A
9 Dec 09
Weds
12
52 42 (c)
DTN03A DTN04A DTN05A
Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Spring 7 Feb 10 Start Autumn 15 Sep 09
24 Mar 10 23 Jun 10 7 Feb 10
Weds Weds Sun
6:00pm 7:00pm 6:00pm 7:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm Times 6:00pm 7:30pm
11 10 1
48 39 (c) 44 36 (c) 29
Code DCC01A
End 8 Dec 09
Days Tues
Weeks 12
Fee 79 63 (c)
DCC08A DCC09A DCC10A

OCNLR
Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 4 Oct 09 Spring 24 Jan 10 Summer 18 Apr 10 Start Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10
16 Mar 10 22 Jun 10 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 11 Oct 09 31 Jan 10 25 Apr 10 End 10 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 13 May 10 10 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 13 May 10 10 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10
Tues Tues Tues Tues Sun Sun Sun Days Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs
6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm Times 6:30pm 7:15pm 6:30pm 7:15pm 6:30pm 7:15pm 5:30pm 6:30pm 5:30pm 6:30pm 5:30pm 6:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm
10 10 11 11 2 2 2 Weeks 12 10 5 12 10 5 12 10 10
66 52 (c) 66 52 (c) 72 57 (c) 72 57 (c) 53 53 53 Fee 32 26 (c) 26 21 (c) 14 11 (c) 52 42 (c) 44 36 (c) 22 18 (c) 79 63 (c) 66 52 (c) 66 52 (c)
DCC11A
OCNLR
Creative Movement (Skinner Releasing) and Improvisation Awakening body and imagination into alignment through a gentle but powerful creative movement technique (Skinner Releasing), leading into an exploration of creativity in movement, sound and language. Tutor: Alex Crowe Country Dancing English Country Dancing: Beginners Basic steps, formations and popular dances are taught. Tutor: Hazel James
DCC24A DCC25A DCC26A Code DCN09A DCN10A DCN11A
English Country Dancing: Levels 13 For more experienced students who want to progress to some more advanced dances. Dances range from Playford to those of the present day. Tutor: Hazel James
DCN03A DCN04A DCN05A DCN06A DCN07A DCN08A
Scottish Country: General Suitable for beginners (from September) and for more experienced students. Basic steps, formations and popular dances are taught, progressing to some more advanced dances. A great way to keep fit and dance with new friends. Tutor: George Potts
23
Jazz Dance Introduction to Jazz Dance Basic jazz steps emphasising rhythm and coordination and working on simple routines to great music. Tutor: Tracy Burt
Code DJA30A DJA29A DJA32A
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09
End 7 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 8 Dec 09
Days Mon Mon Mon Tues
Times 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm
Weeks 12 10 9 12
Fee 79 62 (c) 66 52 (c) 66 52 (c) 79 62 (c)
Jazz Dance: Level 1 This course provides an introduction to basic techniques and a range of jazz styles, emphasising rhythm and coordination. Some previous dance experience necessary. Tutor: Tracy Burt Jazz Dance: Level 1 This course includes basic jazz techniques and styles, concentrating on developing technique, strength, flexibility, a sense of rhythm, confidence and style. Tutor: Tracy Burt Jazz Dance: Levels 2 & 3 Emphasis is on increasing the range of movement and further developing dynamic expression and more complex use of rhythm and coordination. For those with previous experience of jazz dance. Tutor: Tracy Burt
DJA31A
DJA15A H DJA16A H
Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Start Autumn 27 Sep 09 Spring 24 Jan 10 Start Autumn 19 Sep 09
16 Mar 10 22 Jun 10
Tues Tues
6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm Times 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm Times 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm Times 10:00am 11:00am
10 10
66 52 (c) 66 52 (c) 79 63 (c) 66 52 (c) 66 52 (c) 86 69 (c) 72 57 (c) 72 57 (c) Fee 79 63 (c) 66 52 (c) 60 47 (c) 79 63 (c) 66 52 (c) 60 47 (c) Fee 29 29 Fee 79 65 (c)
DJA17A H DJA18A H DJA19A H DJA20A H

OCNLR
8 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 22 Jun 10 15 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 End 7 Dec 09
Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Days Mon
12 10 10 13 11 11 Weeks 12
DJA21A H
OCNLR
DJA22A H
OCNLR
Jive & Rock `n' Roll Jive & Rock 'n' Roll: Introduction Learn to Jive & Rock n Roll in a friendly and relaxed atmosphere. Tutor: Tony Huber Jive & Rock 'n' Roll: Level 1 This course is for those who have some Jive & Rock `n' Roll dance skills and feel at ease dancing with others. Tutor: Tony Huber Jive & Rock 'n' Roll: Level 2/3 For those who have learned the basics, this lively course focuses on improving style and rhythm, learning more sophisticated moves/strolls and practising more complex sequences. Tutor: Tony Huber
Code DJR01A
DJR04A H DJR05A H DJR06A H DJR07A H DJR08A H Code DMT01A DMT02A Code DST01A
15 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 End 27 Sep 09 24 Jan 10 End 12 Dec 09
Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Days Sun Sun Days Sat
10 9 12 10 9 Weeks 1 1 Weeks 12
Musical Theatre Musical Theatre One day Intensive For Musical Theatre fans, learn a dance routine and a song from a show in one day with an informal presentation at the end of the day Street Dance Introduction to Street Dance Aims to get you moving in the latest street styles. Each session covers exercises and basic moves leading to a short dance routine. Tutor: Irven Lewis Street Dance: Level 1 A faster-moving course for those with some previous experience of Street Dance or Jazz. Tutor: Irven Lewis Street Dance: Level 2 A fun course that will make you sweat. For those with previous experience of Street Dance or Jazz. Tutor: Irven Lewis Street Dance Project Explore ways of developing moves and sequences to create a dance piece for performance in the Summer Dance Concert. Tutor: Irven Lewis
DST07A DST08A DST09A H DST10A H DST06A H
20 Mar 10 26 Jun 10 12 Dec 09 20 Mar 10 26 Jun 10
Sat Sat Sat Sat Sat
10:00am 11:00am 10:00am 11:00am 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm
10 10 12 10 10
44 37 (c) 44 37 (c) 79 65 (c) 66 54 (c) 66 54 (c)
24
dance
Tap Tap: An Introduction This course provides a step by step introduction to tap vocabulary. Tutor: Sharon Thompson Tap: Level 1 This course provides basic exercises and steps leading up to learning simple tap numbers. Tutor: Sharon Thompson Tap: Level 2 This course is for students with some knowledge of tap dance, leading to the performance of more complex tap numbers. Tutor: Sharon Thompson
Code DTA01A
Start Autumn 28 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 28 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 28 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Start Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10
End 7 Dec 09
Days Mon
Times 6:00pm 7:00pm 6:00pm 7:00pm 6:00pm 7:00pm 7:00pm 8:00pm 7:00pm 8:00pm 7:00pm 8:00pm 8:15pm 9:15pm 8:15pm 9:15pm 8:15pm 9:15pm Times 2:00pm 3:30pm 2:00pm 3:30pm 2:00pm 3:30pm
Weeks 10
Fee 52 42 (c) 44 36 (c) 40 31 (c) 52 42 (c) 44 36 (c) 40 31 (c) 52 42 (c) 44 36 (c) 40 31 (c) Fee 79 65 (c) 66 54 (c) 66 54 (c)
DTA05A DTA06A DTA07A H DTA08A H DTA09A H
15 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 End 5 Dec 09 20 Mar 10 26 Jun 10
Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Days Sat Sat Sat
10 9 10 10 9 10 10 9 Weeks 11 10 10
Tap: Level 3 Students will work on more complex tap combinations and create and perform tap dances. The course will incorporate the IDTA Performers syllabus work. Tutor: Sharon Thompson
DTA10A H DTA11A H DTA12A H Code DAF03A DAF04A DAF02A
World Dance Intro to African-Caribbean Dance An introduction to a wide range of African-Caribbean folk dances. Get moving to the rhythms! Tutor: Edith La Chapelle African Caribbean Dance: Levels 2 & 3 Leading on from An Introduction, a development of the techniques and styles of African-Caribbean Dance leading to a performance of danced sequences. Tutor: Dorothy Palmer Bollywood: All Levels Bollywood and Bhangra folk dance vocabulary using traditional and popular music. Tutor: Pilar Sanchez Bollywood: Dance Project For those with some experience, exploring Bollywood and Bhangra with stylistic influences of Hindi film and dance to create, practice and perform dance sequences for performance. Tutor: Pilar Sanchez Egyptian Dance: Introduction Get moving to traditional and popular Egyptian music. An introduction to some of the basic hip movements and use of arms. Egyptian Dance: Level 1 Focuses on developing hip movements and use of arms. Work on expressing the rich moods and styles of Egyptian music, building to a choreographed dance. Egyptian Dance Levels 2 & 3 Develop vocabulary and stylistic elements through the performance of choreography and improvisation in the different styles and moods of Egyptian dance.
DBW01A DBW03A DBW04A
Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10
05 Dec 09 20 Mar 10 26 Jun 10
Sat Sat Sat
12:30pm 2:00pm 12:30pm 2:00pm 12:30pm 2:00pm
11 10 10
79 65 (c) 66 54 (c) 66 54 (c)
DEG01A
Autumn 17 Sep 09
10 Dec 09
Thurs
6:00pm 7:30pm
12
79 63 (c)
DEG04A DEG05A DEG09A H DEG10A H DEG11A H
Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Summer 25 Apr 10
18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10 05 Dec 09 20 Mar 10 26 Jun 10 25 Apr 10
Thurs Thurs Sat Sat Sat Sun
6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 3:30pm 5:00pm 3:30pm 5:00pm 3:30pm 5:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm
10 10 11 10 10 1
66 52 (c) 66 52 (c) 79 65 (c) 66 52 (c) 66 52 (c) 29
Egyptian Dance Day: Levels 2 & 3 Enjoy a class in the morning, learn a sensual Egyptian dance in the afternoon and enjoy an informal presentation to each other towards the end of the day.
DEG12A
25
World Dance Flamenco: Introduction An Introduction to basic feet and arm movements building up to short rhythmic sequences and excerpts from dances in a variety of Flamenco styles. Tutor: Fenella Barker Flamenco Level 1 An Introduction to basic feet and arm movements building up to short rhythmic sequences and excerpts from dances in a variety of Flamenco styles. Tutor: Fenella Barker Flamenco: Level 2 This course is for those with previous experience of Flamenco, developing vocabulary, style and castanet techniques utilized in dance sequences and improvisations. Tutor: Fenella Barker
Code DFL01A
End 10 Dec 09
Days Thurs
Times 12:00pm 1:00pm
Weeks 12
Fee 52 26 (c)
DFL06A DFL07A
Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10
18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10
Thurs Thurs
12:00pm 1:00pm 12:00pm 1:00pm 1:00pm 2:30pm 1:00pm 2:30pm 1:00pm 2:30pm 2:00pm 3:30pm 2:00pm 3:30pm 2:00pm 3:30pm
10 10
44 22 (c) 44 22 (c) 79 40 (c) 66 34 (c) 66 34 (c) 79 65 (c) 66 54 (c) 66 54 (c)
DFL03A H DFL04A H DFL05A H DSA03A DSA04A
10 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10 12 Dec 09 20 Mar 10
Thurs Thurs Thurs Sat Sat
12 10 10 12 10
Kathak: Levels 1 & 2 This course is suitable for everyone from beginners to those with more experience. Learn a range of folk dances from the Indian subcontinent and Kathak. Tutor: Sushma Mehta Kathak: Shamaa Dance Performance Project Students with experience of Kathak work with the Shamaa Dance Company towards the performance of a newly choreographed dance for the Summer Dance Concert. Tutor: Sushma Mehta Dance Fit Dance Workout: General Particularly suitable for the mature, active participant. A dynamic, fun workout based on dance exercises and sequences. Tutor: Jean Marion Benn
DSA02A H
26 Jun 10
Sat
10
Code DEX23A DEX24A DEX25A DEX26A DEX27A DEX28A
Start Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10
End 11 Dec 09 19 Mar 10 25 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 15 Jun 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 25 Jun 10 End 25 Nov 09 17 Mar 10 23 Jun 10
Days Fri Fri Fri Mon Mon Mon Tues Tues Tues Fri Fri Fri Days Weds Weds Weds
Times 1:00pm 2:00pm 1:00pm 2:00pm 1:00pm 2:00pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 11:00am 12:00pm 11:00am 12:00pm 11:00am 12:00pm Times 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm
Weeks 12 10 10 12 10 9 12 10 9 12 11 10 Weeks 10 10 10
Fee 52 26 (c) 44 22 (c) 44 22 (c) 52 26 (c) 48 24 (c) 44 22 (c) 52 26 (c) 48 24 (c) 44 22 (c) 52 26 (c) 48 24 (c) 44 22 (c) Fee 0 0 0
Pilates to Music The original Pilates style where core strengthening exercises are performed to gentle music in a calm atmosphere. Tutor: Tracy Burt
Dance Fit Dance yourself fit with an enjoyable class of exercises and short routines to great music.
DEX29A DEX30A DEX31A
Nia Technique: All Levels Combining carefully selected movements and concepts from yoga, Tai chi, Tae Kwon do, Aikido, Jazz, Modern Dance and other movement forms, Nia classes offer total body cardiovascular conditioning. Tutor: Pilar Sanchez Dance for Adults with Learning Disabilities Dance & Performance: An Introduction For adults with moderate learning disabilities. This class allows you to explore movement and performance skills. Tutor: Gemma Coldicott Dance & Performance For adults with moderate learning disabilities and some experience of dance. Tutor: Gemma Coldicott Dance & Performance Workshop For adults with moderate learning disabilities and some experience of dance. In conjunction with Coralli Dance Company, you will create dance work for performance.
DNT01A DNT02A DNT03A Code DAB02A DAB04A DAB06A
Entry to the following courses by interview. Please contact Learning Support 020 7450 1914
DAB03A
Summer 14 Apr 10
23 Jun 10
Weds
2:00pm 4:00pm
10
26
dance
drama
Acting School. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drama Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance Studies . . . . . . . . . . . Voice & Speaking Skills . . . . . . . . .
28 29 30 30
27
Welcome to Morley Acting School. There are three main courses which form a progression route for the training actor.
Introduction
Students new to acting can sign up straight away on the introductory course. The more experienced may want to go to a more advanced level, and some may wish to make the complete journey through Acting School. There is also an exciting range of one-term courses available focusing on single areas, as well as courses for personal and professional development. You can gain nationally recognised qualifications for your achievements in the Developing Acting Skills and Acting Studio courses, just look for the OCNLR symbol of accreditation. The fees for these courses include end of term tutorials but there is an additional fee for OCNLR registration.

Section Head: Dominic Grant (020 7450 1925) Email: dominic.grant@morleycollege.ac.uk Secretary: (020 7450 1836) Email: drama@morleycollege.ac.uk
Auditions & Advice Days

You may be seeking general advice & guidance about which course is right for you, or you might be coming in to audition for one of the courses requiring tutor approval; below you will find a schedule of sessions prior to the new academic year. Monday 27 July 2009 3:00 pm 7:00pm Tuesday 28 July 2009 10:00am 1:00pm 3:00 pm 7:00pm Wednesday 2 September 2009 3:00 pm 7:00pm Thursday 3 September 2009 3:00 pm 7:00pm Monday 7 September 2009 10:00am 1:00pm 3:00 pm 7:00pm
Acting School Acting: An Introduction Explore your potential as an actor in a safe environment. This course is based on improvisation and barrier-breaking games with emphasis on enjoyment and building confidence. Tutor: Timothy Taylor
Code DAC11A DAC12A DAC13A DAC14A DAC15A DAC16A
Start Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10
End 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 25 Jun 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 25 Jun 10
Days Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri
Times 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm
Weeks 12 11 10 12 11 10
Fee 131 67 (c) 121 67 (c) 110 55 (c) 131 106 (c) 121 98 (c) 110 88 (c)
28
drama
Acting School Developing Acting Skills (OCNLR Level 2) This course is for those with basic level acting skills and the aptitude and commitment to progress further. The course includes improvisation, voice, movement and text work. New students can join this course at the beginning of each term. Tutors: Cara Jennings (CJ), Ann Garrett (AG)
Code DAC26A H (AG) OCNLR DAC27A H (AG) OCNLR DAC28A H (AG) OCNLR DAC20A H (CJ) OCNLR DAC21A H (CJ) OCNLR DAC22A H (CJ) OCNLR
Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Start Spring 12 Jan 10
End 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 12 Jul 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 12 Jul 10 End 16 Mar 10
Days Weds Weds Weds Fri Fri Fri Mon/ Fri Mon/ Fri Mon/ Fri Mon/ Thurs Mon/ Thurs Mon/ Thurs Days Tues
Times 10:30am 1:00pm 10:30am 1:00pm 10:30am 1:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 10:30am 1:00pm 10:30am 1:00pm 10:30am 1:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm Times 6:30pm 9:00pm
Weeks 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 12 12 11 12 Weeks 10
Fee 126 63 (c) 116 58 (c) 116 59 (c) 126 103 (c) 116 95 (c) 116 95 (c) 262 133 (c) 240 163 (c) 262 133 (c) 262 211 (c) 240 193 (c) 240 193 (c) Fee 115 94 (c)
Acting Studio (OCNLR Level 3) Here all the skills and techniques of the craft are brought together, working in a focused, professional environment of which the student actor is an integral part. In term three the Acting Studio Company will showcase their talents in end of year productions. *New students can join this course at the beginning of the Autumn and Spring Terms, but not in the Summer Term. Tutors: Dominic Grant, Angela Mary Walsh Acting Studio Performances Monday 21 June 2010 7:00pm Tuesday 22 June 2010 7:00pm Thursday 24 June 2010 7:00pm Friday 25 June 2010 7:00pm Drama Skills Acting Shakespeare This course is for students who wish to develop confidence in practical approaches to exploring, rehearsing and performing Shakespeare. Tutor: Sergio Amigo Physical Theatre and Mask An exciting introduction to the world of physical theatre and mask, exploring and discovering new ways of using body and voice to create clear and thrilling theatrical stories. Tutor: Grant Stimson The Improvisation Project An intensive one-day workshop employing a mixture of group devising, impro and Stanislavski method, placing the student actor in a 'real world' where their characters' thoughts and actions become real, immediate and utterly convincing. Tutor: June Mitchell The Acting Business So you can act, but how do you set about getting work as an actor? Advice about presenting CVs, finding an agent and getting that all-important first job. What makes a good audition speech? Bring along a suitable monologue. Tutor: Beverley Limbrick Boal Workshop Explore the liberating theatrical approaches of Boal through this Forum Theatre workshop. Get important issues translated into exciting theatre action! Tutor: Cara Jennings Getting Into Drama School A course to help people who want to audition for Drama School or drama training at university or college. Look at choosing an audition speech, how best to present yourself, and common mistakes to avoid. Tutor: Beverley Limbrick
DAC32A H
OCNLR
DAC33A H
OCNLR
DAC34A H
OCNLR
DAC38A H
OCNLR
DAC39A H
OCNLR
DAC40A H
OCNLR
Code DDR02A H
DDR04A
Summer 13 Apr 10
8 Jun 10
Tues
6:30pm 9:00pm
87 71 (c)
DDR05A
Spring 7 Feb 10
7 Feb 10
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
36
DDR06A
Summer 25 Apr 10
25 Apr 10
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
36
DDR07A
Autumn 11 Oct 09
11 Oct 09
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
36
DDR08A
Spring 24 Jan 10
24 Jan 10
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
36
29
Drama Skills Confidence Through Acting For people who do not necessarily want to pursue acting as a career or even a hobby but would just like to feel more confident. Communicate through your body language, use your voice to be more assertive. Small changes can make a big difference. Tutor: Beverley Limbrick Theatre of Cruelty To analyse and practically explore the process of creating within the framework of Antonin Artaud's ideas. Improvisation and script will be used to discover Theatre of Cruelty. Tutor: Ann Garrett Performance Studies Philosophy and Performance Offers an introduction to the exciting new field of performance studies, showing how the idea of 'performance' can act as a testing ground for ideas, clarify complex issues like identity and illuminate cultural life. Tutor: Alex Crowe Performance Appreciation and Analysis This course enables participants to make sense of theatre and other live performances including contemporary work. We study a range of critical theory and performance studies and apply them to audio-visual material. Tutor: Alex Crowe Voice and Speaking Skills Voice for Work and Play Focusing on practical ways of using the voice more effectively. Techniques include exercises to connect voice, breath, posture and movement. Skills learned will stay with you for life. Tutor: Duncan James Public Speaking: General Prepares students for the demands of addressing meetings, conferences and seminars. Sessions work on the development of vocal technique and projection, communication skills, and organisation and presentation of information, including visual aids. Tutor: Brian Sewell
Code DDR09A
End 16 May 10
Days Sun
Weeks 1
Fee 36
DDR10A
Autumn 6 Dec 09
6 Dec 09
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
43
Code DPS01A
Start Spring 14 Jan 10
End 4 Mar 10
Days Thurs
Times 5:30pm 7:30pm
Weeks 8
Fee 68 54 (c)
DPS02A
Summer 15 Apr 10
10 Jun 10
Thurs
5:30pm 7:30pm
68 54 (c)
Code DVS01A DVS02A
Start Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10
End 25 Feb 10 27 May 10
Days Thurs Thurs
Times 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:00pm 7:00pm 9:00pm 7:00pm 9:00pm
Weeks 7 7
Fee 72 59 (c) 72 59 (c) 114 92 (c) 114 92 (c) 84 68 (c)
DVS03A DVS04A DVS05A
1 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 8 Jun 10
Tues Tues Tues
11 11 8
30
drama
health & exercise

Exercise Aikido . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fencing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fitness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iai Do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pilates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teacher Training: Fitness . . . . . . . . Teacher Training: Pilates . . . . . . . . Teacher Training: Yoga . . . . . . . . . . Yoga (Hatha) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yoga (Kundalini) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yoga (Therapeutic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health Alexander Technique . . . . . . . . . . . Anatomy & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . Aromatherapy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beauty Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Biochemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cognitive Behavioural Therapy . . . 32 33 33 34 35 35 36 36 36 36 37 38 38 38 39 40 40 CPD Workshops for Therapists . . . Facial Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herbal Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indian Head Massage . . . . . . . . . . Massage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Neuro-Skeletal Re-alignment Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NLP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Postural Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . Qigong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reflexology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reiki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RYA Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shiatsu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tai Chi Chuan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wine Appreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 41 41 41 41 42 43 43 43 43 43 44 44 44 44 45 45 45
31
The following courses in complementary medicine and other health and beauty studies will enable you to find out how to improve well-being and counteract the many aspects of ill health and ageing. Become an expert on your own body and its needs, achieve improved health and fitness levels, and increase your knowledge of a calmer and more balanced lifestyle.
Health Studies
Whether you wish to practise a therapy for the first time, train as a professional therapist or continue your professional therapy training we have one of the most exciting and innovative course offers in the UK with over 120 courses in more than 30 subjects for you to choose from. If you are contemplating taking a complementary therapy or beauty therapy qualification and have no prior experience you might like to try a workshop or introductory course first.
OCNLR This symbol signifies that you can receive nationally recognised qualifications for your achievements. There is an additional fee for OCNLR registration.
City & Guilds

Flexible programmes leading to vocational qualifications, classes are offered during the day or evenings/weekends. This excludes the Diploma in Beauty Therapy and the Diploma in Sports Massage. Contact Julia Wood to arrange a pre-enrolment interview.

Section Heads: Complementary Health & Beauty: Julia Wood (020 7450 1854) Human Science: (020 7450 1978) Exercise: Antony Lewis (020 7450 1863) Secretary: Matt Stevenson (020 7450 1861) Email: healthstudies@morleycollege.ac.uk exercise@morleycollege.ac.uk Julia Wood, is available on 020 7450 1854 every Monday between 2:00pm 4:00pm to offer advice about all complementary health & beauty courses. Alternatively, please call to arrange an appointment for other times. Antony Lewis is available in term time on 020 7450 1863 for consultation on OCR fitness teacher training and Pilates teacher training courses on Friday 2:00pm 4:00pm in Term 1 and Thursday 2:00pm 4:00pm in terms 2 and 3.
Exercise
Stretch, tone, keep fit, get fit or become a teacher you can do it all at Morley. We offer a wide range of classes from Fencing to Yoga and Aikido to Tai Chi for all levels and abilities. In addition there are diploma and certificate courses that will enable you to train as a teacher of fitness, pilates or yoga.
exercise
Aikido Aikido: Beginners & All Levels This martial art combines self-defence, general fitness and self-awareness. All levels practice together, beginners welcome at any stage in the year. At Cambridge House, 131 Camberwell Road, SE5. Tutor: Alex Ash Code HAI01A HAI02A HAI03A Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 End 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 Days Mon Mon Mon Times 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm Weeks 11 11 8 Fee 105 82 (c) 105 82 (c) 70 57 (c)
32
health & exercise
Fencing Fencing: An Introduction An introduction for beginners offering an opportunity to try this exciting sport. All equipment is provided. Wear a t-shirt, tracksuit or loose-fitting trousers and trainers. At Old Lilian Bayliss School. Tutor: Michael Johnson Fencing: Foil Intensive Tuition and practice sessions leading to assessment for the British Academy of Fencing 5 Star awards for Foil and Sabre. Suitable for trainee stuntmen and fight directors. At Old Lilian Bayliss School. Tutor: Michael Johnson Fencing: Epe Intensive Tuition and practice sessions leading to assessment for the British Academy of Fencing 5 Star awards for Foil and Sabre. Suitable for trainee stuntmen and fight directors. At Old Lilian Bayliss School. Tutor: Michael Johnson Fencing: Sabre Intensive Tuition and practice sessions leading to assessment for the British Academy of Fencing 5 Star awards for Foil and Sabre. Suitable for trainee stuntmen and fight directors. At Old Lilian Bayliss School. Tutor: Michael Johnson Fencing: Beginners Learn safety, stance, mobility, basic attack, defence, preparations, how to link and apply the strokes learned. Wear trainers, tracksuit or loose-fitting trousers, t-shirt and a glove. At Old Lilian Bayliss School. Tutor: Michael Johnson Fencing: Intermediate/Advanced For all standards above beginner level, students develop their skills and tactics by using group practice, game situations and individual tuition. All weapons are used. At Old Lilian Bayliss School. Tutor: Michael Johnson
Code HFE01A
End 16 May 10
Days Sun
Weeks 1
Fee 51 41 (c)
HFE02A
Spring 7 Feb 10
7 Feb 10
Sun
10:30am 4:30pm
51 41 (c)
HFE03A
Spring 7 Mar 10
7 Mar 10
Sun
10:30am 4:30pm
51 41 (c)
HFE04A
Summer 16 May 10
16 May 10
Sun
10:30am 4:30pm
51 41 (c)
HFE05A HFE06A HFE07A HFE08A HFE09A HFE10A Code HFI01A (AOL) HFI02A (AOL) HFI03A (AOL) HFI04A (AP) HFI05A (AP) HFI06A (AP)
Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10
1 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 8 Jun 10 1 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 8 Jun 10 End 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 1 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 8 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10
Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Days Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Tues Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds
6:00pm 7:00pm 6:00pm 7:00pm 6:00pm 7:00pm 7:00pm 9:00pm 7:00pm 9:00pm 7:00pm 9:00pm Times 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 10:30am 12:00pm 10:30am 12:00pm 10:30am 12:00pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm
11 11 8 11 11 8 Weeks 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8
57 47 (c) 57 47 (c) 36 30 (c) 94 83 (c) 94 83 (c) 62 51 (c) Fee 48 25 (c) 48 25 (c) 36 19 (c) 70 57 (c) 70 57 (c) 52 42 (c) 62 32 (c) 62 32 (c) 47 25 (c) 48 25 (c) 48 25 (c) 36 19 (c)
Fitness Body Conditioning A friendly, mixed ability session working at your own pace under supervision to condition, tone, stretch and relax through rhythmic exercise and weights work. Tutors: Antoinette O'Leary (AOL), Amelia Pluck (AP)
Getting Fitter, Feeling Younger Long warm-up followed by individual programmes playing table tennis and badminton to improve agility and coordination. Tutor: Ellen Boyle
HFI07A HFI08A HFI09A
Power Zone Body Conditioning A complete body conditioning course using weights to tone, tighten and improve muscular strength. Get energised and stronger and make fitness fun. At Old Lilian Bayliss School. Tutor: Antony Lewis
HFI13A HFI14A HFI15A
33
Fitness Dance, Stretch & Tone Utilising elements of yoga, dance, stretching and cardiovascular training to achieve all-round fitness. Tutor: Tracey Lock
Code HFI16A HFI17A HFI18A
Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10
End 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 4 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 11 Jun 10 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10 End 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10
Days Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Fri Fri Fri Mon Mon Mon Weds Weds Weds Days Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs
Times 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 10:30am 12:00pm 10:30am 12:00pm 10:30am 12:00pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 6:30pm 5:30pm 6:30pm 5:30pm 6:30pm 10:30am 12:00pm 10:30am 12:00pm 10:30am 12:00pm 10:30am 12:00pm 10:30am 12:00pm 10:30am 12:00pm Times 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 8:30pm 6:30pm 8:30pm 6:30pm 8:30pm
Weeks 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 9 11 11 8 Weeks 11 11 8 11 11 8
Fee 62 51 (c) 62 51 (c) 47 38 (c) 70 57 (c) 70 57 (c) 51 42 (c) 62 32 (c) 68 32 (c) 47 25 (c) 62 52 (c) 62 52 (c) 47 38 (c) 48 39 (c) 48 39 (c) 36 30 (c) 62 32 (c) 62 32 (c) 46 24 (c) 62 32 (c) 62 32 (c) 46 24 (c) Fee 116 21 (c) 116 93 (c) 85 70 (c) 93 75 (c) 93 75 (c) 68 55 (c)
Weight Training This course involves a structured warm-up, individual weight training programmes, group floor work and stretching. At Old Lilian Bayliss School. Tutor: Ron Nauth
HFI19A HFI20A HFI21A HFI22A HFI23A HFI24A HFI25A HFI26A HFI27A HFI31A HFI32A HFI33A HFI34A (TL) HFI35A (TL) HFI36A (TL) HFI37A (SM) HFI38A (SM) HFI39A (SM)
Fitness for Over 50's This course provides rhythmic health exercises to tone up and align the body, promote confidence, and improve physical and mental well-being. Tutor: Suzy Mills
Rhythm Fusion For all abilities, this course offers a fun workout combining Latin American and Contemporary dance, cardiovascular training and yoga to achieve all-round fitness and well-being. Tutor: Tracey Lock
Street Dance Aerobics An easy to follow choreographed workout to the latest upfront music that will bring the dance out of you and improve your aerobic fitness at the same time. Tutor: Antony Lewis
Health in Retirement for Men & Women Deal with the ageing process through physical exercise. Maintain a good range of movement within safe, individual limits and improve your physical and mental alertness. Tutors: Tracey Lock (TL), Suzy Mills (SM)
Iai Do Iai Do: Beginners Japanese Sword Study involves harmonisation of sword movements with the body. There is no physical contact. Beginners are welcome at any stage. At Charlotte Sharman School. Tutor: Leonard Bean Iai Do: Intermediate/Advanced Japanese Sword Study inspires self-awareness and the search for higher personal goals. No physical contact, suitable for both sexes. Beginners welcome. Annual competitions and gradings. At Charlotte Sharman School. Tutor: Leonard Bean
Code HID01A HID02A HID03A HID04A HID05A HID06A
34
health & exercise
Pilates Pilates: Franklin Method At the cutting edge of movement science. Suitable for all levels of fitness from non-exercisers to dancers. Improve posture, strength and flexibility. Tutor: June Buckley
Code DEX02A DEX03A DEX04A DEX05A DEX06A DEX07A
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 19 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Start
End 7 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 22 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 23 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10 11 Dec 09 19 Mar 10 25 Jun 10 End
Days Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Tues Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Fri Fri Fri Days
Times 4:00pm 5:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 2:30pm 4:00pm 2:30pm 4:00pm 2:30pm 4:00pm 5:00pm 6:30pm 5:00pm 6:30pm 5:00pm 6:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm Times
Weeks 12 10 10 12 10 10 12 10 10 12 10 10 12 10 10 12 10 10 12 10 10 Weeks
Fee 78 41 (c) 66 35 (c) 66 35 (c) 78 63 (c) 66 54 (c) 66 54 (c) 78 41 (c) 66 35 (c) 66 35 (c) 78 41 (c) 66 35 (c) 66 35 (c) 78 41 (c) 66 35 (c) 66 35 (c) 78 63 (c) 66 54 (c) 66 54 (c) 80 65 (c) 68 56 (c) 68 56 (c) Fee
Pilates: Mat-work Mat-work exercise are designed to correct poor posture, realign the back, strengthen and stretch all the muscles with the emphasis on core stability. Tutors: Eline Martinho (EM), Caroline Ings-Chambers (CIC), Nicolette Wilson (NW)
DEX08A (EM) DEX09A (EM) DEX10A (EM) DEX11A (CIC) DEX12A (CIC) DEX13A (CIC) DEX14A (EM) DEX15A (EM) DEX16A (EM) DEX17A (CIC) DEX18A (CIC) DEX19A (CIC) DEX20A (NW) DEX21A (NW) DEX22A (NW)
Teacher Training: Fitness
Code
These OCR Fitness courses are aimed at candidates wishing to pursue a career in the fitness industry. In order to achieve the full qualification mandatory Unit 1 in anatomy and physiology and mandatory Unit 2 in Health and Safety must be successfully completed. One optional Unit must also be achieved in Unit 3 exercise to music, or Unit 4 gym, or Unit 6 circuits. Note that Unit 6 cannot be taken without having achieved Units 1, 2 & 3. OCR Level 2 Teaching Fitness and Exercise: Teaching Exercise to Music Comprises units 1, 2 and 3. Tutors: Antony Lewis, Helen Barton HFT01A H HFT02A H HFT03A H OCR Level 2 Teaching Fitness and Exercise: Summer Intensive programme Teaching Exercise to Music This course covers the same material as those above, but is taught in 2 weeks over a 3 week period. The teaching weeks are 712 June and 2126 June 2010. HFT04A H Autumn 17 Sep 09 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Summer 15 Apr 10 Summer 7 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 11 Dec 09 9 Jul 10 26 Jun 10 Thurs Thurs/ Fri Thurs/ Fri Mon/ Tues/ Weds/ Thurs/ Fri/Sat 9:30am 5:00pm 6:15pm 9:30pm 6:15pm 9:30pm 9:30am 5:00pm 12 12 12 2 339 170 (c) 339 272 (c) 339 272 (c) 339 272 (c)
35
Teacher Training: Fitness OCR Level 2 Teaching Fitness and Exercise: Teach Circuits Comprises unit 6 only. Tutor: Antony Lewis OCR L2 Teaching Exercise & Fitness: Instructing Gym Based Exercise Comprises unit 4 only. Tutor: Ron Nauth Teacher Training: Pilates Only OCR or YMCA Level 2 or experienced teachers should enrol. Tutors: Antony Lewis, Helen Barton Teacher Training: Yoga Yoga Professional Training Introductory Day An introductory and mandatory session for the BTEC Yoga Teacher Training course HYT02A. Tutors: Marilyn Freedman, Rosamunde Jordan Yoga Teacher Training Foundation A foundation year in developing personal practice, working with the philosophy and teaching of Vanda Scaravelli. Successful students will progress onto a two year professional yoga teaching qualification (currently accredited by BTEC). Tutors: Marilyn Freedman, Rosamunde Jordan Yoga (Hatha) Hatha Yoga: Beginners A system of precise postures linking stretches, breath and relaxation. Unsuitable if you have a serious injury or are pregnant. Bring a large towel and a wide belt. Tutor: Leo Alexander
Code HFT05A H
Start Spring 5 Feb 10
End 12 Mar 10
Days Fri
Times 6:00pm 9:30pm
Weeks 6
Fee 127
HFT15A H
Summer 17 Apr 10
29 May 10
Sat
1:00pm 6:30pm
150 116 (c)
HFT06A H
Spring 14 Jan 10
1 Jul 10
Thurs
1:00pm 5:00pm
22
397
Code HYT01A
End 26 Sep 09
Days Sat
Weeks 1
Fee 45 36 (c)
HYT02A H
Autumn 3 Oct 09
23 May 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 1:00pm
10
488 391 (c)
Code HYG01A HYG02A HYG03A HYG04A HYG05A HYG06A
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Start Autumn 4 Oct 09
End 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 4 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 11 Jun 10 End 11 Oct 09
Days Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Fri Fri Fri Days Sun
Times 6:30pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm Times 1:00pm 5:00pm
Weeks 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 Weeks 2
Fee 70 57 (c) 70 57 (c) 52 42 (c) 70 57 (c) 70 57 (c) 52 42 (c) 94 48 (c) 94 48 (c) 60 30 (c) Fee 57
Hatha Yoga: Intermediate Open to all who wish to practice Hatha Yoga at this level. Tutor: Leo Alexander
Hatha Yoga: All Comers A mixed ability group all welcome. Tutor: Terry Tobias
HYG07A HYG08A HYG09A
Yoga (Kundalini) Kundalini Yoga: A Journey through the Chakras The Chakra system is a map of the human psyche, its functions, drives and potential. In this intensive course we will learn the techniques of yoga and meditation to explore the psycho-spiritual symbolism of the chakras. For more information contact: leo@integralyoga.org.uk Tutor: Leo Alexander Fundamentals of Kundalini Yoga Kundalini yoga is a wide-ranging set of techniques for achieving and maintaining your full physical and mental potential. This course will introduce you to the basic components of a Kundalini practice. For more information please contact: leo@integralyoga.org.uk Tutor: Leo Alexander
Code HYG32A
HYG33A
Summer 18 Apr 10
25 Apr 10
Sun
1:00pm 5:00pm
57
36
health & exercise
Yoga (Therapeutic) Therapeutic Yoga: Beginners Yoga therapy strengthens and aligns the spine, increases flexibility, boosts the immune system and reduces stress. It is never too late to start. Wear loose-fitting clothes. Tutors: Martyn Frith (MF), Donna Malcomson (DM)
Code HYG11A (DM) HYG12A (DM) HYG13A (DM) HYG23A (MF) HYG24A (MF) HYG25A (MF) HYG26A (DM) HYG27A (DM) HYG28A (DM)
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Summer 16 May 10
End 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 1 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 8 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10 4 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 11 Jun 10 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 23 May 10
Days Mon Mon Mon Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Tues Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds Fri Fri Fri Mon Mon Mon Sun
Times 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 9:30am 11:00am 9:30am 11:00am 9:30am 11:00am 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 2:00pm 3:30pm 2:00pm 3:30pm 2:00pm 3:30pm 10:00am 1:00pm
Weeks 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 2
Fee 70 57 (c) 70 57 (c) 52 42 (c) 70 57 (c) 70 57 (c) 52 42 (c) 70 36 (c) 70 36 (c) 52 27 (c) 70 36 (c) 70 36 (c) 52 27 (c) 70 57 (c) 70 57 (c) 52 42 (c) 48 25 (c) 48 25 (c) 36 19 (c) 70 57 (c) 70 57 (c) 52 42 (c) 70 36 (c) 70 36 (c) 52 27 (c) 22
Therapeutic Yoga: Intermediate Open to all who wish to practice Yoga at this level. Tutor: Donna Malcomson
HYG29A HYG30A HYG31A
Therapeutic Yoga: All Levels These are groups of mixed ability and experience. All welcome. Tutors: Joy Anderson (JA), Donna Malcomson (DM), Linda Highland (LH)
HYG14A (JA) HYG15A (JA) HYG16A (JA) HYG17A (DM) HYG18A (DM) HYG19A (DM) HYG20A (LH) HYG21A (LH) HYG22A (LH)
Postural Dynamics Improve your posture, mobility and coordination with gentle, floor-based movements using techniques from the Feldenkrais Method. Suitable for all ages and abilities. Tutor: Donna Malcomson
HPS01A HPS02A HPS03A HYG34A
The Feldenkrais Method Precisely structured movement sequences which lead from simple, easy movements into movements of greater range and complexity. Suitable for anyone who wants to improve their ability to move from dancers to martial artists to those wishing to reduce pain or overcome limitations in movement. Tutor: Donna Malcomson
37
health
Alexander Technique Alexander Technique Workshop The Alexander Technique changes the habitual reactions that can cause unnecessary tension. It is a skill for life learned one-to-one. These group courses provide an introduction. Tutor: Kate Kelly Code HAT01A HAT02A HAT03A HAT04A Anatomy & Physiology Foundation in Human Science OCNLR: GCSE equivalence A level 2 introduction to the fundamentals of biology and chemistry. An ideal starting point in the study of science, success leads to a qualification which is nationally recognised as equivalent to GCSE Grade C and above. City & Guilds Level 3 Diploma in Anatomy, Physiology & Pathology A vocational level 3 qualification for learners to develop their interest in Anatomy, Physiology & Pathology, or those considering further study in complementary medicine, health studies or exercise. The syllabus covers all of the body systems together with Advanced Pathology. This is a core unit required for C&G professional diplomas in Aromatherapy, Body Massage and Reflexology. It may be used by learners who wish to train in any or all of these three disciplines over more than one academic year. Morning, afternoon and evening classes available. Please contact the Health department on 020 7450 1854 for further details and to arrange an interview. Tutor: Helen Barton Foundation in Anatomy & Physiology OCNLR An advanced course covering units on genetics, digestion, movement, circulation, respiration, nerves and hormones when studied over three terms. Students may join at the beginning of any term and study up to two of these units per term. Completion of all units is required to achieve 18 credits. Some background in science and a reasonable standard of English are desirable. Tutors: Sophie Dauvois (SD), Helen Barton (HB) Code HAP29A
OCNLR
Start Autumn 17 Oct 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Spring 20 Mar 10 Summer 12 Jun 10 Start Autumn 14 Sep 09
End 17 Oct 09 16 Jan 10 20 Mar 10 12 Jun 10 End 22 Mar 10
Days Sat Sat Sat Sat Days Mon
Times 2:00pm 5:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm Times 6:30pm 8:30pm
Weeks 1 1 1 1 Weeks 24
Fee 33 17 (c) 33 17 (c) 33 17 (c) 33 17 (c) Fee 252 202 (c)
HAP24A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
14 May 10
Varies
34
400 43 (c)
HAP15A (SD) OCNLR HAP16A (SD) OCNLR HAP19A (SD) (HB)

OCNLR
Autumn 17 Sep 09 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Start Spring 30 Jan 10
17 Dec 09 17 Dec 09 25 Mar 10
Thurs Thurs Thurs
1:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 1:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 1:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm Times 10:00am 4:00pm
13 13 11
259 178 (c) 259 227 (c) 235 166 (c) 235 214 (c) 222 160 (c) 222 197 (c) Fee 36 19 (c)
HAP20A (SD) (HB)

OCNLR
25 Mar 10
Thurs
11
HAP22A (SD) (HB)

OCNLR
24 Jun 10
Thurs
10
HAP23A (SD) (HB)

OCNLR
24 Jun 10
Thurs
10
Aromatherapy Aromatherapy Workshop An enjoyable, fun workshop learning about everyday aromatherapy. Tutor: Milagros Leonicio Aromatherapy Product Making Make and keep a range of simple aromatherapy products, including: bubble bath, bath bombs, aromatic soap, face cream and lip balm. No prior experience necessary, ideal for making your own Christmas presents. Tutor: Carole Preen
Code HAR01A
End 30 Jan 10
Days Sat
Weeks 1
HAR14A
Autumn 5 Dec 09
6 Dec 09
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
66
38
health & exercise
Aromatherapy Aromatherapy Introduction An introductory course that teaches the safe use of some essential oils and massage techniques to use with family and friends. There are some additional charges for materials used. Tutor: Milagros Leonicio City & Guilds Level 3 Diploma in Professional Aromatherapy A prestigious qualification for students who wish to become professional aromatherapy practitioners. This advanced Level 3 Diploma is mapped to the National Occupational Standards and Core Curriculum for Aromatherapy. Successful candidates will be able to register with an appropriate regulatory body as well as join the Aromatherapy and Allied Practitioners Association as a full member. The course covers all aspects of setting up and working as an Aromatherapist, including Aromatherapy and Reflective Practice, Anatomy Physiology and Pathology, Business Practice and Principles and Practice of Complementary and Alternative Therapies plus a guided visit to Kew Gardens. Day and evening/weekend classes are available. Please contact the Health department on 020 7450 1854 for further details and to arrange an interview. Tutor: Carole Preen City & Guilds Level 3 Diploma in Professional Aromatherapy For holders of the C&G Diploma in Body Massage or Reflexology who wish to become professional aromatherapy practitioners. Afternoon and evening classes are available. Please contact the Health department on 020 7450 1854 for further details and to arrange an interview. Tutor: Carole Preen City & Guilds Level 3 Diploma in Professional Aromatherapy For holders of the C&G Certificate in Anatomy, Physiology & Pathology. Day and evening/weekend classes are available. Please contact the Health department on 020 7450 1854 for further details and to arrange an interview. Tutor: Carole Preen Beauty Therapy Beauty for Beginners: Makeup for Complete Beginners Never worn make-up before? Do you need help to start? You will need to supply your own make-up and brushes after advice given at the first session. Tutor: Jennifer McCullough Beauty for Beginners: Skin Care & Face Values This course looks at various ways to keep your skin clean. Topics include facial steaming, mask therapy and facials, including massage. Tutor: Jennifer McCullough Beauty for Beginners: Makeup Techniques Learn the basic techniques or enhance your skills by experimenting in a friendly environment. Tutor: Jennifer McCullough Beauty for Beginners: Eye Makeup The basic rules of making up eyes, eyebrows and lashes. Ask for the equipment list when you enrol. Tutor: Jennifer McCullough Beauty for Beginners: Nail Care Learn the basic techniques of manicure and hand and arm massage. Ask for the equipment list when you enrol. Tutor: Jennifer McCullough Beauty for Beginners: Makeup Techniques Learn the basic techniques or enhance your skills by experimenting in a friendly environment. Tutor: Jennifer McCullough Beauty for Beginners: Eye Makeup The basic rules of making up eyes, eyebrows and lashes. Ask for the equipment list when you enrol. Tutor: Jennifer McCullough
Code HAR02A
Start Summer 14 Apr 10
End 19 May 10
Days Weds
Times 6:30pm 9:00pm
Weeks 6
Fee 76 61 (c)
HAR10A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
14 May 10
Varies
34
880 74 (c)
HAR15A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
2 Jul 10
Varies
34
480 53 (c)
HAR16A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
27 Nov 09
Varies
34
580 53 (c)
Code HBT01A
Start Autumn 6 Nov 09
End 20 Nov 09
Days Fri
Times 6:00pm 9:00pm
Weeks 3
Fee 51 42 (c)
HBT04A
Autumn 27 Nov 09
11 Dec 09
Fri
6:00pm 9:00pm
51 42 (c)
HBT02A
Spring 19 Feb 10
5 Mar 10
Fri
6:00pm 9:00pm
51 42 (c)
HBT06A
Spring 12 Mar 10
26 Mar 10
Fri
6:00pm 9:00pm
51 42 (c)
HBT08A
Summer 23 Apr 10
7 May 10
Fri
6:00pm 9:00pm
51 42 (c)
HBT03A
Summer 14 May 10
28 May 10
Fri
6:00pm 9:00pm
51 42 (c)
HBT07A
Summer 11 Jun 10
25 Jun 10
Fri
6:00pm 9:00pm
51 42 (c)
39
Beauty Therapy Fashion Style Makeup Learn about the various options in make-up artistry, e.g. fashion, beauty, celebrity, special effects and period make-up. Consult the Course Outline for essential items. Tutor: Karen Beadle Photographic & Catwalk Makeup Learn about products and application, contouring and correction techniques for black and white and colour photography as well as an overview of catwalk make-up. Tutor: Karen Beadle City & Guilds: Diploma in Beauty Therapy Level 2 Train to practice beauty therapy professionally. Please contact the Health department for course information and interview dates. Tutors: Charmaine Scott-Obene, Jennifer McCullough Biochemistry Foundation in Biochemistry OCNLR An advanced course covering units on the biochemistry of cells, water, pH, mineral cycles, genetics and nutrition when studied over three terms. Students may join at the beginning of any term and study up to two of these units per term. Completion of all units is required to achieve 18 credits. A reasonable standard of Maths and written English is desirable. Tutor: Olufemi Shode Cognitive Behavioural Therapy Introduction to Cognitive Behavioural Therapy Boost your self-esteem and confidence levels by learning some basic CBT techniques. CPD Workshops for Therapists
Code HBT10A
End 11 Nov 09
Days Weds
Weeks 8
Fee 169 86 (c)
HBT09A
Summer 27 Apr 10
18 May 10
Tues
6:30pm 9:30pm
57 29 (c)
HBT12A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
7 Jun 10
Mon
10:00am 5:00pm
30
813 453 (c)
Code HBC01A HBC03A HBC05A
Start Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Start Summer 15 May 10 Start
End 15 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 22 Jun 10
Days Tues Tues Tues
Times 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm Times 10:00am 5:00pm Times
Weeks 13 11 10
Fee 259 227 (c) 235 208 (c) 217 196 (c) Fee 62 32 (c) Fee
Code HCB01A
End 15 May 10
Days Sat
Weeks 1
Code
End
Days
Weeks
For qualified complementary therapists, please contact the Health department for course outlines, prerequisite qualifications and equipment/materials. A CPD certificate will be awarded. Advanced Massage and Trigger Point Therapy Tutor: Carole Preen Hand Reflexology Tutor: Julia Wood Reflexology for Infertility Tutor: Julie Quinn Working in Cancer & Palliative Care Tutor: Renee Tanner Onsite Chair Massage An introduction for aromatherapists or massage therapists to some of the techniques of seated, clothed massage which may be incorporated into existing treatments. Tutor: Guiliana Perra Indian Head Massage An introduction for aromatherapists or massage therapists to some of the traditional techniques and philosophies of Indian Head Massage. Tutor: Helen Mead Bugs and Superbugs Tutor: Lowri Rylance Hot Stone Therapy Post graduate qualification in hot and cold stone massage for massage therapists and aromatherapists. Once qualified, can be offered as a stand alone treatment or incorporated with your existing therapy. Tutor: Trevor England Creative Visualisation Explore this method of releasing the mind to enable both relaxation and progress, for personal use and use within the therapeutic environment. Tutor: Hina Patel Pregnancy Massage Tutor: Carole Preen What a therapist needs to know about biomedical science Tutor: Lowri Rylance HPD01A HPD02A HPD03A HPD04A HPD18A Autumn 26 Sep 09 Autumn 9 Oct 09 Autumn 13 Nov 09 Autumn 4 Dec 09 Autumn 6 Dec 09 27 Sep 09 9 Oct 09 13 Nov 09 4 Dec 09 6 Dec 09 Sat/ Sun Fri Fri Fri Sun 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 1 1 1 1 1 125 62 62 62 62
HPD17A
Spring 17 Jan 10
17 Jan 10
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
62
HPD06A HPD12A
Spring 24 Jan 10 Spring 24 Jan 10
24 Jan 10 25 Apr 10
Sun Sun
10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm
1 3
62 66
HPD19A
Spring 20 Feb 10
20 Feb 10
Sat
10:00am 5:00pm
62
HPD08A HPD10A
Summer 16 May 10 Summer 23 May 10
16 May 10 23 May 10
Sun Sun
10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm
1 1
62 62
40
health & exercise
CPD Workshops for Therapists Spinal Reflexology Tutor: Julia Wood Holistic Facial Rejuvenation Massage For qualified massage therapists and aromatherapists, learn a routine incorporating the use of Japanese and Indian facial massage techniques to help combat the signs of ageing. Tutor: Trevor England Advanced Massage: Kee Technique for the limbs The 1st of 3 one-day workshops, learn how to treat the limbs using the Kee Technique a blend of Swedish, Shiatsu, Thai and Oriental massage techniques in one single method. Tutor: Philip Kee Advanced Massage: Kee Technique for the torso The 2nd of 3 one-day workshops, learn how to treat the torso using the Kee Technique a blend of Swedish, Shiatsu, Thai and Oriental massage techniques in one single method. Tutor: Philip Kee Advanced Massage: Kee Technique for head, neck and shoulders The 3rd of 3 one-day workshops, learn how to treat the head, neck and shoulders using the Kee Technique a blend of Swedish, Shiatsu, Thai and Oriental massage techniques into a single method. Tutor: Philip Kee Facial Therapy Facial Therapy Workshop Learn a simple exercise routine to bring about a more youthful appearance: by using a system of isometric exercises target different muscle groups to tone and recontour your face. Tutor: Lyn Rodwell
Code HPD11A HPD13A
Start Summer 11 Jun 10 Summer 3 Jul 10
End 11 Jun 10 4 Jul 10
Days Fri Sat/ Sun
Times 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm
Weeks 1 1
Fee 62 123
HPD14A
Autumn 11 Oct 09
11 Oct 09
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
62
HPD15A
Spring 7 Mar 10
7 Mar 10
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
62
HPD16A
Summer 18 Jul 10
18 Jul 10
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
62
Code HFP02A HFP04A HFP05A Code HHB02A
Start Autumn 21 Nov 09 Spring 13 Mar 10 Summer 12 Jun 10 Start Autumn 18 Sep 09
End 21 Nov 09 13 Mar 10 12 Jun 10 End 23 Oct 09
Days Sat Sat Sat Days Fri
Times 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm Times 6:30pm 9:00pm
Weeks 1 1 1 Weeks 6
Fee 35 18 (c) 35 18 (c) 35 18 (c) Fee 65 53 (c)
Herbal Medicine Herbal Medicine: Introduction A lively and informative course teaching you how to make your own herbal medicines. Tutor: Mara Baughman Herbal Medicine Foundation Units 1-3 OCNLR Topics include traditional theories, medicinal plant identification, making remedies and contraindications. Tutor: Mara Baughman Indian Head Massage Indian Head Massage: Introduction Experience the techniques of traditional scalp, neck and shoulder massage to relax and relieve tension. Tutor: Toks Coker CPD ITEC Diploma in Indian Head Massage Train to practice Indian Head Massage professionally. Please contact the Health department for course information and pre-requisite qualifications. Tutor: Helen Mead Massage Anytime Anywhere Massage Ease stresses and tensions in the shoulders, neck and arms. A seated massage performed over clothing. Bring a towel and cream to use on the hands. Tutor: Ron Nauth
HHB03A
Spring 15 Jan 10
28 May 10
Fri
1:00pm 4:00pm
18
237 120 (c)
Code HMA04A HMA06A HMA23A H HMA24A H
Start Autumn 26 Sep 09 Spring 27 Feb 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Summer 15 Apr 10 Start Autumn 17 Oct 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 24 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Nov 09 Spring 30 Jan 10 Summer 19 Jun 10
End 26 Sep 09 27 Feb 10 10 Dec 09 8 Jul 10
Days Sat Sat Thurs Thurs
Times 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm Times 2:00pm 5:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 11:00am 5:00pm 11:00am 5:00pm 11:00am 5:00pm
Weeks 1 1 12 12
Fee 37 19 (c) 37 19 (c) 309 309
Code HMA01A HMA02A HMA03A HMA08A HMA10A HMA11A
End 17 Oct 09 16 Jan 10 24 Apr 10 14 Nov 09 30 Jan 10 19 Jun 10
Days Sat Sat Sat Sat Sat Sat
Weeks 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fee 37 19 (c) 37 19 (c) 37 19 (c) 53 27 (c) 53 27 (c) 53 27 (c)
Massage Workshop Enrol with a partner on this fun and informative course to learn massage techniques and practice skills together. Bring two large towels and some almond oil. Tutor: Ron Nauth
41
Massage Massage Introduction A practical introduction to holistic massage, learn the basic massage movements and a short routine to use with family and friends. If you have a medical condition for which massage is not appropriate or contraindicated please contact the department before enrolling for advice. Tutor: Ron Nauth City & Guilds Level 3 Diploma in Professional Body Massage Therapy A prestigious qualification for students who wish to become professional massage therapists. This advanced Level 3 Diploma is mapped to the National Occupational Standards and Core Curriculum for Massage. Successful candidates will be able to register with an appropriate regulatory body as well as join the Aromatherapy and Allied Practitioners Association as a full member. The course covers all aspects of setting up and working as a Massage Therapist, including Body Massage and Reflective Practice, Anatomy Physiology and Pathology, Business Practice and Principles and Practice of Complementary and Alternative Therapies. Day and evening/weekend classes are available. Please contact the Health department on 020 7450 1854 for further details and to arrange an interview. Tutor: Ron Nauth City & Guilds Level 3 Diploma in Professional Body Massage Therapy For holders of the C&G Diploma in Aromatherapy or Reflexology who wish to train as professional massage therapists. Day and evening classes are available. Please contact the Health department on 020 7450 1854 for further details and to arrange an interview. Tutor: Ron Nauth City & Guilds Level 3 Diploma in Professional Body Massage Therapy For holders of the C&G Certificate in Anatomy, Physiology & Pathology who wish to train as professional massage therapists. Day and evening/weekend classes are available. Please contact the Health department on 020 7450 1854 for further details and to arrange an interview. Tutor: Ron Nauth CPD ITEC Diploma in On-site Massage Train to practice On-Site Massage therapy professionally. Please contact the Health department for course information and pre-requisite qualifications. Tutors: Guiliana Perra, Paul Drinkwater CPD City & Guilds Diploma in Sports Massage Train to practice sports massage professionally. Please contact the Health department for course information and pre-requisite qualifications. Tutor: Ron Nauth Thai and Chinese (Tui Na) Massage: Professional Diploma Train to practice Tui Na and Traditional Thai Massage professionally. Please contact the Health department for course information and interview dates. Tutor: Paul Drinkwater Meditation Acem Meditation Developed by Scandinavian doctors and psychologists, this therapeutic energy technique encourages deep relaxation, renewed energy and better concentration, effectively breaking cycles of habit and combatting stress. Tutor: Geir Waernes Meditation and Relaxation Condition and channel the mind in positive directions to realise its full potential. Relax through simple yoga, stretching exercises, concentration, visualisation and meditation techniques. Tutors: Om Dewan (OD), Donna Malcomson (DM)
Code HMA39A
Start Spring 3 Feb 10
End 10 Mar 10
Days Weds
Times 6:30pm 9:00pm
Weeks 6
Fee 76 61 (c)
HMA31A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
14 May 10
Varies
34
880 74 (c)
HMA40A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
2 Jul 10
Varies
34
480 53 (c)
HMA41A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
2 Jul 10
Varies
34
580 53 (c)
HMA25A H HMA26A H
Autumn 16 Sep 09 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09
9 Dec 09 7 Jul 10
Weds Weds
6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 1:30pm 5:15pm 10:00am 5:00pm
12 12
309 309
HMA27A H HMA28A H
20 Jan 10 7 Jul 10
Weds Weds
15 12
365 365
HOM04A H
24 Mar 10
Weds
24
661 362 (c)
Code HME02A HME03A
Start Autumn 7 Nov 09 Spring 6 Feb 10
End 8 Nov 09 7 Feb 10
Days Sat/ Sun Sat/ Sun
Times 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
Weeks 1 1
Fee 55 27 (c) 55 27 (c)
HME04A (OD) HME05A (DM) HME06A (OD)
9 Nov 09 1 Mar 10 14 Jun 10
Mon Mon Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
8 8 8
67 54 (c) 67 54 (c) 67 54 (c)
42
health & exercise
Memory Improve your Memory Improve your confidence, creativity and ability to use your senses by learning to use one of the simplest, most powerful techniques there is. Tutor: Bennett Maxwell
Code HMP03A HMP05A HMP06A Code HMA29A H
Start Autumn 11 Oct 09 Spring 7 Feb 10 Summer 27 Jun 10 Start Autumn 3 Oct 09
End 11 Oct 09 7 Feb 10 27 Jun 10 End 27 Jun 10
Days Sun Sun Sun Days Sat/ Sun
Times 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm Times 10:00am 5:00pm
Weeks 1 1 1 Weeks 8
Fee 42 22 (c) 42 22 (c) 42 22 (c) Fee 507
Neuro-Skeletal Re-alignment Therapy CPD Neuro-skeletal Re-alignment Therapy Diploma An advanced course for qualified massage therapists. NSRT is a non-manipulative light touch technique used in managing musculo-skeletal trauma, pain and pathologies. Training includes advanced massage. Tutor: Carole Preen NLP NLP: An Introduction Take control of your life, achieve personal change and develop effective interpersonal communication. NLP can help with phobias, giving up smoking, nail-biting and stress management. Tutor: Hina Patel
Code HNP01A HNP02A HNP03A HNP04A
Start Autumn 17 Oct 09 Spring 23 Jan 10 Summer 12 Jun 10 Autumn 21 Nov 09 Start Autumn 17 Sep 09
End 17 Oct 09 23 Jan 10 12 Jun 10 21 Nov 09
Days Sat Sat Sat Sat
Times 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm Times 6:30pm 8:30pm
Weeks 1 1 1 1
Fee 62 32 (c) 62 32 (c) 62 32 (c) 62 32 (c) Fee 75 61 (c)
Dealing with Difficult People How to use NLP to bring about change in a difficult relationship. Tutor: Hina Patel Nutrition Healthy Nutrition: Introduction Learn about key aspects of health, nutrition, exercise and stress to help prevent fatigue, mood swings and aches and pains becoming part of your everyday life. Tutor: Chrissie Gallagher-Mundy Optimum Nutrition Action Adjust imbalances in your diet, improve digestion and absorption, counter stress, boost your energy, spring-clean the body, reduce the risk of disease and stay slim. Tutor: Sheila Donnelly Nutritional Studies OCNLR An advanced course covering units on nutritional requirements, nutrients and supplements, detoxification and fitness when studied over three terms. Students may join at the beginning of any term and study up to two of these units per term. Completion of all units is required to achieve 18 credits. Some background in science and a reasonable standard of English are desirable. Tutors: Chrissie Gallagher-Mundy (CGM), Terrance McCoy (TM), Kathryn Lwin Brooks (KLB)
Code HNU01A
End 22 Oct 09
Days Thurs
Weeks 6
HNU08A
Summer 24 Apr 10
24 Apr 10
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
37 19 (c)
HNU10A (CGM)(KLB)
OCNLR
Autumn 16 Sep 09 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10
9 Dec 09
Weds
1:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 1:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 1:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:30am 1:30pm 10:30am 1:30pm
12
153 78 (c) 153 123 (c) 128 66 (c) 128 103 (c) 103 53 (c) 103 83 (c) 208 85 (c) 208 85 (c)
HNU11A (TM) OCNLR HNU14A (CGM)(KLB)

OCNLR
9 Dec 09 17 Mar 10
Weds Weds
12 10
HNU15A (TM) OCNLR HNU18A (CGM)(KLB)

OCNLR
17 Mar 10 9 Jun 10
Weds Weds
10 8
HNU19A (TM) OCNLR City & Guilds Healthy Eating and Well Being for the Complementary Therapy Client Learn how to advise your existing clients on healthy eating in order to help improve their health and lifestyle. This optional module forms part of the City & Guilds complementary therapy qualifications (excluding sports massage) and may be taken by qualified and student therapists. Please note the syllabus does not include dietary supplements. Tutor: Sheila Donnelly Postural Alignment CPD Professional Development in Postural Alignment Learn cutting-edge postural techniques via advanced anatomy and the most up-to-date movement disciplines. Explore the theory of alignment, analysis, re-education of functional movement and rehabilitation. Tutor: June Buckley HNU23A H HNU24A H
9 Jun 10 24 Nov 09 16 Mar 10
Weds Tues Tues
8 10 10
Code HMA30A
End 8 Dec 09
Days Tues
Times 12:30pm 3:30pm
Weeks 12
Fee 199
43
Qigong Qigong Qigong is a Chinese discipline using gentle exercises for relaxation, concentrating and calming the mind, relieving mental and physical tension and restoring vital energy. Tutor: Laura Ichajapanich
Code HQG01A HQG02A HQG03A Code HRE01A
Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 21 Apr 10 Start Spring 13 Feb 10
End 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 16 Jun 10 End 13 Feb 10
Days Weds Weds Weds Days Sat
Times 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm Times 10:00am 4:00pm
Weeks 11 11 8 Weeks 1
Fee 93 61 (c) 93 61 (c) 68 35 (c) Fee 40 21 (c)
Reflexology Reflexology Workshop An introduction to treating the whole body through the feet. There will be some practical work so please ensure your feet are free from infection. Tutor: Milagros Leonicio Reflexology Introduction An introduction to treating the whole body through the feet. If you have a medical condition for which reflexology is contraindicated please contact the department before enrolling for advice. Tutor: Milagros Leonicio City & Guilds Level 3 Diploma in Professional Reflexology A prestigious qualification for students who wish to become professional reflexologists. This advanced Level 3 Diploma is mapped to the National Occupational Standards and Core Curriculum for Reflexology. Successful candidates will be able to register with an appropriate regulatory body as well as join the International Federation of Reflexologists as a full member. The syllabus covers all aspects of setting up and working as a reflexologist, including Reflexology and Reflective Practice, Anatomy Physiology and Pathology, Business Practice and Principles and Practice of Complementary and Alternative Therapies. Day and evening/weekend classes are available. Please contact the Health department on 020 7450 1854 for further details and to arrange an interview. Tutor: Julia Wood, Julie Quinn City & Guilds Level 3 Diploma in Professional Reflexology For holders of the C&G Diploma in Body Massage or Aromatherapy who wish to train as professional reflexologists. Day and evening classes are available. Please contact the Health department on 020 7450 1854 for further details and to arrange an interview. Tutor: Julia Wood, Julie Quinn City & Guilds Level 3 Diploma in Professional Reflexology For holders of the C&G Certificate in Anatomy, Physiology & Pathology who wish to train as professional reflexologists. Day and evening/weekend classes are available. Please contact the Health department on 020 7450 1854 for further details and to arrange an interview. Tutor: Julia Wood, Julie Quinn Reiki Reiki 1 Certificate The 1st level of training in the Usui System. Be a channel for Reiki for self-healing and helping those close to you. Tutor: Marie Hensman Reiki 2 Certificate The 2nd level of training in the Usui System which leads to practitioner status. Please contact the Health department for pre-requisite qualifications. Tutor: Marie Hensman RYA Navigation RYA Certificate Day Skipper A course in seamanship, navigation and meteorology; an integral part of the overall training for the Competent Crew and Day Skipper/Watch Leader and an introduction to the Coastal Skipper/Yachtmaster Offshore shore-based course. It is essential that candidates are able to distinguish between red and green colours. Tutors: Jonathan Costley (JC), Chris Murdock (CM)
HRE06A
Spring 13 Jan 10
17 Feb 10
Weds
6:30pm 9:00pm
76 61 (c)
HRE11A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
14 May 10
Varies
34
880 74 (c)
HRE15A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
2 Jul 10
Varies
34
480 53 (c)
HRE16A
Autumn 14 Sep 09
27 Nov 09
Varies
34
580 53 (c)
Code HRK04A HRK05A HRK06A
Start Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10
End 16 Oct 09 12 Feb 10 21 May 10
Days Fri Fri Fri
Times 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm
Weeks 5 5 6
Fee 104 84 (c) 104 84 (c) 203 161 (c)
Code HRY01A (JC) HRY02A (CM)
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10
End 15 Feb 10 14 Jun 10
Days Mon Mon
Times 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm
Weeks 18 19
Fee 310 243 (c) 310 243 (c)
44
health & exercise
RYA Navigation RYA Certificate Coastal Skipper/Yachtmaster Offshore An advanced course in navigation and not suitable for complete beginners. Please ask for the Course Outline when you enrol. It is essential that candidates are able to distinguish between red and green colours. Tutor: Chris Murdock Shiatsu Shiatsu Certificate Train to practice shiatsu professionally, year 1 of a 3 year training programme. Please contact the Health department for the course outline and prerequisite qualifications. Tutor: Ki Kai Centre. Professional Diploma in Shiatsu & Oriental Medicine Train to practice shiatsu professionally. Year 3 of a 3-year training programme. The final exam is recognised and ratified by the Shiatsu Society. Please contact the Health department for the course outline form and interview dates. Tutor: Ki Kai Centre. T'ai Chi Ch'uan T'ai Chi Ch'uan Beginners The gentle, relaxed T'ai Chi forms develop strength, suppleness and inner calm, emphasising the benefits to health, meditation practice and philosophy. Tutor: Paul Underwood
Code HRY03A
End 18 Feb 10
Days Thurs
Times 7:00pm 9:30pm
Weeks 19
Fee 310 243 (c)
Code HSH04A
End 3 Jul 10
Days Sat/ Sun
Weeks 22
Fee 770
HSH05A
Autumn 10 Oct 09
19 Jun 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
22
770
Code HTC01A HTC02A HTC03A HTC04A HTC05A HTC06A HTC07A HTC08A HTC09A Code HWA01A
Start Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Start Autumn 22 Sep 09
End 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10 End 1 Dec 09
Days Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Weds Weds Weds Days Tues
Times 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm Times 7:00pm 9:00pm
Weeks 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 Weeks 10
Fee 69 56 (c) 69 56 (c) 51 41 (c) 69 56 (c) 69 56 (c) 51 41 (c) 93 47 (c) 93 47 (c) 68 35 (c) Fee 86 70 (c)
T'ai Chi Ch'uan Intermediate/Advanced The gentle, relaxed T'ai Chi forms develop strength, suppleness and inner calm, emphasising the benefits to health, meditation practice and philosophy. Tutor: Paul Underwood
T'ai Chi Ch'uan All Comers The gentle, relaxed T'ai Chi forms develop strength, suppleness and inner calm, emphasising the benefits to health, meditation practice and philosophy. Tutor: Laura Ichajapanich
Wine Appreciation Wine: An Introduction For those with little knowledge of the subject but who have an interest and a desire to know more. The wine costs approximately 60 per person, payable in two installments. Wine: French An intermediate course for those with experience of wine tasting. The cost of the wine (45) is additional and will be payable at the first session. Wine: New World An intermediate course for those with experience of wine tasting. The cost of the wine (45) is additional and will be payable at the first session. Wine: Grapes & Vines An intermediate course for those with experience of wine tasting. The cost of the wine (45) is additional and will be payable at the first session. Young and Old A Question of Ageing Ever asked the question What will this wine taste like in 5 or 10 years time?. Aimed at the more experienced taster, Young & Old will try to provide you with an answer. By comparing young wines from both the New World and the Old World with their older counterparts, we will aim to establish the qualities/ characteristics that contribute to their longevity. Due to the fine quality of some of the wines being tasted, the wine cost for this 6 week course will be in the region of 120. Tutor: Graham Archer
HWA02A
Spring 12 Jan 10
9 Feb 10
Tues
7:00pm 9:00pm
53 43 (c)
HWA03A
Spring 23 Feb 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
7:00pm 9:00pm
53 43 (c)
HWA04A
Summer 13 Apr 10
11 May 10
Tues
7:00pm 9:00pm
53 43 (c)
HWA05A
Spring 16 Feb 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
7:00pm 9:00pm
64 52 (c)
45
humanities
Counselling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creative Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Film & Theatre Studies . . . . . . . . . . History & Heritage . . . . . . . . . . . . . Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Poetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social Policy, Social Work . . . . . . . Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47 48 49 50 50 50 50 51 52 53 53 53 54 54 54
46
On the doorstep of some of the world's most renowned museums and theatres. Morley's humanities and social sciences courses are ideally located to offer pathways for cultural advancement at all levels. Whether you want to take up writing or get to grips with the society we live in, our classes aim to progress your development in a friendly and vibrant environment
Introduction
Our programme seeks to provide a commentary on contemporary developments in the Humanities and Social Sciences. A variety of courses in areas such as Creative Writing and Poetry also provide you with the knowledge and potential opportunities to publish your work. Many of our Humanities, Media and Social Science courses also form a valuable platform for entry into Higher Education (see our separate Access to HE Course Guide). Through our close working relationship with London theatres and cinemas you can take advantage of the rich cultural life offered by London.

Curriculum Manager: John Shaw Department Secretary: 020 7450 1836 Email: humanities@morleycollege.ac.uk The Departmental Secretary is available in term time between 10am and 4pm every weekday to assist you with any aspect of your course. If you are interested in joining an Access Programme in Humanities, Media, Social Sciences, Social Work, Nursing or Midwifery, please contact Austin Hill on 020 7450 1825.
Morley Review
The Morley Review celebrates the intellectual life of the Humanities Department. If you wish to contribute please contact the Departmental Secretary on 020 7450 1836. Editor: Paul Laffan
OCNLR These courses are taught in modules and students can study them for personal development or for a nationally recognised qualification. As the courses are taught in modules at the rate of two modules per term, students can enrol at the start of each term.
Counselling Introduction to Counselling A chance to explore some of the basic elements of counselling. Tutor: Ian Mandleberg Certificate in Introductory Counselling Skills A course for people who need initial counselling skills to help and support others. It won't teach students to be counsellors, but it may help them to decide if they want to train as one. Certificated by the Counselling and Psychotherapy Awarding Body, it covers basic listening and reflection. Tutor: Ian Mandleberg Certificate in Counselling Skills: Intermediate Level A programme for people who need counselling skills to enhance their workplace roles as personnel officers, welfare workers, teachers or pastoral care workers. Certificated by the CPCAB, it covers the person-centred counselling approach of Carl Rogers and the Skilled Helper model of Gerard Egan. Tutor: Ian Mandleberg Certificate in Counselling Studies: Level 3 A 34 week programme for people who intend to become fully qualified counsellors. Certificated by the CPCAB, the course develops students' skills, prepares them for Diploma level voluntary work in counselling agency and introduces them to the four main counselling approaches in use today. Entry by interview. Tutor: Ian Mandleberg
Code UCS03A UCS04A UCS07A UCS08A
Start Autumn 11 Oct 09 Spring 7 Feb 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10
End 11 Oct 09 7 Feb 10 4 Dec 09 26 Mar 10
Days Sun Sun Fri Fri
Times 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 2:00pm 4:30pm 2:00pm 4:30pm
Weeks 1 1 11 11
Fee 49 49 229 127 (c) 229 127 (c)
UCS09A
Autumn 18 Sep 09
28 May 10
Fri
6:30pm 9:30pm
30
523 443 (c)
UCS06A H
Autumn 17 Sep 09
1 Jul 10
Thurs
6:30pm 9:30pm
34
574 482 (c)
47
Creative Writing Releasing the Writer Within: Beginners Encourages you to develop your individual writing voice and to read your work in a relaxed and supportive atmosphere. Advice on all aspects of fiction writing will be given. Poets also welcome! You may join the course at the start of each term. Tutor: Wendy Perriam Introduction to Creative Writing A course for new creative writers or those looking for a way to focus their writing activity and get new ideas.
Code UCW01A UCW02A UCW03A UCW04A UCW05A UCW06A
Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 23 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09
End 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10 4 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 18 Jun 10 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 3 Dec 09
Days Weds Weds Weds Fri Fri Fri Mon Mon Mon Thurs
Times 1:30pm 3:30pm 1:30pm 3:30pm 1:30pm 3:30pm 1:00pm 3:00pm 1:00pm 3:00pm 1:00pm 3:00pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
Weeks 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11
Fee 125 65 (c) 125 65 (c) 92 48 (c) 125 65 (c) 125 65 (c) 92 48 (c) 120 97 (c) 120 97 (c) 89 72 (c) 106 84 (c) 96 78 (c) 96 78 (c) 71 58 (c) 114 85 (c)
One & Two Day Writing Courses: A programme of courses designed for writers unable to devote extensive amounts of time to the study of writing.
Creative Writing: Beginners Take your first steps in creative writing, from poetry to prose to screenwriting.
UCW07A UCW08A UCW09A
Writing Children's Fiction Explore ways of writing for children, from picture books to writing for teenagers. Writing Short Stories Workshop This course will give students the opportunity to develop short story ideas via in-class writing exercises and 'workshopping'.
UCW13A
UCW15A UCW16A UCW17A
3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 3 Dec 09
Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs
11 11 8 11
Writing for Television Learn to write for television. This course will look at treatments and scripts for various formats (comedy, soap, drama) within the TV medium. Tutor: Mike Harris Creative Writing: Advanced This course provides a seminar in which students can 'pre-publish' their work and gauge the response they might get from a wider audience. Tutor: Mike Walker
UCW20A
UCW22A UCW23A UCW24A UCW21A
Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Spring 14 Jan 10
3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 25 Mar 10
Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs
2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11 8 11
130 67 (c) 130 67 (c) 96 50 (c) 114 85 (c)
Screenwriting: Stage 1 An introductory course where you will develop your feature script outline and complete a script for a short film. Tutor: Mike Harris Screenwriting: Stage 2 A workshop based course for students who are working on a feature film or TV script. Tutor: Mike Harris Start to Write for Children Using writing exercises and examples of published work, this one-day course offers a short introduction to the full range of children's fiction, from picture books to novels for young adults. Suitable for those new to writing children's fiction. Writing London Creative writing based on a range of sources including documented walks undertaken by the students and existing texts and imagery relating to London. Tutor: Richard Makin
UCW28A
Summer 22 Apr 10
17 Jun 10
Thurs
7:30pm 9:30pm
84 68 (c)
UCW38A
Autumn 8 Nov 09
8 Nov 09
Sun
10:30am 4:30pm
42
UCW39A
Summer 16 May 10
16 May 10
Sun
12:00pm 6:00pm
50
48
humanities
Creative Writing Memoir: Life Writing Use your own life as an inspiration to various forms of creative writing. Not just autobiography and biography but using lived experience as a point of departure for relating life stories. Creative Experimental Writing from Sound A one-day workshop in which students will utilize recorded and ambient sound as triggers to the composition of experimental writing. The course includes an introduction to a range of innovative and avant-garde writers. Tutor: Richard Makin Creative Experimental Writing from Imagery A one-day workshop focusing on the use of imagery, in particular painting and photography, as starting points and inspiration in the composition of experimental writing. The day includes an introduction to a range of innovative and avant-garde writers. Tutor: Richard Makin Creative Experimental Writing from Film A one-day workshop using film as a starting point and inspiration toward the composition of experimental creative writing. The course includes an introduction to a range of innovative and avant-garde writers. Tutor: Richard Makin Film and Theatre Studies Current Film & Theatre Sample and evaluate the best in film and theatre in London in the company of writer Mike Harris. We see an interesting film and play every fortnight and then discuss and analyse it the following week. Admission charge to the cinema/theatre is not included in the course fee. The course may include films classified for viewing by 18-year-olds and over. Tutor: Mike Harris French Cinema Discover French culture through its cinema. Enjoy the many facets and characteristics of French cinema. This course may be of special interest to those on French language and cultural courses. All films subtitled. The course may include films classified for viewing by 18-year-olds and over. Tutor: Jonathan Davies The Cinema of Jean Renoir A chance to explore the work of Jean Renoir in a friendly relaxed atmosphere. The day will offer a variety of clips mixed with discussion and the chance to watch one of the director's lesser known works. Tutor: Jonathan Davies The Cinema of Louis Malle A chance to explore the work of Louis Malle in a friendly relaxed atmosphere. The day will offer a variety of clips mixed with discussion and the chance to watch one of the director's lesser known works. Tutor: Jonathan Davies The Cinema of Francois Truffaut A chance to explore the work of Francois Truffaut in a friendly relaxed atmosphere. The day will offer a variety of clips mixed with discussion and the chance to watch one of the director's lesser known works. Tutor: Jonathan Davies The Cinema of Francois Ozon A chance to explore the work of Francois Ozon in a friendly relaxed atmosphere. The day will offer a variety of clips mixed with discussion and the chance to watch one of the director's lesser known works. Tutor: Jonathan Davies
Code UCW41A
Start Summer 16 Apr 10
End 11 Jun 10
Days Fri
Weeks 8
Fee 71 38 (c)
UCW42A
Autumn 11 Oct 09
11 Oct 09
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43
UCW43A
Autumn 8 Nov 09
8 Nov 09
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43
UCW44A
Autumn 6 Dec 09
6 Dec 09
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43
Code UFS01A UFS02A UFS03A
Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Spring 17 Jan 10
End 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10
Days Weds Weds Weds
Times 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 11:00am 3:00pm
Weeks 11 11 8
Fee 96 78 (c) 96 78 (c) 71 58 (c) 108 85 (c) 108 85 (c) 79 64 (c) 37
UFS07A UFS08A UFS09A UFS11A
30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 17 Jan 10
Mon Mon Mon Sun
11 11 8 1
UFS12A
Spring 24 Jan 10
24 Jan 10
Sun
11:00am 3:00pm
37
UFS13A
Spring 31 Jan 10
31 Jan 10
Sun
11:00am 3:00pm
37
UFS14A
Spring 7 Feb 10
7 Feb 10
Sun
11:00am 3:00pm
37
49
History and Heritage Discovering History Study British and colonial history in the 18th and 19th Centuries. Topics include the industrial revolution, slavery, Britain and India, feminism and historical methods. Tutor: John Shaw
Code UHH01A
OCNLR
Start Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Spring 17 Jan 10
End 1 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 8 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10 7 Feb 10
Days Tues Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds Sun
Times 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 11:00am 1:00pm
Weeks 11 11 8 11 11 8 4
Fee 112 58 (c) 112 58 (c) 88 46 (c) 107 56 (c) 107 56 (c) 78 41 (c) 71
UHH02A
OCNLR
UHH03A
OCNLR
Discovering London's Local History Examines the local history, social history and architectural heritage of a range of areas of London.
UHH05A UHH06A UHH07A
The Origins of Socialism This course explores socialist thought in its earliest days. We will look at key texts by Charles Fourier, Henri Saint-Simon and Robert Owen to reveal the sometimes surprisingly exotic origins of socialism. Tutor: John Shaw Journalism Practical Journalism Develop journalistic skills through practical class exercises and the study of news, features, reviews and sub-editing. Ideal for would-be freelance writers. You can join the course at the beginning of each term. Tutor: Mike Harris Literature Literature: An Introduction This course explores a variety of 19th to 21st Century literature. Critically engage with a wide range of poetry, prose and plays in an open and stimulating environment. Tutor: John Ford
UHH10A
Code UJR01A
OCNLR
Start Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Start Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09
End 1 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 8 Jun 10 End 1 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 8 Jun 10 8 Dec 09
Days Tues Tues Tues Days Tues Tues Tues Tues
Times 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm Times 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 7:30pm
Weeks 11 11 8 Weeks 11 11 8 12
Fee 111 90 (c) 111 90 (c) 81 66 (c) Fee 111 90 (c) 111 90 (c) 81 81 (c) 103 84 (c)
UJR02A
OCNLR
UJR03A
OCNLR
Code ULL01A
OCNLR
ULL02A
OCNLR
ULL03A
OCNLR
American Literature from Whitman to Updike A structured introduction to American Literature of the last 150 years and to America's contribution to modernism. Authors include Melville, Eliot, Faulkner, Ursula Le Guin and Eudora Welty. Tutor: Paul Laffan Caribbean Literature An exploration of the fascinating world of Caribbean literature. We will look at a range of poetry, one play and one novel. Tutor: John Ford Postmodern Approaches to Literature Transform your understanding of both classic and contemporary literature through a non-technical introduction to readings of literature drawing on postmodern approaches to texts. Tutor: Stephen Alexander London in Literature Sometimes emerging from the gloom of Dickensian fog, other times glittering beneath ballroom lights, London is represented in a range of fascinating literature. This one-day course will look at the work of Nell Dunn, William Blake, Graham Greene, Sarah Waters and others. Tutor: John Ford Media Understanding Modern Media Areas of study include the language of media, media forms, genres, media institutions, history of broadcasting, the press and cinema and film studies. We will also discuss the broader issues of ideology, culture, society and technology in relation to the media. Tutor: Fay Hoolahan
ULL07A
ULL08A
Spring 12 Jan 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
5:30pm 7:30pm
11
96 67 (c)
ULL09A
Summer 13 Apr 10
8 Jun 10
Tues
5:30pm 7:30pm
71 59 (c)
ULL10A
Summer 18 Apr 10
18 Apr 10
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43
Code UME04A
OCNLR
End 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10
Days Thurs Thurs Thurs
Times 10:30am 1:00pm 10:30am 1:00pm 10:30am 1:00pm
Weeks 11 11 8
Fee 119 62 (c) 119 62 (c) 88 46 (c)
UME05A
OCNLR
UME06A
OCNLR
50
humanities
Philosophy Starting Philosophy What is the nature of reality? Does God exist? Are there moral principles that all human beings should follow? Can we ever know anything for certain? In this course we will explore these fundamental questions of philosophy from a variety of perspectives. Tutor: Austin Hill Introduction to Philosophy: Reality, Ethics and Free Will What is the ultimate nature of the world around us? Are there any objective moral truths? Do we really have free-will or is this simply an illusion arising from our ignorance? We will be discussing these ideas and more through reference to key philosophers from Ancient Greece to the present day. Tutor: Austin Hill Introduction to Philosophy: Certainty, Scepticism and Knowledge Is certain knowledge possible, or is all knowledge simply our best guess? What is the difference between reason and faith? We shall examine a number of different approaches to these questions in relation to the twin topics of our claims to knowledge about God and knowledge of the real world. Tutor: Austin Hill Introduction to Philosophy: Philosophy of the Individual and Society This course raises the questions of what it means to really be an individual and of what the best form of society might be, through an examination of thinkers from the existentialist tradition along with the giants of political philosophy. A fun and accessible introduction to these topics. Tutor: Austin Hill Is Philosophy for You? In this one-day course we will consider the nature and value of philosophy, how it helps us think critically about our world and how it reawakens a sense of the mystery of existence. Tutor: Garo Avakian Thinking About Morality We follow the moral rules of our society, but why? Other peoples and other cultures subscribe to other rules, so how can we be confident that ours are right? In this one-day course we will explore some of the classical responses to this question and many others. Tutor: Garo Avakian Contemporary Philosophy Scepticism undermines traditional certainties which, although celebrated by some, might lead to relativism, even nihilism. We will explore the ways in which we can respond to the destruction of foundations, in both Anglo-American and European thought. Tutor: Garo Avakian Intermediate Philosophy: The Self, Mind and Freedom Explore some of the central questions of modern philosophy: must we examine the nature of our own minds, before we can claim to know anything of reality? Is complete self-knowledge possible? Does history progress towards freedom? Tutor: Austin Hill Intermediate Philosophy: Philosophy and the Death of God What becomes of mankind once the concept of God has lost its meaning for us? Do we then lose all sense of meaning or do we become the measure of all things? Is this the age of nihilism and relativism or a new dawn in which we create our own future. Niezsche, Heidegger, Sartre and Freud guide us through these challenging and exciting questions. Tutor: Austin Hill Intermediate Philosophy: Postmodernism and Poststructuralism Are we really living in a post-modern age in which all our traditional sources of identity have become unsustainable? Post-structuralist theory has an enormous impact on theory in the humanities, arts and sciences does this call for a completely new way of thinking, or simply the end of all serious thought? Tutor: Austin Hill
Code UPH01A
OCNLR
End 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 3 Dec 09
Days Mon Mon Mon Thurs
Weeks 11 11 8 11
Fee 98 47 (c) 98 47 (c) 71 35 (c) 103 74 (c)
UPH02A
OCNLR
UPH03A
OCNLR
UPH38A
UPH39A
Spring 14 Jan 10
25 Mar 10
Thurs
7:00pm 9:00pm
11
103 74 (c)
UPH40A
Summer 15 Apr 10
10 Jun 10
Thurs
7:00pm 9:00pm
76 56 (c)
UPH19A
Autumn 11 Oct 09
11 Oct 09
Sun
10:30am 3:30pm
38
UPH20A
Spring 7 Feb 10
7 Feb 10
Sun
10:30am 3:30pm
38
UPH21A
Summer 16 May 10
16 May 10
Sun
10:30am 3:30pm
40
UPH27A
Autumn 15 Sep 09
1 Dec 09
Tues
7:00pm 9:00pm
11
103 74 (c)
UPH29A
Spring 12 Jan 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
7:00pm 9:00pm
11
103 74 (c)
UPH31A
Summer 13 Apr 10
8 Jun 10
Tues
7:00pm 9:00pm
76 56 (c)
51
Philosophy Advanced Philosophy: History, Dialectic and the Idea of Communism For modern philosophy, the dialectic has been the key to thinking through the question of history and politics. Can such a focus on progress be sustained today when so much recent politically and philosophically radical thought has defined itself against the dialectic? Must the familiar categories of political theory and practice be re-thought in light of the alleged decline of the dialectic and the historical form taken by capitalism today? Tutor: Austin Hill Advanced Philosophy: The New Realism? A New Metaphysics? Rebelling against the orthodoxies of both modern post-Kantian philosophy and deconstruction, a strain of contemporary philosophy is attempting to revive the traditions of metaphysics from a radically anti-anthropomorphic stance. This course will examine whether the aim of a philosophy that tries to think in and with 'the objects themselves' is a potent return to contact with reality, or a venture doomed to repeat the failures of the past. Tutor: Austin Hill Advanced Philosophy: Philosophy of Science This course will examine philosophical perspectives on the nature of scientific theory and practice as well as the philosophical significance of particular scientific discoveries. Ranging from an examination of the different ways in which science attempts to uncover 'the truth' to questions how developments in evolutionary theory, neuro-biology and physics impact on our understanding of science itself, the course will provide a lively forum for the discussion of these challenging and important ideas. Tutor: Austin Hill Critical Thinking Do you feel you are being conned by unscrupulous politicians and the media? This course is the answer to your prayers. A course on intellectual self-defence that examines methods of reasoning and rhetoric as forms of persuasion and teaches you to construct and analyse your own arguments and those of others. Tutor: Garo Avakian Poetry
Code UPH32A UPH33A
End 2 Dec 09 2 Dec 09
Days Weds Weds
Times 11:00am 1:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
Weeks 11 11
Fee 137 70 (c) 105 84 (c)
UPH34A UPH35A
Spring 13 Jan 10 Spring 13 Jan 10
24 Mar 10 24 Mar 10
Weds Weds
11:00am 1:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11
137 70 (c) 105 84 (c)
UPH36A UPH37A
Summer 14 Apr 10 Summer 14 Apr 10
9 Jun 10 9 Jun 10
Weds Weds
11:00am 1:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
8 8
99 49 (c) 76 61 (c)
UPH41A UPH42A
25 Nov 09 17 Mar 10
Weds Weds
5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm
10 10
88 46 (c) 88 46 (c)
Code
Start
End
Days
Times
Weeks
Fee
You can celebrate National Poetry Day at Morley or see your poems in print by submitting your work to the Morley Review. Full details from the Departmental Secretary on 020 7450 1836. Thursday Poetry: Beginners Do you need a kick-start for your poetry? Work with a practising poet, discussing features of modern poetry and exploring some of the skills involved in its creation. Exercises draw on memory, observation and personal meditation. Tutor: Kathryn Maris Thursday Poetry: Improvers Read a variety of poems, follow intensive writing exercises, discuss poetic form and listen to detailed criticism of your poetry. Tutor: Roderick Lumsden UCW29A UCW30A UCW31A UCW32A UCW33A UCW34A Thursday Poetry: Advanced Have you been writing poetry for some time? An opportunity to discuss work and examine progress in a supportive environment. Poems will he heard and discussed with experienced poets. Tutor: Kathryn Simmonds Sylvia Plath and Ted Hughes Power couple: an examination of two of the most influential poets of the 20th Century. Tutor: Kathryn Maris UCW35A UCW36A UCW37A UCW45A Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 11 Oct 09 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 11 Oct 09 Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Sun 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 10:00am 4:00pm 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 1 96 50 (c) 96 50 (c) 71 38 (c) 106 60 (c) 106 60 (c) 77 41 (c) 108 56 (c) 108 56 (c) 81 41 (c) 41
52
humanities
Poetry Walt Whitman and Emily Dickinson The father and mother of modern poetry. Tutor: Kathryn Maris Early 20th Century Modernists Wallace Stevens, Ezra Pound and William Carlos Williams: how they changed the rules. Tutor: Kathryn Maris Robert Lowell, Elizabeth Bishop and their impact on 20th contemporary British poetry Two 20th Century American poets who made a powerful impact on contemporary British poetry. Tutor: Kathryn Maris Politics Introduction to Politics This is a vital introductory course for students interested in government, the law or a range of aspects of political life. As well as examining the basic concepts of political thought, the course will probe the nature of our political systems. Tutor: Doreen Beckford Psychology Introduction to Psychology A chance to explore the scope of psychology. Beginning with an overview of the different approaches to the study of human behaviour and an examination of the scientific status of psychology, this course will include units on theories and methods, the development of personality, developmental psychology, abnormal psychology and cognitive psychology. Tutor: Austin Caffrey
Code UCW46A
Start Spring 24 Jan 10 Summer 7 Mar 10
End 24 Jan 10
Days Sun
Times 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
Weeks 1
Fee 41
UCW47A
7 Mar 10
Sun
41
UCW48A
Summer 27 Jun 10
27 Jun 10
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
41
Code UPL01A
OCNLR
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Start Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10
End 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 End 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 1 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 8 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10 End 1 Dec 09 26 Mar 10
Days Mon Mon Mon Days Mon Mon Mon Tues Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds Days Tues Fri
Times 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm Times 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm Times 6:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm
Weeks 11 11 8 Weeks 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 Weeks 11 11
Fee 118 96 (c) 118 96 (c) 87 71 (c) Fee 124 64 (c) 124 64 (c) 92 48 (c) 124 100 (c) 124 100 (c) 92 76 (c) 124 64 (c) 124 64 (c) 92 48 (c) Fee 166 134 (c) 166 134 (c) 166 134 (c) 166 134 (c)
UPL02A
OCNLR
UPL03A
OCNLR
Code UPS01A
OCNLR
UPS02A
OCNLR
UPS03A
OCNLR
UPS04A
OCNLR
UPS05A
OCNLR
UPS06A
OCNLR
UPS07A
OCNLR
UPS09A
OCNLR
UPS10A
OCNLR
Radio Basic Radio Production An introduction to the core skills of programme making including: interviewing, writing, tape editing and presenting for radio, and the use of portable recorders and studio equipment. Tutors: Andrew Popperwell, Bennett Maxwell Radio Workshop A course for those who have learned the basics of radio production and wish to work on producing effective radio material. Tutors: Andrew Popperwell, Bennett Maxwell
Code URA01A URA02A
URA03A URA04A
23 Mar 10 2 Jul 10
Tues Fri
11 11
53
Sociology, Social Policy, Social Work Introduction to Sociology Topics for study may include: the family; class, gender and identity; the social construction of health; education and the mass media. Tutor: Victoria Okocha
Code USG01A
OCNLR
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10
End 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 9 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 End 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 14 Jun 10
Days Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Days Mon Mon Mon
Times 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 1:00pm 3:30pm 1:00pm 3:30pm 1:00pm 3:30pm Times 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm
Weeks 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 11 11 8 Weeks 11 11 8
Fee 118 61 (c) 118 61 (c) 88 46 (c) 118 96 (c) 118 96 (c) 88 72 (c) 118 61 (c) 118 61 (c) 88 46 (c) 118 96 (c) 118 96 (c) 88 72 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 76 62 (c) 118 61 (c) 118 61 (c) 88 46 (c) Fee 96 50 (c) 96 50 (c) 71 38 (c)
USG02A
OCNLR
USG03A
OCNLR
Social Policy Traces the development of welfare provision in Britain from its origins to the present day. Includes the welfare state and different perspectives on Social Policy. Tutor: Victoria Okocha
USP01A
OCNLR
USP02A
OCNLR
USP03A
OCNLR
USP04A
OCNLR
USP05A
OCNLR
USP06A
OCNLR
USW04A
OCNLR
USW05A
OCNLR
USW06A
OCNLR
Social Work: Theory and Practice Discusses both the theoretical foundations of Social Work and how they are put into practice in Britain. Suitable for those with a lay interest in social welfare and those involved in voluntary work. Tutor: Caroline Keith-Jopp
USW01A
OCNLR
USW02A
OCNLR
USW03A
OCNLR
USW07A
OCNLR
USW08A
OCNLR
USW09A
OCNLR
Video Digital Video An introduction to digital video production and editing. Students will work on short practical projects. Tutor: Fay Hoolahan
Code UVS01A UVS02A UVS03A
54
humanities
languages
Arabic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Danish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Finnish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . German. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Japanese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portuguese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Russian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swedish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turkish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57 58 58 59 60 60 63 65 65 67 67 68 68 69 69 73 73
55
Cross the borders with a wide range of modern foreign languages and levels at Morley College. We can help you achieve your goal whether you learn for pleasure, work or to obtain a qualification.

Curriculum Manager: Friederike Schroeder (020 7450 1849) Secretary: Ewa Blundell (020 7450 1932) Email: languages@morleycollege.ac.uk To help you choose the course that best meets your needs and level, you should come in person (during office hours) or for telephone enquiries contact the Curriculum Manager (020 7450 1849) or the Department Secretary (020 7450 1932). We also offer tailor-made language courses to businesses and other institutions. Please contact the Business Development Unit for further details: 020 7450 1803 (Alistair Stirling) or 020 7450 1905 (David Stringer-Lamarre).
Stage 1C Term 3 is for you if you have attended two previous terms or have the equivalent of 40 to 52 hours of study. You can ask and answer simple questions about familiar topics and routine activities write short sentences using formal and informal language carry out simple transactions (e.g. in shops) and order something to eat or drink make simple plans with people (e.g. what to do, where to go and when to meet) express what you feel in simple terms, and express thanks ask for and provide simple, practical information (e.g. directions, times, dates, quantities, job roles) Stage 2 Year two is for you if you have the equivalent of one years tuition (60 to 80 hours). You can understand and respond to straightforward factual information about everyday, study or work-related topics, identifying both general meaning and specific details participate in everyday conversation and short narratives on familiar topics when delivered in clear standard speech read and write short paragraphs on day-to-day topics covering basic grammar structures understand detailed directions, instructions and messages relating to everyday personal and work matters Stage 3 Year three is for you if you have the equivalent of two years tuition (120 to 160 hours). You can understand and use routine vocabulary and standard sentence structures recognise some less familiar elements (e.g. extract information from routine notices, reports and correspondence) write a short informal message or a brief formal letter give a clear, systematically developed presentation on a topic in your area of work, study or special interest find another way of saying what you mean
Stage 4 Year four is for you if you have studied for about three years or have recently completed a course at GCSE standard. You can give clear, detailed descriptions on a range of subjects related to personal, cultural, social or work issues develop a clear coherent argument, linking ideas logically and expanding and supporting your points with appropriate examples explain a viewpoint on a topical issue or work proposal giving advantages and disadvantages of various options give a clear, systematically developed presentation on a topic in your area of work, study or special interest understand the gist of a conversation or written text Stage 5 Year five is for you if you are confident in the language and able to join in with native speakers. You can join in most lively conversations with several fast speakers, even if the subject is not very familiar participate effectively in extended discussions and debates on complex topics of personal, professional, social or cultural interest respond to questions and comments and answer complex lines of counter argument fluently, spontaneously and appropriately write extended text using a wide range of language accurately (e.g. essays, formal letters) Stage 6 Year six is very advanced post-A2 Level work comparable to NVQ Level 4 or the first year of a foundation degree. You can hold your own arguments in formal discussions of complex issues, arguing articulately and persuasively and without being at a disadvantage compared with native speakers have a good command of idiomatic expressions and colloquialisms with an awareness of implied meaning and meaning by association express yourself naturally and effortlessly understand a wide range of recorded and broadcast audio visual material write a range of formal and informal text using extended vocabulary and grammar according to style and content
Which Level should I join?

Our language programme is divided into three terms, offering progression throughout the academic year. If you are not sure which course to join, contact the Department to confirm your level or to arrange an appointment to visit a course outside our advice and guidance days/times. A courses are in the first term of a level B courses are in the second term of a level C courses are in the third term of a level Stage 1A Choose this stage if you have no knowledge of the language. Term 1 courses at this level aim for social survival in various everyday situations. Stage 1B Term 2 is for you if you have attended the previous term or have the equivalent of 20 to 26 hours of study. You can understand and reply to basic greetings and phrases (e.g. hello, good morning, excuse me, sorry, thank you) reply to simple questions about yourself and write basic sentences and single words understand and respond to very simple information concerning numbers and the alphabet understand very short dialogues and interact in everyday situations
56
languages
Examinations/Certification
We offer a selection of exams to take ASSET breakthrough, preliminary, intermediate and advanced in French, German, Italian and Spanish; ASSET Entry/Level 1 for Chinese Mandarin, ASSET Intermediate at National Level 2 for Spanish and EDEXCEL for GCE AS/A2 Level Spanish. This year we also offer accreditation in the Summer term for Arabic, Portuguese, Russian and Swedish.
For further information visit: www.assetlanguages.org.uk www.edexcel.org.uk
Mapping your Progression Routes for Languages at Morley College

Morley's stages Stage 1A First term of Stage 1 (Entry Level) Stage 1B Second term of Stage 1 (Entry Level) Stage 1C Third term of Stage 1 (Entry Level) Stage 2 (Level 1) One-year course Stage 3 GCSE (Level 2) One-year course Stage 4 GCE, AS (Level 3) One-year course Stage 5 GCE, AS, A2 (Level 3) One-year course Stage 6 (Level 4) One-year course including French/Italian Literature
Arabic Chinese* Danish Dutch Finnish French German Greek Italian Japanese Norwegian Polish Portuguese Portuguese Russian Swedish Spanish Turkish * Mandarin Brazilian
Arabic
Code
Start
End
Days
Times
Weeks
Fee
Modern Standard Arabic (MSA) is the written language of Arabic. In its classical form, it is the language of the Holy Quran. In its everyday use, it is the language of newspapers and is also widely heard on radio and television. MSA is the formal language currently used in all Arabic countries. Initially students learn how to read and write, but there will be plenty of opportunity to practice both written and spoken Modern Standard Arabic. Arabic (Modern) 1A Tutor: Rosa Velez Arabic (Modern) 1B Tutor: Rosa Velez Arabic (Modern) 1C Tutor: Rosa Velez Arabic (Modern) 1A Tutor: Rosa Velez Arabic (Modern) 1B Tutor: Rosa Velez Arabic (Modern) 1C Tutor: Rosa Velez Arabic (Modern) 2A Tutor: Rosa Velez Arabic (Modern) 2B Tutor: Rosa Velez LAR04A LAR05A LAR06A LAR01A LAR02A LAR03A LAR07A LAR08A Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 Weds Weds Weds Fri Fri Fri Weds Weds 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c)
57
Chinese
Code
Start
End
Days
Times
Weeks
Fee
The beginners course is based on 'The Chinese Classroom' by Yuhui Fu, published by Lexus Ltd and 'The Chinese Classroom book 2 by Hua Cai, published by Lexus Ltd. It focuses on teaching basic Chinese vocabulary, sentence structures and grammar using everyday topics. There will be a pronunciation guide in each lesson for phonetics, tone exercises and ensure that participants learn the correct pronunciation and intonation from the beginning. The Chinese Classroom book 2 is a character book based on the course book that introduces the radical system (Chinese character composition), stroke orders and basic characters. Learners can decide whether they want to buy book 2 when joining the course. The set is an excellent introduction to pinyin and character in one course. Chinese (Mandarin) 1A Tutor: Jindong Adams Chinese (Mandarin) 1B Tutor: Jindong Adams Chinese (Mandarin) 1C Tutor: Jindong Adams Chinese (Mandarin) 1A Tutor: Yue Zhao Chinese (Mandarin) 1B Tutor: Yue Zhao Chinese (Mandarin) 1C Tutor: Yue Zhao Chinese (Mandarin) 2A This course focuses on teaching basic Chinese vocabulary, sentence structures and grammar using everyday topics. Phonetics, tone exercises and drills ensure that participants learn the correct pronunciation and intonation from the beginning. Participants are introduced to the radical system (Chinese character composition), stroke orders and basic characters. Tutor: Yue Zhao Chinese (Mandarin) 2B Tutor: Yue Zhao Chinese (Mandarin) 2C This course is designed for students who have successfully completed Stage 2B Mandarin Chinese, have gained a basic understanding of Mandarin Chinese and are able to read, speak and write simple Chinese sentences. It leads to the ASSET languages exam in the Summer term at breakthrough or preliminary level. Tutor: Yue Zhao Danish Danish 1A This is a course for beginners, based on Jokeren 1 (chapters 1 5) by Per Pinholt and the first half of Aktivt Dansk (chapters 1 3) by Lise Bostrup. Tutor: Helle Ajmone-Marsan Danish 1B This is a course for beginners, based on Jokeren 1 (chapters 5 7) by Per Pinholt and the first half of Aktivt Dansk (chapters 4 8) by Lise Bostrup. Tutor: Helle Ajmone-Marsan Danish 1C This is a course for beginners, based on Jokeren 1 (chapters 8 10) by Per Pinholt and the first half of Aktivt Dansk (chapters 9 12) by Lise Bostrup. Tutor: Helle Ajmone-Marsan Danish 1A This is a course for beginners, based on Jokeren 1 (chapters 1 5) by Per Pinholt and the first half of Aktivt Dansk (chapters 1 3) by Lise Bostrup. Tutor: Helle Ajmone-Marsan Danish 1B This is a course for beginners, based on Jokeren 1 (chapters 5 7) by Per Pinholt and the first half of Aktivt Dansk (chapters 4 8) by Lise Bostrup. Tutor: Helle Ajmone-Marsan Danish 1C This is a course for beginners, based on Jokeren 1 (chapters 8 10) by Per Pinholt and the first half of Aktivt Dansk (chapters 9 12) by Lise Bostrup. Tutor: Helle Ajmone-Marsan LCM01A LCM02A LCM03A LCM04A LCM05A LCM06A LCM07A Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 11 Dec 09 Thurs Thurs Thurs Weds Weds Weds Fri 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 6:15pm 7:45pm 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
LCM08A LCM09A H
Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10
26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10
Fri Fri
6:15pm 7:45pm 6:15pm 7:45pm
11 11
100 81 (c) 121 102 (c)
Code LDA01A
End 14 Dec 09
Days Mon
Times 5:30pm 7:30pm
Weeks 12
Fee 108 88 (c)
LDA02A
Spring 11 Jan 10
22 Mar 10
Mon
5:30pm 7:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LDA03A
Summer 12 Apr 10
5 Jul 10
Mon
5:30pm 7:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LDA04A
Autumn 22 Sep 09
15 Dec 09
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LDA05A
Spring 12 Jan 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LDA06A
Summer 13 Apr 10
29 Jun 10
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
58
languages
Danish Danish 2A This is for students who have completed Stage 1 (three terms) or have an equivalent knowledge of vocabulary, structures and grammar. It is based on Jokeren 1 (chapters 11 14) by Per Pinholt and the second half of Aktivt Dansk (chapters 13 16) by Lise Bostrup. Tutor: Helle Ajmone-Marsan Danish 2B This is for students who have completed Stage 1 (three terms) or have an equivalent knowledge of vocabulary, structures and grammar. It is based on Jokeren 2 (chapters 15 16) by Per Pinholt and the second half of Aktivt Dansk (chapters 17 19) by Lise Bostrup. Tutor: Helle Ajmone-Marsan Danish 2C This is for students who have completed Stage 1 (three terms) or have an equivalent knowledge of vocabulary, structures and grammar. It is based on Jokeren 2 (chapters 17 19) by Per Pinholt and the second half of Aktivt Dansk (chapters 20 23) by Lise Bostrup. Tutor: Helle Ajmone-Marsan Danish 3A Develop your conversational skills, expand your vocabulary and acquire greater grammatical knowledge. This course is based on Jokeren 2 (chapters 20 23) by Per Pinholt and Aktivt Dansk (chapter 24) by Lise Bostrup. Tutor: Helle Ajmone-Marsan Danish 3B Develop your conversational skills, expand your vocabulary and acquire greater grammatical knowledge. This course is based on Jokeren 2 (chapters 24 25) by Per Pinholt and Aktivt Dansk (chapter 25) by Lise Bostrup. Tutor: Helle Ajmone-Marsan Danish 3C Develop your conversational skills, expand your vocabulary and acquire greater grammatical knowledge. This course is based on Jokeren 2 by Per Pinholt and selected texts and handouts. Tutor: Helle Ajmone-Marsan Dutch Dutch 1A This course is based on Stap 1, backed up with the tutors own material. Tutor: Wilna Bing Dutch 1B Tutor: Wilna Bing Dutch 1C Tutor: Wilna Bing Dutch 1A After Christmas Tutor: Wilna Bing Dutch 1B Tutor: Wilna Bing Dutch 2A/3A This course is for students who have completed year 1 based on Stap 1. Develop your conversational skills and improve your grammar. Course content will be negotiated at beginning of term based on level of participants. Based on Stap 2 or 3. Tutor: Wilna Bing Dutch 2B/3B Tutor: Wilna Bing Dutch 2C/3C Tutor: Wilna Bing
Code LDA07A
End 15 Dec 09
Days Tues
Times 5:30pm 7:30pm
Weeks 12
Fee 108 88 (c)
LDA08A
Spring 12 Jan 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
5:30pm 7:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LDA09A
Summer 13 Apr 10
29 Jun 10
Tues
5:30pm 7:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LDA10A
Autumn 21 Sep 09
14 Dec 09
Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LDA11A
Spring 11 Jan 10
22 Mar 10
Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LDA12A
Summer 12 Apr 10
5 Jul 10
Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
Code LDU01A
End 9 Dec 09
Days Weds
Times 5:30pm 7:30pm
Weeks 12
Fee 108 88 (c)
LDU02A LDU03A LDU04A LDU05A LDU06A
Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09
24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 8 Dec 09
Weds Weds Tues Tues Tues
5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11 11 11 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 125 101 (c)
LDU07A LDU08A
23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10
Tues Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11
115 93 (c) 115 93 (c)
59
Finnish Finnish 1A This course is based on From Start to Finnish by Leila White (Finnlectura), chapters 110. Tutor: Riikka Koistinen Finnish 1B This course is based on From Start to Finnish by Leila White (Finnlectura), chapters 1120. Tutor: Riikka Koistinen Finnish 1C This course is based on From Start to Finnish by Leila White (Finnlectura), chapters 2130. Tutor: Riikka Koistinen Finnish 2A This lower-intermediate course will improve speaking, reading, writing and listening skills, and build on the previously learned grammar. Tutor: Riikka Koistinen Finnish 2B Tutor: Riikka Koistinen Finnish 2C Tutor: Riikka Koistinen French French 1A Early Bird This is a course for absolute beginners. French 1A This course is based on Faon de Parler 1. Students will be able to take the Breakthrough level exam with ASSET languages in the Summer term. Tutor: Valrie-Noelle Monleau French 1B Tutor: Valrie-Noelle Monleau French 1C Tutor: Valrie-Noelle Monleau French 1A The course uses different methods of teaching French step by step from complete beginners to a reasonable level for oral and written communication. The textbook entitled Cours de Langue et de Civilisation Francaises (Book One) by G. Mauger (published by the Librairie Hachette). Tutor: Aicha Hall-Rahou French 1B Tutor: Aicha Hall-Rahou French 1C Students will be able to take the Breakthrough level exam with ASSET languages in the Summer term. The exam fee is included in the course fee. Tutor: Aicha Hall-Rahou French 1A These courses are based on Faon de Parler 1. Tutor: Hlne Ttreault French 1B Tutor: Hlne Ttreault French 1C Tutor: Hlne Ttreault French 1A Intensive This is a chance for beginners, or those wishing to go back to the beginning, to make consistent and rapid progress. Come and immerse yourself in French language and culture for an intensive period each week. Tutor: Valrie-Noelle Monleau French 1B Intensive Tutor: Valrie-Noelle Monleau French 1C Intensive Tutor: Valrie-Noelle Monleau
Code LFN01A
End 10 Dec 09
Days Thurs
Times 6:00pm 7:30pm
Weeks 12
Fee 108 88 (c)
LFN02A
Spring 14 Jan 10
25 Mar 10
Thurs
6:00pm 7:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LFN03A
Summer 15 Apr 10
1 Jul 10
Thurs
6:00pm 7:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LFN06A
Autumn 18 Sep 09
11 Dec 09
Fri
6:00pm 8:00pm
12
108 88 (c)
LFN07A LFN08A Code LFR62A LFR01A
Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Start Autumn 15 Sep 09 Autumn 14 Sep 09
26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10 End 8 Dec 09 7 Dec 09
Fri Fri Days Tues Mon
6:00pm 8:00pm 6:00pm 8:00pm Times 8:00am 9:30am 5:30pm 7:30pm
11 11 Weeks 12 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) Fee 82 62 (c) 108 88 (c)
LFR63A LFR64A LFR02A
Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09
22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10 9 Dec 09
Mon Mon Weds
5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11 12
100 81 (c) 116 97 (c) 108 88 (c)
LFR65A H LFR66A H
24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10
Weds Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11
100 81 (c) 116 97 (c)
LFR03A
Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09
8 Dec 09
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 10:30am 1:30pm
12
108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 160 83 (c)
LFR04A LFR05A H LFR09A
23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 11 Dec 09
Tues Tues Fri
11 11 12
LFR10A LFR11A
26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10
Fri Fri
10:30am 1:30pm 10:30am 1:30pm
11 11
147 76 (c) 147 76 (c)
60
languages
French French 1A Fast Track This course is fairly intensive at beginners level previous very basic knowledge would be an advantage. It is based on Faon de Parler 1. Students will be able to join French 1B in the Spring term. Tutor: Valrie Jzquel French 1A Lunch Time An hour of refreshing your forgotten French skills starting at beginners level. Tutor: Valrie Jzquel French 1A Sunday Intensive This course is fairly intensive at beginners level previous very basic knowledge would be an advantage. It is based on Faon de Parler 1. Students will be able to join French 1B in the Summer term. Tutor: Valrie Jzquel French 1A After Christmas These courses are based on Faon de Parler 1. Tutor: Michel Willame French 1B Tutor: Michel Willame French 1A After Easter This course is based on Faon de Parler 1. Tutor: Michel Willame French 1B French 1B courses are based on Faon de Parler 1, starting from chapter 5. Tutor: Hlne Ttreault French 1C This course is based on Faon de Parler 1. Tutor: Hlne Ttreault French 2A This course is based on Faon de Parler 1+2. Tutor: Hlne Ttreault French 2B Tutor: Hlne Ttreault French 2C In the Summer term students will be able to take the ASSET Languages Preliminary test. The exam fee is included in the course fee. Tutor: Hlne Ttreault French 2A Tutor: Anne Rivoire French 2B Tutor: Anne Rivoire French 2C Tutor: Anne Rivoire French 2A The textbook used on the course will be discussed at the first lesson. Tutor: Anna Vitale French 2B Tutor: Anna Vitale French 2C Tutor: Anna Vitale French 3/4 Lunch Time Conversation An hour of refreshing your French skills at the post-GCSE level, gaining confidence and progressing to a more advanced level. Tutor: Valrie Jzquel French 3A This course is suitable for those with rusty GCSE qualifications who wish to return to studying French. This course is based on Communication Progressive du Franais, Niveau Intermdiaire as well as the Corrigs booklet. Tutor: Anna Vitale
Code LFR12A
End 24 Oct 09
Days Sat
Weeks 5
Fee 113 91 (c)
LFR67A
Autumn 15 Sep 09
8 Dec 09
Tues
12:00pm 1:00pm
12
52 26 (c)
LFR68A
Spring 17 Jan 10
7 Feb 10
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
154 84 (c)
LFR13A
Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09
22 Mar 10
Mon
11
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
LFR14A LFR15A
5 Jul 10 30 Jun 10
Mon Weds
11 11
LFR17A
8 Dec 09
Tues
12
LFR18A
23 Mar 10
Tues
11
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 121 102 (c)
LFR19A LFR20A LFR21A LFR22A H
29 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10
Tues Mon Mon Mon
11 12 11 11
LFR23A LFR24A LFR25A LFR26A
9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 10 Dec 09
Weds Weds Weds Thurs
12 11 11 12
108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 125 65 (c)
LFR27A LFR28A LFR69A
25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 8 Dec 09
Thurs Thurs Tues
1:00pm 3:00pm 1:00pm 3:00pm 1:00pm 2:00pm
11 11 12
115 60 (c) 115 60 (c) 57 31 (c)
LFR29A
Autumn 15 Sep 09
8 Dec 09
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
61
French French 3B Tutor: Anna Vitale French 3C Tutor: Anna Vitale French 3A Conversation This course is suitable for students who wish to concentrate on their speaking skills in their third year of study. Tutor: Anne Rivoire French 3B Conversation Tutor: Anne Rivoire French 3C Conversation Tutor: Anne Rivoire French 4A Conversation Tutor: Anne Rivoire French 4B Conversation Tutor: Anne Rivoire French 4C Conversation Tutor: Anne Rivoire French 4A This is a general course at lower advanced level, equivalent to an AS Level. Tutor: Patricia Robinson French 4B Tutor: Patricia Robinson French 4C Tutor: Patricia Robinson French 5A Conversation This is a conversational course for advanced students interested in culture, politics and current affairs. Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 5B Conversation Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 5C Conversation Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 5A Ce cours sadresse aux tudiants qui ont dj une solide connaissance de la langue franaise et qui dsirent acqurir plus daisance dans leur pratique de la langue orale et crite. Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 5B Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 5C In the Summer term Students will be able to take the ASSET Languages Advanced test in reading, writing, listening and speaking. The exam fee is included in the course fee. Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 6A Aucun titre nest exig pour sinscrire au cours, cependant un bon niveau linguistique est demand. Pratique de conversations courantes, comprhension dmissions de radio et de tlvision et de la presse crite. Un intert pour lactualit politique, economique, sociale, et culturelle en France est essentiel. Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 6B Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 6C Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 6A Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 6B Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 6C Tutor: Lydia Glinoer
Code LFR30A LFR31A LFR32A
Start Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09
End 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 10 Dec 09
Days Tues Tues Thurs
Weeks 11 11 12
Fee 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 125 65 (c)
LFR33A LFR34A LFR35A LFR36A LFR37A LFR38A
Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09
25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 10 Dec 09
Thurs Thurs Weds Weds Weds Thurs
2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11 12 11 11 12
115 61 (c) 115 61 (c) 125 65 (c) 115 61 (c) 115 61 (c) 108 88 (c)
LFR39A LFR40A LFR44A H
25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 9 Dec 09
Thurs Thurs Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 2:30pm 4:30pm
11 11 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 57 (c)
LFR45A LFR46A LFR47A H
24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 8 Dec 09
Weds Weds Tues
2:30pm 4:30pm 2:30pm 4:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11 12
100 53 (c) 100 53 (c) 125 101 (c)
LFR48A H LFR49A H
23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10
Tues Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11
115 93 (c) 151 129 (c)
LFR50A H
Autumn 17 Sep 09
10 Dec 09
Thurs
10:30am 12:30pm
12
125 65 (c)
LFR51A H LFR52A H LFR53A H LFR54A H LFR55A H
25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10
Thurs Thurs Weds Weds Weds
10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11 12 11 11
115 60 (c) 115 60 (c) 125 101 (c) 115 93 (c) 115 93 (c)
62
languages
French French 6A: Littrature Franaise: Aux Sources de Marcel Proust Apprendre connatre Marcel Proust, c'est en mme temps dcouvrir comment il a trouv chez les meilleurs crivains du pass, de Racine Beaudelaire, son inspiration et sa substance. Tutor: Franoise Knight French 6B: Littrature Franaise: Aux Sources de Marcel Proust Tutor: Franoise Knight French 6C: Littrature Franaise: Aux Sources de Marcel Proust Tutor: Franoise Knight French 6A: Littrature Franaise: Coup d'oeil sur l'expression franaise au XXIme sicle Rflexion sur les modernes, les auteurs francophones et ceux venus dailleurs, la bande dessine, Houellebecq, Nothomb, Reza, Djavann, Satrapi. Essai dintrospection et dinterprtation de la socit moderne par un dialogue soutenu avec ces auteurs. Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 6B: Littrature Franaise: Coup d'oeil sur l'expression franaise au XXIme sicle Tutor: Lydia Glinoer French 6C: Littrature Franaise: Coup d'oeil sur l'expression franaise au XXIme sicle Tutor: Lydia Glinoer German German Fast Track 1A This course is fairly intensive at beginners level previous very basic knowledge would be an advantage. It is based on Willkommen. Students will be able to join German 1B. Tutor: Tatjana Pisarski German 1A These courses are for complete beginners and are based on Willkommen (Hodder & Stoughton), Chapters 15. Tutor: Friederike Schroeder German 1B These courses are for complete beginners and are based on Willkommen (Hodder & Stoughton) Chapters 612. Tutor: Friederike Schroeder German 1C These courses are for complete beginners and are based on Willkommen (Hodder & Stoughton) Chapter 1318. Tutor: Friederike Schroeder German 1A These courses are for complete beginners and are based on Willkommen (Hodder & Stoughton), Chapters 15. Tutor: Annette Kossow German 1A These courses are for complete beginners and are based on Willkommen (Hodder & Stoughton), Chapters 15. Tutor: Friederike Schroeder German 1B These courses are for near beginners and are based on Willkommen (Hodder & Stoughton) Chapters 612. Students will be able to take the Breakthrough level exam with ASSET languages in the Summer term. Tutor: Friederike Schroeder German 1C These courses are for near beginners and are based on Willkommen (Hodder & Stoughton) Chapters 1318. Students will be able to take the Breakthrough level exam with ASSET languages in the Summer term. The exam fee is included in the course fee. Tutor: Friederike Schroeder German 1A After Christmas These courses are for complete beginners and are based on Willkommen (Hodder & Stoughton), Chapters 15. Tutor: Kamila Grecka
Code LFR56A
End 10 Dec 09
Days Thurs
Weeks 12
Fee 108 57 (c)
LFR57A
25 Mar 10
Thurs
11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 1:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm
11
100 53 (c) 100 53 (c) 108 57 (c)
LFR58A
1 Jul 10
Thurs
11
LFR59A
10 Dec 09
Thurs
12
LFR60A
Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Start Spring 20 Feb 10
25 Mar 10
Thurs
2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm Times 10:00am 4:00pm
11
100 53 (c) 100 53 (c) Fee 113 91 (c)
LFR61A
1 Jul 10
Thurs
11
Code LGE29A
End 20 Mar 10
Days Sat
Weeks 5
LGE01A
Autumn 14 Sep 09
7 Dec 09
Mon
10:30am 12:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LGE02A
Spring 11 Jan 10
22 Mar 10
Mon
10:30am 12:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LGE03A
Summer 12 Apr 10
5 Jul 10
Mon
10:30am 12:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LGE04A
Autumn 14 Sep 09
7 Dec 09
Mon
5:30pm 7:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LGE07A
Autumn 15 Sep 09
8 Dec 09
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LGE30A
Spring 12 Jan 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LGE31A H
Summer 13 Apr 10
29 Jun 10
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
116 97 (c)
LGE08A
Spring 14 Jan 10
25 Mar 10
Thurs
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
63
German German 1B Tutor: Kamila Grecka German 1A After Easter Tutor: Kamila Grecka German 1B These courses are for near beginners and are based on Willkommen (Hodder & Stoughton) Chapters 6 12. Tutor: Tatjana Pisarski German 1C These courses are for near beginners and are based on Willkommen (Hodder & Stoughton) Chapters 13 18. Tutor: Tatjana Pisarski German 2A/3A The German 2/3 courses are for students who have completed the Intensive German Stage 2 or have studied the language for approximately 120 hours over one year. This is a chance to consolidate reading, listening, written and oral skills, to progress rapidly and learn more about German culture. Tutor: Annette Kossow German 2B/3B Tutor: Annette Kossow German 2C/3C Tutor: Annette Kossow German 2A This course is aimed at German students who have completed at least one year of study and wish to continue at a lower intermediate level. This course is based on Berliner Platz 2. Tutor: Tatjana Pisarski German 2B Tutor: Tatjana Pisarski German 2C Tutor: Tatjana Pisarski German 3A This course is aimed at German students who have completed at least two years of study and wish to continue at an upper intermediate level. This course is based on Tangram Aktuell 3 (14). Tutor: Tatjana Pisarski German 3B This course is based on Tangram Aktuell 3 (57). Tutor: Tatjana Pisarski German 3C Tutor: Tatjana Pisarski German 4A This course is for those who have studied for at least three years or completed German at GCSE standard. Tutor: Friederike Schroeder German 4B Tutor: Friederike Schroeder German 4C Students will be able to take the ASSET Languages Advanced or Intermediate tests. Tutor: Friederike Schroeder German 5A: Deutsch: Gestern und Heute Ein Konversationskurs fr Fortgeschrittene. Wir diskutieren Themen aus Geschichte Kultur, Politik und Zeitgeschehen anhand von Texten Fernsehprogrammen und Filmen. Tutor: Ingeborg Bottrall German 5B: Deutsch: Gestern und Heute Tutor: Ingeborg Bottrall German 5C: Deutsch: Gestern und Heute Tutor: Ingeborg Bottrall German Film Study Day Immerse in the German speaking world of cinema and study extracts under the topic of film makers, the fall and rise of Hollywood under the influence of German/Austrian immigrants. The discussions will be mainly in English. Tutor: Friederike Schroeder
Code LGE09A LGE10A LGE11A
Start Summer 15 Apr 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09
End 1 Jul 10 29 Jun 10 8 Dec 09
Days Thurs Tues Tues
Weeks 11 11 12
Fee 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
LGE12A
Spring 12 Jan 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
5:30pm 7:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LGE14A
Autumn 14 Sep 09
7 Dec 09
Mon
1:30pm 3:30pm
12
125 65 (c)
LGE15A LGE16A LGE17A
22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10 8 Dec 09
Mon Mon Tues
1:30pm 3:30pm 1:30pm 3:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11 12
115 60 (c) 115 60 (c) 108 88 (c)
23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 10 Dec 09
Tues Tues Thurs
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm
11 11 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
LGE21A
25 Mar 10
Thurs
5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
LGE22A LGE26A H
1 Jul 10 10 Dec 09
Thurs Thurs
11 12
LGE27A H LGE28A H
25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10
Thurs Thurs
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11
100 81 (c) 136 117 (c)
LGE23A
Autumn 16 Sep 09
9 Dec 09
Weds
1:30pm 3:30pm
12
108 57 (c)
Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Summer 22 May 10
24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 22 May 10
Weds Weds Sat
1:30pm 3:30pm 1:30pm 3:30pm 10:00am 4:00pm
11 11 1
100 53 (c) 100 53 (c) 22
64
languages
Greek Greek (Modern) 1A The course is based on Greek Language and People by David A. Hardy. Tutor: Andreas Mavromatis Greek (Modern) 1B Tutor: Andreas Mavromatis Greek (Modern) 1C Tutor: Andreas Mavromatis Italian Italian 1A This course is based on Espresso 1, chapters 13. Tutor: Aldo Miceli Italian 1B This course is based on Espresso 1, chapters 46. Tutor: Aldo Miceli Italian 1C This course is based on Espresso 1, chapters 710. Tutor: Aldo Miceli Italian 1A The textbook used on the course will be discussed at the first lesson. Tutor: Anna Vitale Italian 1B Tutor: Anna Vitale Italian 1C Tutor: Anna Vitale Italian 1A Tutor: Anna Vitale Italian 1B Tutor: Anna Vitale Italian 1C Students will be able to take the breakthrough level exam with ASSET languages in the Summer term. The exam fee is included in the course fee. Tutor: Anna Vitale Italian Intensive 1A This is a chance for beginners, or those wishing to go back to the beginning, to make consistent and rapid progress. Tutor: Anna Vitale Italian Intensive 1B This is a chance for beginners, or those wishing to go back to the beginning, to make consistent and rapid progress. This course is based on Rapidamente. Tutor: Anna Vitale Italian 1A Fast Track This short course is a chance for beginners, or those wishing to go back to the beginning, to make consistent and rapid progress in this short course. This is a culture-based, communicative approach to learning Italian, focused on situations or themes relevant to daily life, and on travelling and possibly working in Italy. Students will be able to join Italian 1B. Tutor: TBC Italian 1A After Christmas The textbook used on the course will be discussed at the first lesson. Tutor: Anna Vitale Italian 1B Tutor: Anna Vitale Italian 1A After Easter Tutor: Anna Vitale Italian 1A After Easter This course is based on Espresso 1, chapters 110. Tutor: Giuseppina Aloi Italian 1B For learners with some basic knowledge of Italian or who have studied for one term. This course is based on Espresso 1. Tutor: Giuseppina Aloi
Code LGR01A
End 10 Dec 09
Days Thurs
Times 5:30pm 7:30pm
Weeks 12
Fee 108 88 (c)
LGR02A LGR03A Code LIT01A
Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09
25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 End 9 Dec 09
Thurs Thurs Days Weds
5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm Times 1:00pm 3:00pm 1:00pm 3:00pm 1:00pm 3:00pm 5:30pm 7:30pm
11 11 Weeks 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) Fee 108 57 (c) 100 53 (c) 100 53 (c) 108 88 (c)
LIT02A
24 Mar 10
Weds
11
LIT03A
30 Jun 10
Weds
11
LIT43A
8 Dec 09
Tues
12
LIT44A LIT45A LIT46A LIT47A LIT48A
23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10
Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds
11 11 12 11 11
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 116 97 (c)
LIT08A
Spring 14 Jan 10
18 Mar 10
Thurs
10:00am 1:00pm
10
134 70 (c)
LIT09A
Summer 15 Apr 10
24 Jun 10
Thurs
10:00am 1:00pm
10
134 70 (c)
LIT10A LIT13A
Summer 17 Apr 10 Summer 26 Jun 10
15 May 10 24 Jul 10
Sat Sat
10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
5 5
113 91 (c) 113 91 (c)
LIT11A
Spring 14 Jan 10
25 Mar 10
Thurs
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LIT12A LIT14A LIT15A
Summer 15 Apr 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09
1 Jul 10 1 Jul 10 8 Jul 10
Thurs Thurs Thurs
11 11 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 113 86 (c) 108 88 (c)
LIT16A
10 Dec 09
Thurs
12
65
Italian Italian 1C For learners with some basic knowledge of Italian or who have studied for two terms. This course is based on Espresso 1. Tutor: Giuseppina Aloi Italian 2A/3A This course is based on Espresso 2, chapters 13. Tutor: Aldo Miceli Italian 2B/3B This course is based on Espresso 2, chapters 47. Tutor: Aldo Miceli Italian 2C/3C This course is based on Espresso 2, chapters 810. Tutor: Aldo Miceli Italian 2A This course is based on Espresso 2, chapters 13. Tutor: Adalgisa Calogero Italian 2B This course is based on Espresso 2, chapters 47. Tutor: Adalgisa Calogero Italian 2C This course is based on Espresso 2, chapters 810. Tutor: Adalgisa Calogero Italian 3A Aimed at Italian students who have completed at least two years of study and wish to continue at an upper intermediate level. This course is based on Expresso 3. Tutor: Adalgisa Calogero Italian 3B Tutor: Adalgisa Calogero Italian 3C Tutor: Adalgisa Calogero Italian 4A This course is based on Passegiate Italiane, chapters 1324. Tutor: Aldo Miceli Italian 4B Tutor: Aldo Miceli Italian 4C Tutor: Aldo Miceli Italian 3A/4A Conversation This is a conversational course to discuss current affairs, tourism and culture, and to socialise in Italian. Tutor: Giuseppina Aloi Italian 3B/4B Conversation Tutor: Giuseppina Aloi Italian 3C/4C Conversation Tutor: Giuseppina Aloi Italian Literature & Culture: 15th and 16th Centuries The course will examine the role of literature in the period and the leading writers and thinkers of the time, chiefly Machiavelli, Guicciardini, Leonardo, Michelangelo, Ariosto and Tasso. A substantial part of the course will consist of readings from the The Prince by Machiavelli. Tutor: Anthony Liotti Italian Literature & Culture: 15th and 16th Centuries Tutor: Anthony Liotti Italian Literature & Culture: 15th and 16th Centuries Tutor: Anthony Liotti Italian Grammar 3A5A: Intermediate to Advanced This course will revise or improve Italian grammar. The main grammar points will be addressed, while also stimulating reading and debating skills. It is advisable to have studied Italian for at least one year. Main textbook: Crescendo by Italiano/Marchegiani-Joneslook, D.C. Heath and Company. Tutor: Anthony Liotti
Code LIT17A
End 25 Mar 10
Days Thurs
Times 7:30pm 9:30pm
Weeks 11
Fee 100 81 (c)
LIT19A
Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09
9 Dec 09
Weds
11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 1:00pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 57 (c) 100 53 (c) 100 53 (c) 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
LIT20A
24 Mar 10
Weds
11
LIT21A
30 Jun 10
Weds
11
LIT22A
10 Dec 09
Thurs
12
LIT23A
25 Mar 10
Thurs
11
LIT24A
1 Jul 10
Thurs
11
LIT28A
10 Dec 09
Thurs
12
Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09
25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 8 Dec 09
Thurs Thurs Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 1:00pm 5:30pm 7:30pm
11 11 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 57 (c) 100 53 (c) 100 53 (c) 108 88 (c)
23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 10 Dec 09
Tues Tues Thurs
11 11 12
25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 7 Dec 09
Thurs Thurs Mon
5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 1:00pm 3:00pm
11 11 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10 7 Dec 09
Mon Mon Mon
1:00pm 3:00pm 1:00pm 3:00pm 3:00pm 5:00pm
11 11 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
66
languages
Italian Italian Grammar 3B5B: Intermediate to Advanced Tutor: Anthony Liotti Italian Grammar 3C5C: Intermediate to Advanced Tutor: Anthony Liotti Japanese Japanese 1A This is a whole year course for complete beginners, in which hiragana writing is taught. It will be based on the textbook Japanese for Busy People, vol 1, chapters 16. Tutor: Michiko Holloway Japanese 1B This is the second term of a whole year course for complete beginners, in which katakana writing is taught. It will be based on the textbook Japanese for Busy People, Vol 1, chapters 7 12. Tutor: Michiko Holloway Japanese 1C This is the third term of a whole year course for complete beginners, in which some kanji reading will be introduced. It will be based on the textbook Japanese for Busy People, Vol 1, chapters 13 18. Tutor: Michiko Holloway Japanese 2A This is a continuation of Japanese Stage 1 suitable for those who have studied for about 70 hours using Japanese for Busy People Book 1, chapters 118 (Original Version). This course will cover chapters 1924. The learners must read Hiragana and some katakana. Some kanji will be introduced to read. Tutor: Michiko Holloway Japanese 2B This course is suitable for those who have studied for more than 90 hours using Japanese for Busy People Book 1, chapters 1 24 (Original version). This course covers chapters 24 30 (completing the text book). The learners must read Hiragana and Katakana. Some kanji will be introduced to read. Tutor: Michiko Holloway Norwegian Norwegian 1A This course covers basic speaking and writing skills and is based on the book Ny i Norge. Norwegian 1B Norwegian 1C Norwegian 1B This course covers basic speaking and writing skills and is based on the book Ny i Norge. For students with some knowledge of basic Norwegian. Communicative approach based on weekly conversation, presentations, practical situations and role-play. Norwegian 1C The next course is LNR06A progressing in the Summer term. Norwegian 2A This course covers basic speaking and writing skills and is based on the book Ny i Norge. For students with some knowledge of basic Norwegian. Communicative approach based on weekly conversation, presentations, practical situations and role-play. Norwegian 1A After Christmas This course covers basic speaking and writing skills and is based on the book Ny i Norge. For students with some knowledge of basic Norwegian. Communicative approach based on weekly conversation, presentations, practical situations and role-play. Norwegian 1B Norwegian 2A This course covers speaking and writing skills, vocabulary and grammatical awareness. It is based on Klar for Norge module 2 and accompanying exercise books.
Code LIT50A LIT51A Code LJA01A
Start Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Start Autumn 15 Sep 09
End 22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10 End 8 Dec 09
Days Mon Mon Days Tues
Times 3:00pm 5:00pm 3:00pm 5:00pm Times 7:30pm 9:30pm
Weeks 11 11 Weeks 12
Fee 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) Fee 108 88 (c)
LJA02A
Spring 12 Jan 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LJA03A
Summer 13 Apr 10
29 Jun 10
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
116 97 (c)
LJA04A
Autumn 16 Sep 09
9 Dec 09
Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm
12
125 101 (c)
LJA09A H
Spring 13 Jan 10
24 Mar 10
Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
115 93 (c)
Code LNR01A
End 7 Dec 09
Days Mon
Weeks 12
Fee 82 67 (c) 76 62 (c) 76 62 (c) 108 88 (c)
LNR02A LNR03A LNR04A
22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10 9 Dec 09
Mon Mon Weds
11 11 12
LNR05A LNR06A
24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10
Weds Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c)
LNR07A
Spring 13 Jan 10
24 Mar 10
Weds
5:30pm 7:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LNR08A LNR09A
Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09
30 Jun 10 7 Dec 09
Weds Mon
5:30pm 7:30pm 6:30pm 8:00pm
11 12
100 81 (c) 82 67 (c)
67
Norwegian Norwegian 2B Norwegian 2C Norwegian 3A This is an upper intermediate course for students with good conversation skills and a basic knowledge of grammar. Communicative approach based on conversation, discussion, presentations and text work expanding on cultural knowledge, literature and everyday life in Norway. Norwegian 3B Polish Polish 1A This course is based on the tutors own material and on Teach Yourself Polish by Nigel Gottein and Joanna Michalek-Grey (Hodder & Stoughton). Tutor: Anna Iungano Polish 1B Tutor: Anna Iungano Polish 1C Tutor: Anna Iungano Portuguese Portuguese (Brazilian) 1A Early Bird For complete beginners. Communicative approach based on weekly conversation, presentations, practical situations and role-play. Friendly learning environment with a basic insight into Brazilian culture. Book: Avenida Brasil 1, Curso bsico de Portugus para estrangeiros Editora Pedaggica e Uniersitria LTDA, ISBN 85-12-54700-6. Tutor: Celeste Gattai Portuguese 1A This course is based on Ol! Como est? (Livro do aluno), Lidel. Tutor: Alexandre Rodrigues Portuguese 1B Tutor: Alexandre Rodrigues Portuguese 1C Students will be able to take the Breakthrough level exam with ASSET languages in the Summer term. The exam fee is included in the course fee. Tutor: Alexandre Rodrigues Portuguese 1A After Christmas Tutor: Alexandre Rodrigues Portuguese 1B Tutor: Alexandre Rodrigues Portuguese (Brazil) 1A For complete beginners. Communicative approach based on weekly conversation, presentations, practical situations and role-play. Friendly learning environment with a basic insight into Brazilian culture. Book: Avenida Brasil 1, Curso bsico de Portugus para estrangeiros Editora Pedaggica e Uniersitria LTDA, ISBN 85-12-54700-6. The course aims to cover Lessons 1, 2 and part of Lesson 3. Tutor: Celeste Gattai Portuguese (Brazil) 1B For students who have completed Level 1A or equivalent. The course aims to cover Lessons 3, 4 and part of Lesson 5 of Avenida Brazil 1. Tutor: Celeste Gattai Portuguese (Brazil) 1C For students who have completed Level 1B or equivalent. The course aims to cover Lessons 5 and 6 Avenida Brazil 1. Tutor: Celeste Gattai
Code LNR10A LNR11A LNR15A
Start Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09
End 22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10 7 Dec 09
Days Mon Mon Mon
Weeks 11 11 12
Fee 76 62 (c) 76 62 (c) 82 67 (c)
LNR16A Code LPL04A
Spring 11 Jan 10 Start Autumn 15 Sep 09
22 Mar 10 End 8 Dec 09
Mon Days Tues
8:00pm 9:30pm Times 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 Weeks 12
76 67 (c) Fee 108 88 (c)
LPL05A LPL06A Code LPR18A
Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Start Autumn 16 Sep 09
23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 End 9 Dec 09
Tues Tues Days Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm Times 8:00am 9:30am
11 11 Weeks 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) Fee 82 62 (c)
LPR01A
9 Dec 09
Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 116 97 (c)
LPR02A LPR03A
24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10
Weds Weds
11 11
LPR04A LPR05A LPR09A
25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 10 Dec 09
Thurs Thurs Thurs
5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
LPR10A
Spring 14 Jan 10
25 Mar 10
Thurs
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LPR11A
Summer 15 Apr 10
1 Jul 10
Thurs
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
68
languages
Portuguese Portuguese (Brazil) 1A For complete beginners. Communicative approach based on weekly conversation, presentations, practical situations and role-play. Friendly learning environment with a basic insight into Brazilian culture. Book: Avenida Brasil 1, Curso bsico de Portugus para estrangeiros Editora Pedaggica e Uniersitria LTDA, ISBN 85-12-54700-6. The course aims to cover Lessons 1, 2 and part of Lesson 3. Tutor: Debora Chobanian Portuguese (Brazil) 1B The course aims to cover Lessons 1, 2 and part of Lesson 3. Tutor: Debora Chobanian Portuguese 2A This course is based on Portugus XXI, Livrodo aluno 2, Lidel. Tutor: Alexandre Rodrigues Portuguese 2B Tutor: Alexandre Rodrigues Russian Russian 1A This course is based on RUSLAN Russian 1, a Communicative Russian Course by John Langram and Natalya Veshnyeva. Tutor: Svetlana Peare Russian 1B Tutor: Svetlana Peare Russian 1C Students will be able to take the Breakthrough level exam with ASSET languages in the Summer term. The exam fee is included in the course fee. Tutor: Svetlana Peare Russian 2A This course is based on RUSLAN Russian 2, a communicative course by John Langram and Natalya Veshnyera. Small group (max 12 students). Tutor: Irina Khosho Russian 2B Tutor: Irina Khosho Russian 2C Tutor: Irina Khosho Spanish Spanish 1A Early Bird Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1B Early Bird This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1A Early Bird This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1A Lunch Time This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Spanish 1A This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1C This course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1A This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Margarita Ubri
Code LPR12A
End 7 Dec 09
Days Mon
Times 7:30pm 9:30pm
Weeks 12
Fee 108 88 (c)
LPR19A
Spring 11 Jan 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Start Autumn 14 Sep 09
22 Mar 10
Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm Times 7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c) 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) Fee 108 88 (c)
LPR16A
7 Dec 09
Mon
12
LPR17A Code LRU04A
22 Mar 10 End 7 Dec 09
Mon Days Mon
11 Weeks 12
LRU05A LRU06A
22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10
Mon Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11
100 81 (c) 116 97 (c)
LRU07A
Autumn 14 Sep 09
7 Dec 09
Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LRU08A LRU09A Code LSP01A LSP71A
Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10
22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10 End 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10
Mon Mon Days Weds Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm Times 8:00am 9:30am 8:00am 9:30am
11 11 Weeks 12 11
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) Fee 82 62 (c) 76 57 (c)
LSP74A
Summer 14 Apr 10
30 Jun 10
Weds
8:00am 9:30am
11
76 57 (c)
LSP73A
Autumn 16 Sep 09 Autumn 14 Sep 09
9 Dec 09
Weds
1:00pm 2:00pm 1:30pm 3:30pm
12
52 26 (c) 108 57 (c)
LSP02A
7 Dec 09
Mon
12
LSP03A
Spring 11 Jan 10
22 Mar 10
Mon
1:30pm 3:30pm
11
100 53 (c)
LSP04A
Summer 12 Apr 10
5 Jul 10
Mon
1:30pm 3:30pm
11
100 53 (c)
LSP05A
Autumn 14 Sep 09
7 Dec 09
Mon
5:30pm 7:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
69
Spanish Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1A This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 1C This course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Students will be able to take the Breakthrough level exam with ASSET languages in the Summer term. The exam fee is included in the course fee. Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 1A This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 1C This course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 1A This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 1C This course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 1A This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 1C This course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Ramon Alvarez Gonzalez Spanish 1C This course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Ramon Alvarez Gonzalez Spanish 2A This is based on Ele Inicial 2. Tutor: Ramon Alvarez Gonzalez Spanish 1A Before Christmas This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Margarita Ubri
Code LSP62A
End 22 Mar 10
Days Mon
Times 5:30pm 7:30pm
Weeks 11
Fee 100 81 (c)
LSP06A
Autumn 15 Sep 09
8 Dec 09
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LSP75A
Spring 12 Jan 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP76A H
Summer 13 Apr 10
29 Jun 10
Tues
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
116 97 (c)
LSP07A
Autumn 16 Sep 09
9 Dec 09
Weds
5:30pm 7:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LSP08A
Spring 13 Jan 10
24 Mar 10
Weds
5:30pm 7:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP09A
Summer 14 Apr 10
30 Jun 10
Weds
5:30pm 7:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP10A
Autumn 16 Sep 09
9 Dec 09
Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LSP69A
Spring 13 Jan 10
24 Mar 10
Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP70A
Summer 14 Apr 10
30 Jun 10
Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP11A
Autumn 17 Sep 09
10 Dec 09
Thurs
7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LSP12A
Spring 14 Jan 10
25 Mar 10
Thurs
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP13A
Summer 15 Apr 10
1 Jul 10
Thurs
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP64A
Autumn 14 Sep 09
7 Dec 09
Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LSP65A
Spring 11 Jan 10
22 Mar 10
Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP66A
Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 4 Nov 09
5 Jul 10
Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c) 65 53 (c)
LSP14A
16 Dec 09
Weds
70
languages
Spanish Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1C This course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1A Before Christmas This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 1A Fast Track This is an excellent opportunity to get started in the use of Spanish and discover the exciting culture of Spain and Latin America in just five weeks. It is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm), chapters 18. Students will be able to join 1B in the Spring term. Tutor: Josep Perez-Prior Spanish 1A Fast Track Tutor: Josep Perez-Prior Spanish 1B Fast Track Tutor: Josep Perez-Prior Spanish 1A After Christmas This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1A After Christmas This beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Elizabeth Dawkins Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Elizabeth Dawkins Spanish 1A After Christmas This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 1A After Easter This absolute beginners course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Tutor: Ramon Alvarez Gonzalez Spanish 1B This is for students with some basic knowledge of Spanish. Courses start at Lesson 6 of the textbook Nuevo ELE 1. Tutor: Ramon Alvarez Gonzalez Spanish 1C This course is based on the textbook, Nuevo ELE 1 (Virgilio Borobio sm). Students will be able to take the Breakthrough Level exam with ASSET languages in the Spring term. The exam fee is included in the course fees. Tutor: Ramon Alvarez Gonzalez
Code LSP15A
End 24 Mar 10
Days Weds
Times 7:30pm 9:30pm
Weeks 11
Fee 100 81 (c)
LSP16A
Summer 14 Apr 10
30 Jun 10
Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP67A
Autumn 5 Nov 09
17 Dec 09
Thurs
5:30pm 7:30pm
65 53 (c)
LSP68A
Spring 14 Jan 10
25 Mar 10
Thurs
5:30pm 7:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP17A
Autumn 7 Nov 09
5 Dec 09
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
113 91 (c)
LSP29A LSP77A LSP18A
Spring 27 Feb 10 Summer 29 May 10 Spring 12 Jan 10
27 Mar 10 19 Jun 10 23 Mar 10
Sat Sat Tues
10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 5:30pm 7:30pm
5 3 11
113 91 (c) 70 57 (c) 100 81 (c)
LSP19A
Summer 13 Apr 10
6 Jul 10
Tues
5:30pm 7:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LSP20A
Spring 13 Jan 10
24 Mar 10
Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP21A
Summer 14 Apr 10
30 Jun 10
Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP23A
Spring 15 Jan 10
26 Mar 10
Fri
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
LSP24A
Summer 16 Apr 10
2 Jul 10
Fri
7:30pm 9:30pm
11
100 81 (c)
Summer 13 Apr 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09
29 Jun 10 29 Jun 10 7 Dec 09
Tues Tues Mon
5:30pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm
11 11 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
LSP31A
Spring 11 Jan 10
22 Mar 10
Mon
5:30pm 7:30pm
11
116 97 (c)
71
Spanish Spanish 2A All Spanish 2 courses are based on Ele Inicial 2. Tutor: Ramon Alvarez Gonzalez Spanish 2A Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 2B Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 2C Tutor: Margarita Ubri Spanish 2A Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 2B Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 2C Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 2A Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 2B Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 2C Tutor: Clara Martinez Spanish 3A This course aims to develop vocabulary and range, and increase confidence. There is an emphasis on oral communication, although active development of speaking, listening, reading and writing skills are integrated in all activities. Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 3B Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 3C Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 3A A stimulating course aiming to consolidate and develop all language skills required in normal social life with an emphasis on gaining oral fluency and confidence. The programme includes conversation, brief debates on everyday issues, reading of a short story or text, grammar and some assignments. Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 3B Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 3C Students are aiming to enter for the Intermediate Spanish exam with ASSET languages in the Summer term. The exam fee is included in the course fee. Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 4A In this course you will develop conversational skills, increase vocabulary and consolidate grammar and syntax. Explore the richness and diversity of Spanish-speaking culture and society through excerpts of contemporary films, TV and the media. This is ideal as a follow-up course to GCSE/Stage 3 and it is designed to cover the gap leading to AS/A2 Level. Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 4B Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 4C Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 4A Nuevo Ele Avanzado (chapters 1 4) are covered in term 1. Tutor: Maria LopezPerez Spanish 4B Nuevo Ele Avanzado (chapters 5 8 in term 2) Tutor: Maria Lopez-Perez Spanish 4C Nuevo Ele Avanzado (chapters 9 12 in term 3). Tutor: Maria Lopez-Perez
Code LSP32A
Start Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09
End 5 Jul 10
Days Mon
Times 5:30pm 7:30pm 11:30am 1:30pm 11:30am 1:30pm 11:30am 1:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 2:30pm 4:30pm
Weeks 11
Fee 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
LSP36A LSP37A LSP38A LSP42A LSP43A LSP44A LSP45A LSP46A LSP47A LSP48A
7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 7 Dec 09
Mon Mon Mon Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Mon
12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12
LSP49A LSP50A LSP51A H
22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10 9 Dec 09
Mon Mon Weds
2:30pm 4:30pm 2:30pm 4:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
LSP78A H LSP79A H
24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10
Weds Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11
100 81 (c) 123 104
LSP52A
Autumn 16 Sep 09
9 Dec 09
Weds
1:30pm 3:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 9 Dec 09
Weds Weds Weds
11 11 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) 108 88 (c) 100 81 (c) 100 81 (c)
LSP56A
24 Mar 10
Weds
11
LSP57A
30 Jun 10
Weds
11
72
languages
Spanish Spanish 4/5 GCE AS/A2-Level This is for students with a command of the language equivalent to grade AB at GCSE level, who are committed to improving their linguistic skills to an advanced level at Stage 5 (Level 3 National Standards). The syllabus includes discussion of a variety of contemporary issues, as well as individual research, grammar, syntax, and integrated communicative activities. This course will follow the Edexcel GCE AS/A2 syllabus available from www.edexcel.org.uk. Students will be expected to register for the exam in January 2010. This course fee includes individual tutorial time and exam fee. Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 6A No es necesario un ttulo previo para matricularse en este curso. Los interesados debern poseer sin embargo un nivel lingustico equivalente a un buen A2. El curso se centra en un estimulante programa de interesantes temas relacionados con la actualidad poltica, econmica, social y cultural de Espaa y una seleccin de paises latinoamericanos, destinados a aumentar vocabulario y comprensin. Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 6B Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Spanish 6C Tutor: Chloe Tringalas Swedish Swedish 1A This course (1A, 1B and 1C) is based on course book Ml 1 (textbook and exercise book), chapters 16. Tutor: Ulrika Fridborg Swedish 1B Tutor: Ulrika Fridborg Swedish 1C ASSET Students will be able to take the Breakthrough level exam with ASSET languages in the Summer term. Tutor: Ulrika Fridborg Swedish 1B This course is based on course book Ml 1 (textbook and exercise book) and additional material. Tutor: Ulrika Fridborg Swedish 1C Tutor: Ulrika Fridborg Swedish 2A/3A This course is based on course book Ml 1 (textbook and exercise book), chapters 710 and additional material. Tutor: Ulrika Fridborg Swedish 2B/3B Tutor: Ulrika Fridborg Swedish 2C/3C Tutor: Ulrika Fridborg Turkish Turkish 1A This is a beginner's course. Students will be able to master the basic grammatical structure of the Turkish language and use it appropriately in social situations. Tutor: Yildiz Tosun Turkish 1B Tutor: Yildiz Tosun Turkish 1C Tutor: Yildiz Tosun
Code LSP58A H
End 24 Jun 10
Days Thurs
Times 6:30pm 9:30pm
Weeks 34
Fee 545 457 (c)
LSP59A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
7 Dec 09
Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LSP60A H LSP61A H Code LSW01A
22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10 End 7 Dec 09
Mon Mon Days Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm Times 5:30pm 7:30pm
11 11 Weeks 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) Fee 108 88 (c)
LSW02A LSW03A H
22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10
Mon Mon
5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm
11 11
100 81 (c) 116 97 (c)
LSW11A
Autumn 17 Sep 09
10 Dec 09
Thurs
7:30pm 9:30pm
12
108 88 (c)
LSW12A LSW08A
Spring 14 Jan 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09
25 Mar 10 7 Dec 09
Thurs Mon
7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 12
100 81 (c) 108 88 (c)
LSW09A LSW10A Code LTU01A
22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10 End 7 Dec 09
Mon Mon Days Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm Times 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11 Weeks 12
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c) Fee 108 88 (c)
LTU02A LTU03A
22 Mar 10 5 Jul 10
Mon Mon
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
11 11
100 81 (c) 100 81 (c)
73
music
Chamber Ensembles . . . . . . . . . . . Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conducting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Early Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guitar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History, Listening & Analysis . . . . . Jazz, Latin & Popular Music. . . . . . Music for People with Learning Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Music Reading, Theory & Musicianship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Music Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano & Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traditional & World Music . . . . . . . Vocal Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wind & Percussion . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76 76 76 77 77 79 80 82 82 83 84 86 86 87 90
74
Morley Music Department welcomes everyone from complete beginners to those with substantial knowledge and experience
Introduction
We offer a huge range of courses at every level from complete beginners to postgraduate. Choirs, jazz, instrumental studies, pop, classical, music theory, world music, ensembles, music technology, concerts you will find it all here, and more. Contact 020 7450 1838 if you need help finding your way through all the opportunities on offer. Many courses run for more than one term. Please note that most of these courses DO NOT start from the beginning of each term. If you want to start a course after the first term, seek advice first (see below). Choirs can be joined at the start of any term.
General Advice and Auditions Thursday 3 September 2009 (10:00am 1:00pm) General Advice (4:00pm 7:30pm) Composition Seminar Solo Singing Cant Sing Choir Music technology Recording Techniques & Sound Engineering Viol Consorts Morley Chamber Choir Gospel Choir Level 2 Jazz Singing Jazz Choir General Advice and Auditions Monday 7 September 2009 (10:00am 1:00pm) General Advice (4:00pm 7:30pm) Cant Sing Choir Music Technology Keyboard Skills Recorder consorts Orchestral Conducting Orchestration Chamber Performers Group Chamber Music & Piano Accompaniment Jazz Piano 2 Jazz Workshop 1 & Advanced Jazz Workshop Morley Jazz Orchestra Morley Big Band Starting in Big Band Morley Swing Band Latin Piano Piano Level 23 Piano Level 4 Piano Level 5-6 Piano Advanced Piano Advanced Performers Group Morley Chamber Orchestra
Accredited Courses
Those with a vocational interest in developing their skills are offered a range of courses in Music accredited by the Open College Network London Region (OCNLR). The OCNLR symbol signifies that you can receive nationally recognised qualifications for your achievements. Fees vary depending on the credit value of the course starting at 12 and going up to a maximum of 100. Those wishing to enrol on these vocational courses, but worried about paying fees and the cost of studying, should ask for information about the Hardship and Childcare Funds.

Curriculum Manager: Michele Berrie Secretary: Ann Cowling (020 7450 1838) Music Access Pathway Leader: Virginia Firnberg Head of Vocal Studies & Performance Coordination: Andrea Brown Head of Music Technology: Julian Fyson Email: music@morleycollege.ac.uk Please contact the Department Secretary (020 7450 1838) for audition requirements for 09/10 enrolments. General Advice & Information for September 09 Enrolments Weds 15 July 2009 (4:00pm7:30pm) Wednesday 2 September 2009 (10.00am 1.00pm & 4:00pm 7:30pm) Thursday 3 September 2009 (10:00am 1.00pm & 4:00pm 7:30pm) Monday 7 September 2009 (10.00am 1.00pm & 4.00pm 7:30pm) General Advice and Auditions Wednesday 2 September 2009 (10:00am 1:00pm) General Advice (4:00pm 7:30pm) Harpsichord Morley Baroque Consort Folk Guitar, Jazz Guitar Singers Workshop Enjoy your Voice Singers Studio Solo Singing Singing in Languages Use Your Voice Better
Access to Higher Education

The Department offers a complete Music Access Diploma for students wishing to prepare for Higher Education, available as a one-year full-time course or over two years part-time. General information is available in the Morley Access Guide; specific information and interview times are available from the Department.
Tuesday Lunchtime Concerts

There is a varied, regular term-time series of concerts by Morley students and visiting artists, free of charge, 1:05pm 1:50pm in the Holst Room. More details are available on 020 7450 1875 and on the Morley website (www.morleycollege.ac.uk).
Family Concerts
Morleys long-standing series of concerts for adults and children of all ages continues during 2009 2010, with a series of six Sunday Concerts. For times, programme details and bookings see the website www.morleycollege.ac.uk or call 020 7450 1875. Tickets: Adults: 6 Children: 3 Group (2 adults & 2 children): 12 4 October 2009 8 November 2009 17 January 2010 7 February 2010 18 April 2010 16 May 2010
75
Chamber Ensembles Chamber Performers Group For experienced instrumentalists and singers of Grade 8 standard upwards. Group discussion and playing, studying solo and chamber music pieces. Entry by audition only. For audition dates see start of Music section. Tutor: Alexander Chaplin Chamber Music & Piano Accompaniment For pianists, instrumentalists and singers of Grade 8 upwards. Pianists develop vocal and instrumental accompaniment skills working together with singers and instrumentalists. Entry by audition only. For audition dates see start of Music section. Tutor: Katherine Ryder Morley Chamber Orchestra This is a small orchestra of a high standard, playing music from the 18th Century to the present day. The orchestra performs to the public three times a year. Autumn concert at St.Johns Smith Square celebrating Mendelssohns bi-centenary. See the conductor for an audition on date shown at the beginning of the Music section. (The concessionary fee is available to under 25s). Tutor: Charles Ross Peebles Elementary String Group This group is for players new to ensemble playing, aiming to prepare them for participation in chamber music groups or orchestras. Tutor: Antonia Del Mar
Code
Start
End 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 30 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 7 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 10 Jun 10
Days Tues Tues Tues Mon Mon Mon Thurs Thurs Thurs
Times 2:00pm 4:30pm 2:00pm 4:30pm 2:00pm 4:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm
Weeks 11 10 7 11 10 7 11 10 8
Fee 122 61 (c) 112 55 (c) 79 40 (c) 117 59 (c) 106 85 (c) 76 61 (c) 78 48 (c) 72 46 (c) 66 44 (c)
MCM01A H Autumn 15 Sep 09 MCM02A H Spring 12 Jan 10 MCM03A H Summer 13 Apr 10 MCO04A H MCO05A H MCO06A H MEN01A H MEN02A H MEN03A H Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10
MEN04A MEN05A MEN06A Code MAR01A H
Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Start Autumn 17 Sep 09
5 Dec 09 13 Mar 10 12 Jun 10 End 10 Dec 09
Sat Sat Sat Days Thurs
10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm Times 7:00pm 9:00pm
11 9 8 Weeks 12
94 76 (c) 76 61 (c) 69 56 (c) Fee 102 82 (c)
Composition Orchestration Term 1 Term 1: Techniques, characteristics and notations for the principal instrumental families including the rhythm section. See the tutor for approval to enrol on the date shown at the front of the Music section. Tutor: Paul Sarcich Orchestration Term 2 Term 2: Voicing, voice leading considerations of balance and texture, scoring for large and small mixed ensembles, expansion from and reduction to piano and condensed scores. Tutor: Paul Sarcich Orchestration Term 3 Term 3: Creative arranging and transcription, construction of arrangements, consideration of styles and treatments, where possible live performance of student exercises. Tutor: Paul Sarcich Composition Seminar A workshop based class concentrating on contemporary classical techniques. Students will have the opportunity to have their compositions played by visiting professional musicians. Good notation skills, practical musical skills and compositional experience required. See the tutor on date shown at the start of the Music section. Tutor: Virginia Firnberg Conducting Orchestral Conducting This is a practical course for serious students. Classes take place most weeks on Friday, plus a weekly Conductors Orchestra on Saturday afternoons. New students must audition, call 020 7450 1838. Be prepared to play or sing, and do a test including written transposition. Tutor: Paul Sarcich
MAR02A H
Spring 14 Jan 10
18 Mar 10
Thurs
7:00pm 9:00pm
10
86 69 (c)
MAR03A H
Summer 15 Apr 10
10 Jun 10
Thurs
7:00pm 9:00pm
69 35 (c)
MCI06A H MCI07A H MCI08A H
Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Start Autumn 18 Sep 09
2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 16 Jun 10
Weds Weds Weds
5:30pm 7:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm Times 6:00pm 8:30pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 6:00pm 8:30pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 6:00pm 8:30pm 2:00pm 5:00pm
11 10 9
76 61 (c) 67 53 (c) 62 49 (c) Fee 217 174 (c)
Code MCN01A H
End 21 Nov 09
Days Fri Sat
Weeks 9
MCN02A H
Spring 15 Jan 10
13 Mar 10
Fri Sat
217 174 (c)
MCN03A H
Summer 16 Apr 10
19 Jun 10
Fri Sat
217 174 (c)
76
music
Early Music Southwark Waits This Renaissance wind group is primarily for players of cornets, sackbuts and curtals, though good recorder players may be admitted (see the tutor at the first meeting before enrolling). The group plays mainly the polychoral music of Gabrieli, etc. The group gives concerts each year. Tutor: Bernard Thomas Morley Baroque Consort This consort explores the music and performance styles of the 17th and 18th centuries, playing at Baroque pitch. It is suitable for proficient instrumentalists and singers. Entry by audition only, for audition date see beginning of Music section.
Code MEN07A MEN08A MEN09A MEN10A H MEN11A H MEN12A H MEN13A H MEN14A H MEN15A H MEN16A H MEN17A H MEN18A H MKE01A H MKE02A H MKE03A H Code MGU01A MGU02A MGU03A MGU04A MGU05A MGU06A MGU07A
Start Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Start Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10
End 4 Dec 09 12 Mar 10 11 Jun 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 4 Dec 09 12 Mar 10 11 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 26 May 10 End 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 4 Dec 09
Days Fri Fri Fri Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Fri Fri Fri Weds Weds Weds Days Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Fri
Times 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:00pm 8:30pm 7:00pm 8:30pm 7:00pm 8:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm Times 6:30pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm
Weeks 11 9 8 11 10 7 11 10 7 11 9 8 11 10 7 Weeks 11 10 7 11 10 7 11
Fee 94 47 (c) 76 38 (c) 69 35 (c) 117 93 (c) 106 85 (c) 76 61 (c) 94 75 (c) 86 68 (c) 61 48 (c) 77 39 (c) 63 31 (c) 56 28 (c) 80 65 (c) 72 59 (c) 48 39 (c) Fee 78 63 (c) 75 60 (c) 53 43 (c) 78 63 (c) 75 60 (c) 53 43 (c) 78 40 (c) 78 40 (c) 68 34 (c) 62 31 (c)
Recorder Consorts This consists of several groups of up to seven players. The emphasis is on chamber music, skills and musicianship. See the tutor for approval to enrol on date shown at the beginning of the Music section. Tutor: William James Summers Viol Consorts The class will focus on the ensemble music of the late Renaissance and early Baroque, sometimes working together and sometimes in small groups. Improve your grasp of style, chamber music skills and musicianship. See the tutor for approval to join on date shown at the beginning of the Music section. Tutor: Ibi Aziz Harpsichord This course involves discussion of technique, interpretation of early music and continuo playing. It is suitable for all levels except beginners, and for pianists and organists taking up the harpsichord. See the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section for approval to join this course. Tutor: Bridget Cunningham Guitar Bass Guitar: Beginners This course provides an introduction to technique and styles. Please bring your own guitar. Please Note: The Spring and Summer terms are not suitable for absolute beginners. Tutor: Paul Westwood
Bass Guitar: Level 2 This course is for those who already have some experience of bass guitar who wish to extend their knowledge of techniques and styles. Tutor: Paul Westwood
Classical Guitar: Level 1 Beginners This is an introduction to technique and basic solo repertoire, with an emphasis on music-reading skills, musicianship and theory. It is suitable for complete beginners and those who wish to learn to read music. The Spring and Summer terms are not suitable for absolute beginners. Tutor: Richard Corr Classical Guitar: Level 1 Completion of Classical Guitar: Beginners (MGUO7A or MGU08A) or similar experience necessary. Tutor: Richard Corr
MGU08A
4 Dec 09
Fri
11
MGU09A MGU10A
12 Mar 10 11 Jun 10
Fri Fri
9 8
77
Guitar Classical Guitar: Levels 2 & 3 This is an intermediate level course (approx. AB grades 2 5) covering technique, solo repertoire and theory. Ensemble work is included. Tutor: Richard Corr
Code MGU11A MGU12A MGU13A MGU14A MGU15A
Start Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10
End 4 Dec 09 12 Mar 10 11 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 17 Mar 10
Days Fri Fri Fri Weds Weds
Times 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:00pm
Weeks 11 9 8 11 10
Fee 94 47 (c) 78 40 (c) 71 36 (c) 78 63 (c) 75 60 (c) 78 63 (c) 75 60 (c) 62 49 (c)
Electric Guitar: Level 1 This course covers basic electric guitar technique and provides an introduction to the theory and skills relevant to jazz and rock styles (not folk). Please bring your own guitar. Please note, term 2 is not suitable for absolute beginners. Electric Guitar: Levels 2 & 3 This course is suitable for intermediate level upwards. It covers technique, theory and, improvisation in various styles, developing skills useful to the performer. Please bring your own guitar. Electric Guitar: Continuation This course provides further exploration of practical and theoretical skills, continuing the Level 1 and Level 2 classes of terms 1 and 2. Only suitable for those with two terms experience or more, not absolute beginners. Acoustic Guitar: Folk/Pop Beginners The first term of this course is for absolute beginners focusing on basic folk and pop styles and working towards the requirements of the Acoustic Guitar graded exam, preliminary to grade 1. Tutor: Terrino Chan Acoustic Guitar: Folk/Pop Beginners Completion of MGU22A Acoustic Guitar: Beginners term 1 or similar experience necessary. Tutor: Terrino Chan Acoustic Guitar: Folk/Pop Beginners Completion of MGU23A Acoustic Guitar: Beginners term two or similar experience necessary. Tutor: Terrino Chan Folk/Pop Guitar: Improvers Folk, Rock & Top 40 styles. It is suitable for players with some experience. Improve to Acoustic Guitar Graded Exam grade 2 3. See the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section for approval to enrol. Tutor: Terrino Chan Folk/Pop Guitar: Improvers Completion of MGU25A or reasonable experience. Tutor: Terrino Chan Folk/Pop Guitar: Improvers Completion of MGU26A or reasonable experience. Tutor: Terrino Chan Jazz/Celtic Guitar: Intermediate As a follow up to the Folk Guitar (Acoustic) courses, this course is for reasonably experienced players and focuses on Ragtime and Celtic styles. Improve to Acoustic Guitar Graded Exam grade 4 5. See tutor on date shown at the beginning of the Music section for approval to enrol. Tutor: Terrino Chan Jazz/Celtic Guitar: Intermediate Completion of MGU28A or reasonable experience. Tutor: Terrino Chan Jazz/Celtic Guitar: Intermediate Completion of MGU29A or reasonable experience. Tutor: Terrino Chan Jazz/Latin Guitar: Advanced It is for serious and experienced players and focuses on jazz and latin styles. Learn skills up to and beyond Acoustic Guitar Graded Exam grades 6 8. See the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section for approval to enrol. Tutor: Terrino Chan
MGU16A MGU17A MGU18A
2 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 26 May 10
Weds Weds Weds
11 10 7
MGU22A
Autumn 14 Sep 09
30 Nov 09
Mon
6:30pm 8:00pm
11
78 63 (c)
MGU23A
Spring 11 Jan 10
15 Mar 10
Mon
6:30pm 8:00pm
10
75 60 (c)
MGU24A
Summer 12 Apr 10
7 Jun 10
Mon
6:30pm 8:00pm
53 43 (c)
MGU25A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
30 Nov 09
Mon
8:00pm 9:30pm
11
78 63 (c)
MGU26A H
15 Mar 10
Mon
8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 2:00pm 3:30pm
10
76 61 (c) 53 43 (c) 77 62 (c)
MGU27A H
7 Jun 10
Mon
MGU28A H
5 Dec 09
Sat
11
MGU29A H
13 Mar 10
Sat
2:00pm 3:30pm 2:00pm 3:30pm 3:30pm 5:00pm
63 51 (c) 56 45 (c) 77 62 (c)
MGU30A H
12 Jun 10
Sat
MGU31A H
5 Dec 09
Sat
11
78
music
Guitar Jazz/Latin Guitar: Advanced Completion of MGU31A or experienced players with some knowledge of Jazz and Latin styles. Tutor: Terrino Chan Jazz/Latin Guitar: Advanced Completion of MGU32A or experienced players with some knowledge of Jazz and Latin styles. Tutor: Terrino Chan History, Listening & Analysis Form & Analysis Develop Analytical tools to increase your understanding of musical structures and processes. Music reading is necessary.
Code MGU32A H
End 13 Mar 10
Days Sat
Times 3:30pm 5:00pm
Weeks 9
Fee 63 51 (c)
MGU33A H
Summer 17 Apr 10
12 Jun 10
Sat
3:30pm 5:00pm
56 45 (c)
Code MHL01A MHL02A MHL03A
End 1 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 15 Jun 10 3 Dec 09
Days Tues Tues Tues Thurs
Weeks 11 10 9 11
Fee 96 48 (c) 87 44 (c) 78 40 (c) 96 48 (c)
Music in Time 1 Term One: The dramatic changes from Late Medieval to the High Renaissance. Eton Choirbook, Ockegham, Josquin, Taverner, Tallis, Byrd, Palestrina, English and Italian Madrigals. Music in Time 1 Term Two: From the Late Renaissance to Late Baroque including Monteverdi, Lully, Purcell, Couperin, Corelli and Vivaldi. Music in Time 1 Term Three: this term the emphasis is on Bach and Handel. Music in Time 2 The beginnings of classical style from J.C. Bach to Haydn, Mozart and Beethoven. Music in Time 2 From Schubert exploring the evolution of the early Romantic style and Nationalism. Music in Time 2 The revolutionary high Romanticism of Liszt and Wagner and the conflict with the classic/romantic aesthetic of Brahms. Music in Time 3 The exploration of the evolution of Modernism, Strauss, Debussy, Ravel, Schonberg and the English School. Music in Time 3 High Modernism including Bartok, Stravinsky, Berg and Webern. Music in Time 3 The fascinating and diverse developments since WWII are investigated including work by living composers.
MHL04A
MHL05A
Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10
25 Mar 10
Thurs
2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm
10
89 44 (c) 81 41 (c) 96 77 (c) 89 71 (c) 81 65 (c) 96 48 (c) 89 44 (c) 81 41 (c)
MHL06A MHL07A
17 Jun 10 30 Nov 09
Thurs Mon
9 11
MHL08A
22 Mar 10
Mon
10
MHL09A
21 Jun 10
Mon
MHL10A
1 Dec 09
Tues
11
MHL11A MHL12A
23 Mar 10 15 Jun 10
Tues Tues
10 9
Essential Opera Guides These Guides provide an introduction to some of the works in the current English National Opera repertoire covering plots, music, dramatic treatment etc. Tutor: Richard Lawrence Essential Opera Guide 1 Rigoletto by Verdi. Essential Opera Guide 2 Turandot by Puccini. Essential Opera Guide 3 The Elixir of Love by Donizetti. Essential Opera Guide 4 Katya Kabanova by Jancek. Essential Opera Guide 5 Tosca by Puccini. Essential Opera Guide 6 Idomeneo by Mozart. MHL16A MHL17A MHL18A MHL19A MHL20A MHL21A Autumn 3 Oct 09 Autumn 14 Nov 09 Spring 23 Jan 10 Spring 27 Feb 10 Summer 24 Apr 10 Summer 5 Jun 10 3 Oct 09 14 Nov 09 23 Jan 10 27 Feb 10 24 Apr 10 5 Jun 10 Sat Sat Sat Sat Sat Sat 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 1 1 1 1 1 1 38 38 38 38 38 38
79
Jazz, Latin & Popular Music Jazz Piano 1 No jazz experience is required for this course, but basic ability to play a keyboard is essential. Practical and theoretical knowledge of jazz piano styles will be covered. The Spring and Summer terms are not suitable for those new to playing jazz. Tutor: Roland Perrin
Code MJP01A MJP02A MJP03A MJP04A MJP05A MJP06A
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 30 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10
End 30 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 7 Jun 10 30 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 7 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 9 Jun 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10
Days Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Weds Weds Weds Tues Tues
Times 4:00pm 6:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 6:30pm 8:30pm 6:30pm 8:30pm 6:30pm 8:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm
Weeks 11 10 7 11 10 7 10 10 8 11 10
Fee 95 47 (c) 89 45 (c) 63 31 (c) 95 76 (c) 89 71 (c) 65 51 (c) 108 87 (c) 108 87 (c) 92 74 (c) 81 66 (c) 74 59 (c)
Jazz Piano 2 Some experience of jazz piano is required for this course. Students will improve playing and, explore advanced aspects of jazz harmony, rhythm and improvisation. See the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section for approval to enrol on this course. Tutor: Tim Richards Latin Piano & Percussion For pianists with at least 3 years regular piano tuition and an understanding of basic chord structures, this fun and practical course will enable you to understand the dynamic role of the piano in Afro-Cuban/Salsa and Afro-Brasilian music, with a focus on rhythmic development. You will also learn basic Afro-Cuban percussion/patterns to accompany one another in class and get a taste of playing in a latin ensemble. Tutor: Sara Dhillon Latin Workshop This fun and practical workshop will give you hands-on experience of playing in a full latin band ensemble with emphasis on rhythmic development an often-overlooked area. You will also learn basic Afro-Cuban percussion/patterns to accompany one another in class. A minimum of three years experience on an instrument is required. Tutor: Sara Dhillon Samba Percussion Workshop For musicians who would like to learn the rhythms of Samba through a hands-on workshop playing various percussion instruments, e.g. surdo, repinque drums and chocalho. No prior experience of playing percussion or drums, but a minimum of two years playing experience on your chosen instrument is necessary. Tutor: Sara Dhillon Jazz Workshop 1 No previous jazz experience is necessary, but moderate ability on an instrument is required. Music reading is also desirable. The course consists of practical playing sessions in all aspects of jazz improvising and style, theory, modes and chords. It is not suitable for those, inexperienced in playing jazz wanting to join after the first term. See the tutor for advice and information on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section. Advanced Jazz Workshop This course is for experienced players who need tuition and experience in jazz improvisation at an advanced level, possibly with a view to entering higher level courses. See the tutor on date shown at the beginning of the Music section for approval to enrol on this course. Tutor: Paul Westwood Starting in Big Band Designed for people with limited skills on their instrument and no ensemble experience, this course provides an introduction to the complexities of performing in Big Band ensembles and a chance to increase instrumental ability. See the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section for approval to enrol on this course. Tutor: Tony Douglas
MJP07A H MJP08A H MJP09A H MJP10A MJP11A
MJP12A MJP13A
17 Mar 10 26 May 10
Weds Weds
5:00pm 7:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm
10 7
98 78 (c) 49 40 (c)
MSP01A
Summer 13 Apr 10
25 May 10
Tues
4:00pm 5:30pm
45 23 (c)
MJP14A H MJP15A H MJP16A H
Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 1 Oct 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10
2 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 26 May 10
Weds Weds Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:00pm
11 10 7
92 74 (c) 85 68 (c) 60 48 (c) 76 61 (c) 72 59 (c) 51 41 (c) 74 59 (c) 74 59 (c) 61 49 (c)
MJP17A H MJP18A H MJP19A H MJP20A H MJP21A H MJP22A H
2 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 26 May 10 10 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 17 Jun 10
Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs
11 10 7 10 10 9
80
music
Jazz, Latin & Popular Music Morley Swing Band This course aims to train players to the level required for more ambitious groups such as Morley Big Band or Jazz Orchestra. It is suitable for those who play with some fluency and have a little experience in ensemble playing. Places are limited see the tutor and enrol on date shown at the beginning of the Music section. Tutor: Tony Douglas Morley Big Band Improve playing standards and appreciation of jazz in the style of Basie and others. This is a conventional Big Band line-up, playing mainly arrangements by the tutor. See the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section for approval to enrol on this course. Tutor: Tony Douglas Morley Jazz Orchestra This course is for advanced players. We hope that both symphonic and jazz composers, including members of the orchestra, will write for us. See the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section for approval to enrol on this course. Tutor: Gordon Rose Jazz Ear-Training: Level 1 This course covers aural recognition of chords, progressions, intervals, rhythms and scales/modes, incorporating some acapella singing based on jazz standards. It is suitable for any aspiring jazz instrumentalist and is ideally taken together with Jazz Harmony (see below), but can be taken on its own. Tutor: Sara Dhillon Jazz Harmony: Level 1 Develop a better understanding of scales, form, chords, standard harmonic progressions, keys, modes, etc including detailed analysis of the more popular jazz standards. Ideally taken, together with Jazz Ear Training, but can be taken on its own. It is open to all instrumentalists. Tutor: Sara Dhillon A Short History of Jazz This course covers the development of this highly influential music, from its origins in New Orleans, through 90 years of its evolution, its different styles and the key figures associated with each one. Tutor: Sara Dhillon Jazz Singing Beginners: Levels 1 & 2 This course is suitable for those who can already sing with some confidence, but with no previous jazz experience. Learn jazz styles and numbers, and relate your singing to a basic, understanding of jazz harmony. See the tutor on date shown at the beginning of the Music section for approval to enrol on this course. Tutors: Laura Zakian Jazz Choir This course is for those who would like to sing non-standard Choral works and to understand Jazz styles through the medium of the voice and as a collective experience. See the beginning of the Music section for the date on which to see the tutor about enrolling on this course. Tutors: Laura Zakian Pop Singing Beginners: Level 1 This course covers voice production, breathing, solo and ensemble singing, harmony, rhythm and interpretation. Ideally taken as a three term course, the Spring and Summer terms are not suitable for absolute beginners. Tutors: Alice Hyde (AH) and Tutor: TBC
Code MJP23A H MJP24A H MJP25A H MJP26A H MJP27A H MJP28A H MJP29A H MJP30A H MJP31A H MJP32A MJP33A MJP34A MJP35A MJP36A MJP37A MJP38A
Start Autumn 1 Oct 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 30 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Summer 14 Apr 10
End 10 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 17 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 16 Jun 10 5 Dec 09 13 Mar 10 19 Jun 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 26 May 10
Days Thurs Thurs Thurs Weds Weds Weds Sat Sat Sat Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Weds
Times 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm
Weeks 10 10 9 10 10 9 11 9 9 11 10 7 11 10 7 7
Fee 74 59 (c) 74 59 (c) 61 49 (c) 92 74 (c) 92 74 (c) 76 61 (c) 115 93 (c) 94 76 (c) 94 76 (c) 77 62 (c) 71 57 (c) 51 41 (c) 77 62 (c) 71 57 (c) 51 41 (c) 50 25 (c)
MJP39A H MJP40A H MJP41A H
Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10
1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10
Tues Tues Tues
6:30pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm
11 10 7
87 69 (c) 79 64 (c) 55 44 (c) 97 79 (c) 88 72 (c) 63 52 (c) 83 67 (c) 77 39 (c) 54 27 (c) 83 42 (c) 69 35 (c)
MJP61A H MJP62A H MJP63A H MJP45A MJP46A MJP47A MJP48A (AH) MJP49A (AH)
1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 30 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 7 Jun 10 4 Dec 09 12 Mar 10
Tues Tues Tues Mon Mon Mon Fri Fri
11 10 7 11 10 7 11 9
81
Jazz, Latin & Popular Music Pop Singing: Levels 2&3 Suitable for those who have completed a Level 1 course or who have some experience already.
Code MJP64A MJP65A MJP66A
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Autumn 4 Nov 09 Spring 24 Feb 10 Summer 14 Apr 10
End 30 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 7 Jun 10 End 7 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 7 Jun 10 End 14 Oct 09 10 Feb 10
Days Mon Mon Mon Days Mon Mon Mon Days Weds Weds
Times 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm Times 1:30pm 3:00pm 1:30pm 3:00pm 1:30pm 3:00pm Times 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
Weeks 11 10 7 Weeks 12 10 7 Weeks 5 5
Fee 74 66 (c) 67 38 (c) 52 42 (c) Fee 0 0 0 Fee 47 40 (c) 47 40 (c) 47 40 (c) 47 40 (c) 38 33 (c)
Music for People with Learning Disabilities Music for People with Learning Disabilities This course helps those with special learning needs to develop musically and personally using music as the medium. Develop self-confidence, decision-making, musical skills and group interaction. Entry to this course needs an interview. Contact Learning Support on 020 7450 1914. Tutor: Kate Portal Music Reading, Theory & Musicianship Music Reading and Sight Singing: Level 1 This course is for those who cannot read music at all, though you may have experience in singing or playing. For courses starting in September, see the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section. Music Reading and Sight Singing: Level 2 Some knowledge of music theory and sight singing is required for this course. For courses starting in October/November, please see the advice and information times shown at the beginning of the Music section. Music Reading and Sight Singing: Level 3 The ability to sight-sing with reasonable confidence and a knowledge of the basic rudiments of theory are required for this course. It is suitable for those who have already attended courses 1 & 2, or those wishing to brush up existing skills. Music Reading and Sight Singing: Level 4 In this course students will polish music-reading and sightsinging skills, and gain familiarity with material of AB Theory Grade 5 standard. Musicianship Stage 1 This is a three-term course offering study of the theory of music through sight-singing, analysis of musical forms and written exercises. We do not follow any AB syllabus, but the finishing standard approximates to AB Grade 5. Basic knowledge of notation is necessary before starting, and some fluency on keyboard or guitar is helpful. Optional OCNLR credits are available. See the beginning of the Music section for the date to see the tutor in order to gain approval to enrol on this course. Tutors: Paul Sarcich, Virginia Firnberg Musicianship Stage 2 This course covers; sight-singing; writing in 2, 3, and 4 parts; aural skills; more complex harmonies; and analysis. You need good aural awareness, familiarity with notation, some musical experience and some fluency at the keyboard or guitar. We do not follow any AB syllabus, but the level approximates to AB Grades 6 8. Optional OCNLR credits are available. See the beginning of the Music section for the date to see the tutor for approval to enrol on this course. Tutors: Paul Sarcich, Selena Kay Keyboard Skills and Score Reading In this course you will improve fluency with keyboard or fretboard harmony (eg improvising harmony to well known tunes) and reading piano scores from the 18th to the 20th Century. Some fluency at keyboard or fretboard needed. Piano technique is NOT taught. See the beginning of the Music section for the date to audition for this course. Be prepared to play the keyboard and look at a score. Optional OCNLR credits are available.
Code MLD01A MLD02A MLD03A Code MRT25A MRT26A
MRT27A H MRT28A H
2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10
Weds Weds
5 5
MRT29A H
5 May 10
Weds
MRT30A H
Summer 9 Jun 10
30 Jun 10
Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm
38 33 (c)
MRT16A H MRT17A H MRT18A H
30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 21 Jun 10
Mon Mon Mon
10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm
11 10 9
100 50 (c) 100 50 (c) 100 50 (c)
2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 16 Jun 10
Weds Weds Weds
10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm
11 10 9
100 50 (c) 100 50 (c) 100 50 (c)
2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 16 Jun 10
Weds Weds Weds
2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm
11 10 9
101 51 (c) 94 47 (c) 87 43 (c)
82
music
Music Technology Cubase: Level 1 Learn the basics of music production with this practical introduction to the Cubase software programme. Ideal for beginners. Tutor: Michael Murray Cubase: Level 2 Learn the next level of skills and production with this practical Cubase course ideal for students who have completed Level 1. Tutor: Michael Murray Cubase: Level 3 Learn how to produce, mix and master your own CD with this practical approach to the Cubase programme. Ideal for students who have completed Cubase Level 2. Tutor: Michael Murray Logic: Level 1 Learn the basics of music production with this practical introduction to Logic Pro 7 Professional Music Production software. Suitable for musicians new to music technology. Tutor: Julian Fyson Logic: Level 2 Learn to use Logic Pro 7 for more complex music making operations such as recording audio (lyrics and music), audio editing, automation effects and processors. Contact the Music department for information on enrolling on this course. Tutor: Julian Fyson
Code MTE09A
End 27 Nov 09
Days Fri
Times 7:00pm 9:00pm
Weeks 10
Fee 94 47 (c)
MTE11A H
Spring 15 Jan 10
19 Mar 10
Fri
7:00pm 9:00pm
10
94 47 (c)
MTE34A H
Summer 16 Apr 10
11 Jun 10
Fri
7:00pm 9:00pm
69 35 (c)
MTE12A
Autumn 14 Sep 09
23 Nov 09
Mon
3:30pm 5:30pm
10
99 79 (c)
MTE16A H
Spring 11 Jan 10
15 Mar 10
Mon
3:30pm 5:30pm
10
99 50 (c)
Logic: Level 3 MTE33A H Learn to apply the more complex operations and a comprehensive range of music creation tools with the final part of this practical Logic course. Ideal for those who have completed Level 2. Contact the Music department for information on enrolling on this course. Tutor: Julian Fyson Reason: Level 1 This is a practical introduction to making music with Reason. Learn to operate this Virtual Studio software synthesis package, popular with DJs, dance producers and musicians alike. Tutor: Michael Murray Reason: Level 2 Learn more advanced programming skills such as how to create synthesiser patches, operate the virtual sampler and add loops of your own. Tutor: Michael Murray Reason: Level 3 Learn to produce your own urban mix in a practical workshop. Ideal for those who have completed Reason: Level 2. Tutor: Michael Murray Recording Techniques & Sound Engineering: Level 1 Practical and theoretical audio recording skills and acoustic awareness training. Suitable for all-comers with a passion for music. Tutor: Doug Gleave Recording Techniques & Sound Engineering: Level 2 Continue from Level 1 and learn: desk to hard-disc recording, microphone techniques, EQ, multi-tracking and mixing. Tutor: Doug Gleave Recording Techniques & Sound Engineering: Level 3 Apply and develop technical and management skills learned in Levels 1 and 2 in practical, recording sessions and projects. Tutor: Doug Gleave Dance Music Producer Want to add some energy to your mixes? This course looks at production techniques across the spectrum of dance music, giving you the tools to liven up your arrangements and get that big production sound. Terms 1 and 2 are for newcomers, term 3 is for people who have completed term 1 or 2. Some knowledge of logic or reason is essential. Tutor: Julian Fyson MTE18A
Summer 12 Apr 10
14 Jun 10
Mon
3:30pm 5:30pm
69 35 (c)
Autumn 19 Sep 09
28 Nov 09
Sat
10:30am 12:30pm
10
99 80 (c)
MTE20A H
Spring 16 Jan 10
20 Mar 10
Sat
10:30am 12:30pm
10
99 80 (c)
MTE35A H
Summer 17 Apr 10
12 Jun 10
Sat
10:30am 12:30pm
69 56 (c)
MTE26A
Autumn 17 Sep 09
26 Nov 09
Thurs
6:30pm 9:30pm
10
111 89 (c)
MTE28A H
Spring 14 Jan 10
11 Mar 10
Thurs
6:30pm 9:30pm
113 90 (c)
MTE30A H
Summer 15 Apr 10
10 Jun 10
Thurs
6:30pm 9:30pm
88 70 (c)
MTE36A MTE37A MTE38A
11 Nov 09 3 Mar 10 9 Jun 10
Weds Weds Weds
7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
8 8 8
95 80 (c) 95 80 (c) 95 80 (c)
83
Music Technology DJ Workshop Learn the basic DJ skills using vinyl and CD mixers. Course covers beat mixing, cueing up, level and fade mixing and includes different styles of music. Tutor: Shelley Parker DJ Workshop: Level 2/3 For those with basic skills and confidence, ideally having completed the DJ Workshop course this course will include a range of intermediate skills ie cutting, fluid beatmatching and EQ levels. Mastering how to construct a set and how to record and edit a set either as a DJ mix, or live, and load it online. Tutor: Shelley Parker Introduction to Music Technology, Theory and Composition For complete beginners in Music who would like to start to learn about music reading and notation, play elementary keyboard and to learn the basics of Music Technology. Please note: Spring and Summer terms are not for complete beginners. Tutor: Selena Kay Piano & Keyboard Beginning on Keyboard: Level 1 This course is suitable for absolute beginners with little or no musical knowledge. Group tuition will include how to read music, playing with hands together, and learning about chords. Please note that these courses run for two or three terms; the second or third terms are NOT suitable for complete beginners, who should start in September.
Code MTE39A MTE40A
End 9 Nov 09 1 Mar 10
Days Mon Mon
Weeks 8 8
Fee 88 72 (c) 88 72 (c) 88 72 (c)
MTE41A
14 Jun 10
Mon
MTT01A MTT02A H MTT03A H Code MKE04A MKE05A MKE06A MKE07A MKE08A MKE09A
Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10
8 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 8 Jun 10 End 30 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 7 Jun 10 4 Dec 09 12 Mar 10 11 Jun 10 30 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 7 Jun 10 30 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 30 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 7 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 27 May 10 3 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 27 May 10
Tues Tues Tues Days Mon Mon Mon Fri Fri Fri Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs
6:00pm 8:30pm 6:00pm 8:30pm 6:00pm 8:30pm Times 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 1:00pm 2:30pm 1:00pm 2:30pm 1:00pm 2:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 3:30pm 6:00pm 3:30pm 6:00pm 6:00pm 8:00pm 6:00pm 8:00pm 6:00pm 8:00pm 10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 10:30am 12:30pm 6:00pm 8:30pm 6:00pm 8:30pm 6:00pm 8:30pm
12 10 8 Weeks 11 10 7 11 9 8 11 10 7 11 10 11 10 7 11 10 7 11 10 7
102 82 (c) 86 69 (c) 69 54 (c) Fee 81 66 (c) 75 60 (c) 52 42 (c) 81 41 (c) 68 34 (c) 60 30 (c) 88 72 (c) 63 52 (c) 63 52 (c) 120 61 (c) 113 56 (c) 100 80 (c) 88 70 (c) 60 48 (c) 100 50 (c) 88 44 (c) 60 30 (c) 120 96 (c) 113 90 (c) 78 63 (c)
Keyboard Improvers: Level 2 Suitable for those who have completed a Beginning on Keyboards course or equivalent. You should already know the basics of music reading and be able to play simple pieces before you start.
MKE50A H MKE51A H MKE52A H MKE15A (WM) MKE16A (WM) MKE17A (DK) MKE18A (DK) MKE43A (DK) MKE19A (MA) MKE20A (MA) MKE42A (MA) MKE21A (HS) MKE22A (HS) MKE23A (HS)
Piano Beginners: Level 1 This course is suitable for absolute beginners who wish to acquire good piano technique. Students wishing to join after Term 1 should first seek advice from the Department office as Terms 2 and 3 are continuations of the previous terms and are NOT suitable for complete beginners. Tutors: Wilfrid Murray (WM), Dimitris Karydis (DK), Michalis Angelakis (MA), Haruko Seki (HS)
84
music
Piano & Keyboard Piano Improvers: Level 2 This course is suitable for those who have completed a Piano: Beginners Level 1 course or equivalent (approx. AB Grade 1/2). You should already know the basics of music reading and be able to play simple pieces before starting. See the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section in order to gain approval to enrol on this course. Tutors: Haruko Seki (HS), Mary Pond (MP)
Code MKE53A H (HS) MKE54A H (HS) MKE55A H (HS) MKE56A H (HS) MKE57A H (HS) MKE58A H (HS) MKE24A H (MP) MKE25A H (MP) MKE26A H (MP)
Start Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10
End 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 5 Dec 09 13 Mar 10 12 Jun 10 4 Dec 09 12 Mar 10 11 Jun 10 5 Dec 09 13 Mar 10 12 Jun 10 4 Dec 09 12 Mar 10 11 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 26 May 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 15 Jun 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 15 Jun 10
Days Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Sat Sat Sat Fri Fri Fri Sat Sat Sat Fri Fri Fri Weds Weds Weds Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues
Times 4:30pm 6:00pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 9:00am 11:00am 9:00am 11:00am 9:00am 11:00am 4:00pm 5:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 4:00pm 5:30pm 11:30am 1:30pm 11:30am 1:30pm 11:30am 1:30pm 6:00pm 8:30pm 6:00pm 8:30pm 6:00pm 8:30pm 5:00pm 7:30pm 5:00pm 7:30pm 5:00pm 7:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm
Weeks 11 10 7 11 10 7 11 9 8 11 9 8 11 9 8 11 9 8 11 10 7 11 10 9 11 10 9
Fee 88 72 (c) 63 52 (c) 63 52 (c) 88 72 (c) 67 52 (c) 63 52 (c) 99 80 (c) 79 64 (c) 71 57 (c) 66 33 (c) 54 27 (c) 48 24 (c) 99 80 (c) 79 64 (c) 95 77 (c) 120 61 (c) 100 50 (c) 89 45 (c) 120 96 (c) 113 90 (c) 78 63 (c) 145 116 (c) 133 106 (c) 116 93 (c) 145 72 (c) 133 67 (c) 116 57 (c)
Piano Elementary: Level 3 This course is suitable for pianists of approx AB grades 2 3, who have completed the Piano Improvers Level 2 course or equivalent. The course involves class discussion, tuition and individual presentations. See the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section in order to gain approval to enrol on this course. Tutors: Haruko Seki (HS), Mary Pond (MP)
MKE66A H (HS) MKE67A H (HS) MKE68A H (HS) MKE27A H (MP) MKE28A H (MP) MKE29A H (MP)
Piano Intermediate: Level 4 This course is suitable for pianists of approx Grade 4 6. Improve your style and technique. See the beginning of the Music section for the audition date for this course. Tutor: Raenelda Mackie
MKE30A H MKE31A H MKE32A H MKE33A H MKE34A H MKE35A H MKE36A H MKE37A H MKE38A H MRT39A H MKE40A H MKE41A H
Piano Higher: Level 5 This course is suitable for pianists of AB Grade 7 upwards. There is an emphasis on playing, listening, discussing and tuition. See the beginning of the Music section for the audition date for this course. Tutor: Gwenneth Pryor Piano Advanced: Level 6 This course is suitable for pianists playing the major works of the piano repertoire. Public performances are given. See the beginning of the Music section for the date of the audition for this course. Tutor: Martino Tirimo Advanced Performers Group Solo Piano: Level 6 This course is suitable for advanced pianists, everyone performs and participates in discussion. Public performances are given. See the beginning of the Music section for the date of the audition for this course. Tutor: Gwenneth Pryor
85
Strings Cello: Beginners Level 1 This course is suitable for absolute beginners. Learn the basis of a sound cello technique, musicianship skills and reading music. Bring your own instrument. Tutor: Ewa Mizerska Cello: Level 2/3 This course is suitable for those who can already play simple tunes and scales, and read a bass clef. Take part in simple ensemble and solo work in a friendly atmosphere. Bring your own instrument. Tutor: Ewa Mizerska Cello: Levels 1 3 This course is suitable for those who have completed one terms study or more. Tutor: Ewa Mizerska Violin & Viola: Level 1 This course is suitable for complete beginners. Non-music readers are advised to join a music reading course. Spring and Summer terms are not suitable for complete beginners. Tutor: Antonia Del Mar
Code MST01A
End 4 Dec 09
Days Fri
Times 6:00pm 7:30pm
Weeks 11
Fee 85 42 (c)
MST02A
Autumn 18 Sep 09
4 Dec 09
Fri
7:30pm 9:00pm
11
85 42 (c)
MST03A MST04A MST05A MST06A MST07A MST08A MST09A MST10A
Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Start Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10
12 Mar 10 11 Jun 10 4 Dec 09 12 Mar 10 11 Jun 10 4 Dec 09 12 Mar 10 11 Jun 10 End 5 Dec 09 13 Mar 10 12 Jun 10 5 Dec 09 13 Mar 10 12 Jun 10 30 Nov 09 22 Mar 10 21 Jun 10
Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri Days Sat Sat Sat Sat Sat Sat Mon Mon Mon
6:00pm 8:00pm 6:00pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm Times 11:30am 1:00pm 11:30am 1:00pm 11:30am 1:00pm 9:30am 11:00am 9:30am 11:00am 9:30am 11:00am 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm 2:00pm 4:00pm
9 8 11 9 8 11 9 8 Weeks 11 9 8 11 9 8 11 10 9
90 45 (c) 80 41 (c) 75 38 (c) 62 31 (c) 55 27 (c) 75 38 (c) 62 31 (c) 55 27 (c) Fee 72 58 (c) 59 48 (c) 56 45 (c) 72 58 (c) 59 48 (c) 56 45 (c) 92 46 (c) 86 43 (c) 81 41 (c)
Violin & Viola: Level 2 This course is suitable for those with a little experience upwards. Tutor: Antonia Del Mar
Traditional & World Music Accordion for Beginners: Level 1 Come and learn the basic techniques of the accordion. Rudiments of music reading are included in the course. Please note: the second term is NOT suitable for complete beginners. Tutor: John Leslie
Code MTW01A MTW02A MTW03A MTW04A MTW05A MTW06A MTW07A MTW08A MTW09A
Accordion Intermediate: Levels 2 & 3 This course is for those who have completed the Beginners course or have equivalent experience. Improve your command of the instrument and gain confidence in playing ensemble music. Tutor: John Leslie
East & West This is a study of music from many cultures of the world how musical processes influence sound, and how various tunings and rhythmic systems operate in music of different types, eg the development of jazz from the south of the USA and North Indian Classical music. Some music reading is necessary. Please note that the Spring and Summer terms are NOT suitable for new students. Optional OCNLR credits are available seek advice before enrolling on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section. Harmonica for Beginners This course is intended for complete beginners. Learn how to play tunes, improvise and, understand basic music theory. No previous musical knowledge or experience is necessary. Bring your own ten-hole diatonic harmonica in C major, or buy one from the tutor at the first lesson. Tutor: Con O'Neill Klezmer Orchestra A chance to join in with a traditional Klezmer Orchestra. All instruments and singers are welcome. Tutor: Ilana Cravitz
MTW10A MTW11A
3 Dec 09 11 Mar 10
Thurs Thurs
6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm
11 9
69 55 (c) 59 47 (c)
MTW23A
Autumn 8 Nov 09
8 Nov 09
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
60 35 (c)
86
music
Vocal Studies Can't Sing Choir 1: Level 1 The inspiration for the BBC television show, The Cant Sing Singers, this course is for those who really feel they cant sing or pitch a note properly. Learn the elements of pitching and voice production and experience the pleasure of singing in parts all those things you felt were beyond you. Tutors: Andrea Brown (AB), William Leigh-Knight (WLK)
Code MVC01A (AB) MVC02A (AB) MVC03A (AB) MVC04A (WLK) MVC05A (WLK) MVC06A (WLK)
Start Autumn 29 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 1 Oct 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 30 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 30 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 1 Oct 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 29 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 28 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10
End 8 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 15 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 17 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 16 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 16 Jun 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 10 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 16 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 24 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 22 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 21 Jun 10
Days Tues Tues Tues Thurs Thurs Thurs Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Tues Tues Tues Thurs Thurs Thurs Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Tues Tues Tues Mon Mon Mon
Times 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 1:00pm 2:30pm 1:00pm 2:30pm 1:00pm 2:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 12:30pm 1:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
Weeks 10 10 9 10 10 9 10 10 9 10 10 9 11 10 7 10 10 10 11 10 9 11 11 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Can't Sing Choir 2: Level 2 This course is for those with only a little experience of singing; develop confidence in a supportive atmosphere. See times for advice and information at the beginning of the Music section. Tutor: Andrea Brown
MVC07A H MVC08A H MVC09A H MVC10A H MVC11A H MVC12A H MVC13A H MVC14A H MVC15A H MVC16A MVC17A MVC18A MVC19A MVC20A MVC21A MVC22A H MVC23A H MVC24A H MVC25A MVC26A MVC27A MVC28A H MVC29A H MVC30A H
Can't Sing Choir 3: Level 3 This course is for those with a little experience of choral singing; gain confidence, begin to sing in parts, and take part in performances. See times for advice and information at the beginning of the Music section. Tutor: Andrea Brown Meridian Choir This choir encompasses Renaissance, classical and modern music. Regular performances are given. Sight-singing is not essential, but familiarity with notation and learning at home are required. See the beginning of the Music section for the date to see the tutor for a simple test. Tutor: Paul Webster Choral Singing for Fun This is a large choir for those with some experience of singing in a group. Gain confidence, and learn a major choral work, Handel's Judas Maccabaeus, to be performed with soloist and orchestra in March 2010. The Summer term will consist of a programme of short part songs. Tutor: Clare Clements Morley College Choir Founded by Gustav Holst and led for many years by Michael Tippett, giving the premiere of Tippetts A Child of Our Time. Basic knowledge of sightsinging is an advantage. We usually give two or three concerts a year. Tutor: Jeremy Haneman Morley Chamber Choir This is a choir of around 25 singers, aiming at a high standard of performance of accompanied and unaccompanied classical repertoire with a historical range c1450 2007. Good sightsinging is necessary. See the beginning of the Music section for the audition date for this course. Gospel Choir: Level 1 This choir is for everyone who wants to get involved in gospel or improve their singing of this music. Gain confidence in your voice, learn music and the skill of singing together with others, and begin to harmonise. Tutor: Colin Vassell Gospel Choir: Level 2 This choir is suitable for those already familiar with a number of songs and simple harmonising come and raise your skills and learn new repertoire. See the beginning of the Music section for the date to audition for this course. Tutor: Colin Vassell
87
Vocal Studies Voice Training: Levels 1 & 2 This course is for those diffident or inexperienced in using their singing voice. Establish good practice in voice use, confidence and independence in holding a line and fluency in using the voice in a variety of situations. It is not suitable for anyone with difficulty in pitching notes, who should join Cant Sing Choir Level 1. Seek advice before enrolling on the advice and information dates shown at the beginning of the Music section. Optional OCNLR credits are available. Tutors: Andrea Brown (AB), Mary Mogil (MM)
Code MVC33A H (AB) MVC34A H (AB) MVC35A H (AB) MVC36A H (MM) MVC37A H (MM) MVC38A H (MM)
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 11 Oct 09
End 30 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 17 Jun 10 11 Oct 09
Days Mon Mon Mon Thurs Thurs Thurs Sun
Times 2:00pm 3:00pm 2:00pm 3:00pm 2:00pm 3:00pm 5:30pm 6:30pm 5:30pm 6:30pm 5:30pm 6:30pm 11:00am 4:00pm
Weeks 11 10 10 11 10 9 1
Fee 50 25 (c) 47 23 (c) 42 21 (c) 47 38 (c) 47 38 (c) 47 38 (c) 47
Singing: Tone Deaf? No Way! This is specifically aimed at those who believe they are tone-deaf and are curious to understand their voices and to explore ways of improving. Tutor: William Leigh-Knight Authentic Bulgarian Singing An informal workshop for singers of any level who want to learn the basic techniques of Bulgarian singing. A rare chance to experience this powerful and expressive music and learn songs in up to 3-part harmony under the guidance of a practising Bulgarian singer. Music reading is not necessary. Tutor: Dessislava Stefanova Singing & The Alexander Technique A day in which you can sing and enhance your vocal quality by this introduction to the Alexander Technique, which offers poise, balance, and a sense of well-being. Tutors: Wilfrid Murray, Andrea Brown Morley Opera School This one-year course provides extensive training in all aspects of operatic performance for serious performers, especially those intending to enter the profession or conservatoires. All members take part in public performances at the end of each term. Contact the Departmental Secretary (020 7450 1838) for details of the audition. You will be asked to sing two contrasting arias. Tutor: Jonathan Cocker
MVC44A
MVC45A
Spring 13 Mar 10
13 Mar 10
Sat
11:00am 4:00pm
47
MVC46A
Summer 23 May 10
23 May 10
Sun
11:00am 4:00pm
47
MVC48A H
Autumn 7 Oct 09
19 Dec 09
Weds/ Thurs/ Sat
6:30pm 9:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 7:30pm 9:30pm
10
343
MVC49A H
Spring 20 Jan 10
27 Mar 10
Weds/ Thurs/ Sat
10
343
MVC50A H
Summer 14 Apr 10
26 Jun 10
Weds/ Thurs/ Sat
10
343
Let's Sing A Musical Rehearse for a semi-staged presentation of music from popular musicals. Some opportunities for solos. A modest amount of choral experience required. Tutor: William Leigh-Knight Solo Singing for Beginners: Levels 1 & 2 If you love singing and want to sing solo but have never had the confidence to try, this is the course for you. There will be group work, voice training and solo experience in class. You should be able to sing in time and in tune. Before enrolling, see the tutor on the advice and information times shown at the beginning of the Music section. Ideally taken as a three term course. The Spring and Summer terms are not suitable for complete beginners. Tutor: Andrea Brown Enjoy Your Voice: Levels 2 & 3 This is a large, encouraging and supportive course for anyone who can hold a tune and, wishes to learn to sing or to develop their voice further. See the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section to gain approval to enrol on this course. Tutor: Rita Godfrey Solo Singing for All: Level 3 Develop voice and performing abilities with most kinds of music, from folksong to classical. See the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section in order to enrol on this course. Tutor: Suzanne Higgins
MVC51A
Spring 15 Jan 10
19 Mar 10
Fri
10
95 47 (c)
MVC53A H MVC54A H MVC55A H
30 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 7 Jun 10
Mon Mon Mon
4:00pm 6:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 4:00pm 6:00pm
11 10 8
95 76 (c) 86 68 (c) 61 49 (c)
MVC56A H MVC57A H MVC58A H MVC59A H MVC60A H MVC61A H
Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10
1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10
Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues
2:00pm 5:30pm 2:00pm 5:30pm 2:00pm 5:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm 7:00pm 9:30pm
11 10 7 11 10 7
158 127 (c) 145 116 (c) 103 82 (c) 158 127 (c) 145 116 (c) 103 82 (c)
88
music
Vocal Studies Use Your Voice Better: Levels 2 & 3 For those who already like to sing, but feel that lack of technique or confidence prevents them from realising their full potential. See the tutor on the date shown at the beginning of the Music section in order to enrol on this course. Tutor: William Leigh-Knight Singers' Studio: Level 4 This is for those with some technical singing skills: enhance vocal technique, extend classical repertoire and gain experience in interpretation and performing. See the beginning of the Music section for the date to see the tutor in order to enrol on this course. Tutor: Rita Godfrey Singers' Workshop: Level 5 This is an all-classical repertoire for advanced singers. See the beginning of the Music section for the audition date for this course. Tutor: Richard Jackson
Code MVC62A H MVC63A H MVC64A H MVC68A H MVC69A H MVC70A H MVC71A MVC72A MVC73A MVC77A H (LH) MVC78A H (MM) MVC79A H (MM) MVC83A H MVC84A H MVC85A H MVC86A MVC87A MVC88A MVC43A
Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 27 Sep 09 Spring 7 Feb 10 Summer 18 Apr 10 Autumn 3 Oct 09
End 2 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 26 May 10 2 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 26 May 10 3 Dec 09 18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10 30 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 23 Nov 09 15 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 27 Sep 09 7 Feb 10 18 Apr 10 5 Dec 09
Days Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Sun Sun Sun Sat
Times 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 5:30pm 7:30pm 10:30am 1:00pm 10:30am 1:00pm 10:30am 1:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 6:00pm 7:30pm 7:00pm 9:00pm 7:00pm 9:00pm 7:00pm 9:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm
Weeks 11 10 7 11 10 7 11 10 10 11 10 9 10 10 9 1 1 1 3
Fee 99 79 (c) 91 73 (c) 66 52 (c) 127 64 (c) 117 59 (c) 81 41 (c) 143 114 (c) 129 103 (c) 91 73 (c) 91 73 (c) 83 67 (c) 75 60 (c) 88 72 (c) 88 72 (c) 80 65 (c) 34 33 34 89 55 (c)
Singing in Different Languages: Levels 4 & 5 This is suitable for reasonably experienced singers whose English diction, or command of languages, needs improvement. See the beginning of the Music section for the date to see the tutor in order to enrol on this course. Tutors: Liza Hobbs (LH), Mary Mogil (MM) Singing Early Music: Levels 4 5 From madrigals and lute-songs to arias and cantatas from the High Baroque, this three term course looks at the different styles and repertoires of singing early music. Tutor: Andrea Brown
Learn to Sing in a Day Develop your voice and confidence. In this course, men and women work separately, then join together later. All are welcome. Tutor: William Leigh-Knight
Improve Your Singing Three linked days for those who have begun to find their singing voice and would like to find out more about vocal technique breathing, posture, and production and begin to gain skills for singing solos. Music reading is not essential. This course runs on 3 October, 7 November and 5 December 2009. Tutor: Andrea Brown Improve Your Singing Performance To provide a follow-up to those who have attended the course Improve Your Singing or other beginner to intermediate level singing classes. The course will provide intensive feedback and opportunities to work individually within a workshop environment.
MVC89A MVC90A MVC91A MVC92A H MVC93A H MVC94A H MVC95A H MVC96A H MVC97A H
Spring 17 Jan 10 Spring 24 Jan 10 Spring 31 Jan 10 Autumn 7 Nov 09 Spring 30 Jan 10 Summer 15 May 10 Autumn 28 Nov 09 Spring 27 Feb 10 Summer 24 Apr 10
17 Jan 10 24 Jan 10 31 Jan 10 8 Nov 09 31 Jan 10 16 May 10 28 Nov 09 27 Feb 10 24 Apr 10
Sun Sun Sun Sat/ Sun Sat/ Sun Sat/ Sun Sat Sat Sat
11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
33 33 33 61 61 61 33 33 33
Singing Musical Theatre: An Introduction A chance for experienced solo performers to work individually on repertoire from leading 20th Century theatre composers. Call 020 7450 1838 to arrange an audition. Autumn Term: Saturday 7 Sunday 8 November 2009 Spring Term: Saturday 30 Sunday 31 January 2010 Summer Term: Saturday 15 Sunday 16 May 2010 Singing: Oratorio Class Levels 4 5 Preparing for a concert or audition? This class focuses on arias, duets and quartets taken from popular oratorio repertoire sung by choral societies in Britain today. Tutor: Andrea Brown
89
Wind & Percussion Flute: Beginners (Level 1) Learn the flute in a friendly supportive group setting. This class is suitable for absolute beginners to establish correct techniques. Flute: Elementary (Level 2) This is suitable for those who already have a basic technique or have attended Level 1. Bring your own instrument. Flute: Continuation (Level 2/3) This is suitable for those who already have a little experience upwards. It is NOT suitable for absolute beginners. Bring your own instrument. Brass for Beginners This is suitable for absolute beginners. For trumpet, trombone, cornet, tenor horn, euphonium and tuba. Bring your own instrument. Please note that the Spring and Summer terms are NOT suitable for complete beginners. Tutor: Tony Douglas Drum Kit Beginners: Level 1 An introduction to the basic hand and foot techniques relevant to contemporary styles of, pop, rock, jazz and latin. Students should bring their own drumsticks. The Spring term is not suitable for complete beginners. Tutor: Nestor (Raul) Gomez Drum Kit: Level 1 2 This is a class for drummers who have completed terms one and two or who have a reasonable level of previous experience Tutor: Nestor (Raul) Gomez Recorder Beginners: Level 1 Suitable for absolute beginners. Both Descant and Treble Recorders will be accommodated. Please bring your own instruments. Please note that the Spring and Summer terms are NOT suitable for complete beginners. Tutor: William James Summers Recorder Elementary: Level 2 For those who already have a little experience, wishing to improve style and technique and play simple ensemble music. Tutor: William James Summers
Code MPW12A
Start Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10
End 3 Dec 09
Days Thurs
Times 6:30pm 8:00pm 6:30pm 8:00pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 8:00pm 9:30pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm 7:30pm 9:00pm
Weeks 11
Fee 66 53 (c) 60 48 (c) 60 48 (c) 60 48 (c) 74 59 (c) 71 57 (c) 49 40 (c) 75 38 (c) 69 35 (c)
MPW13A
18 Mar 10
Thurs
10
MPW14A MPW15A MWP01A MWP02A MWP03A MWP10A MWP11A
18 Mar 10 10 Jun 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 3 Dec 09 18 Mar 10
Thurs Thurs Tues Tues Tues Thurs Thurs
10 8 11 10 7 11 10
MWP31A
Summer 15 Apr 10
24 Jun 10
Thurs
7:30pm 9:00pm
10
74 39 (c)
MWP16A MWP17A MWP18A MWP19A MWP20A MWP21A
Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09
1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 1 Dec 09 16 Mar 10 25 May 10 2 Dec 09
Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Weds
11 10 7 11 10 7 11
74 37 (c) 71 36 (c) 50 25 (c) 74 59 (c) 71 57 (c) 50 41 (c) 74 59 (c)
Saxophone: Beginners For absolute beginners or for those of a very basic standard. Please note that the Spring term is NOT suitable for complete beginners. For the Summer term, see Levels 2 3 below. Bring your own instrument. Saxophone: Level 1 Completion of term 1 or similar experience is necessary to enrol on this course. Bring your own instrument. Saxophone: Level 2 This is suitable for players of a moderate standard upwards to improve technique and style. Saxophone: Levels 2/3 Suitable for players of an elementary standard upwards. Please bring your own instrument.
MWP22A
MWP23A
Spring 13 Jan 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10
17 Mar 10
Weds
10
71 57 (c) 74 59 (c) 71 57 (c) 63 50 (c)
MWP24A MWP25A MWP26A
2 Dec 09 17 Mar 10 26 May 10
Weds Weds Weds
11 10 7
90
music
skil s for life
GCSE Maths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Police Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Writing for work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English (CPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pronunciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93
91
Skills for Life courses at Morley College are ideal for you whether you need to gain skills for work or everyday tasks. Improve your reading and writing, brush up on your maths skills or learn how to use a computer all this and more in a friendly learning environment for adults.
Skills for Life courses are for adults who want to improve their
Reading and writing Maths English language (ESOL, EFL) Computer skills. There are courses at all levels and at flexible times to suit you. On most courses you have the opportunity to gain a qualification. All Skills for Life courses include tutorials where you can work out your learning goals with your tutor and discuss your progress. There are also opportunities to integrate computer skills into your study.
ESOL (English for Speakers of Other Languages)

ESOL courses are for adults who speak another language and want to improve their English language skills for work, living in the UK or study. There are courses at all levels from beginners to advanced, and at flexible times to suit your needs. On all courses you will develop your listening, speaking, reading and writing skills and have the opportunity to gain a qualification. ESOL courses are FREE if you are on benefits.
How to join a Skills for Life course

All students are invited to come for an initial assessment interview where your skills are assessed to make sure we place you on the right course for your needs. You can join most courses at any time during the year, but the sooner you join the better for you. September advice and enrolment days are on: Thursday 3 September 10:00am 3:00pm and 5:30pm 7:30pm Friday 4 September 10:00am 3:00pm Monday 7 September 10:00am 3:00pm and 5:30pm 7:30pm Tuesday 8 September 10:00am 3:00pm and 5:30pm 7:30pm If you cannot come on these dates or would like more information about joining a course after 8th September please contact Anne Dolan on 020 7450 1834 or email anne.dolan@morleycollege.ac.uk Please see our separate Skills for Life guide for details of all our courses. You can pick up a copy in the College foyer or download it from www.morleycollege.ac.uk
EFL
We also offer English courses in the evening for advanced English speakers. EFL courses are fee-paying courses for people who are in the UK temporarily for work or study, or for those who want an internationally recognised English qualification.
English and Maths

These courses are for people who want to improve their reading, writing, maths and computer skills. There are courses at all levels, including: Getting started with reading and writing or maths or computers Improving your reading and writing or maths or computer skills Brushing up your English or Maths. You will have the opportunity to gain a qualification. English and Maths courses are FREE.
Specialist Writing courses

We also have specialist writing courses for people who want to improve their writing for Work or Study.
Fees
English and Maths (except for GCSE Maths) courses are FREE ESOL courses are FREE to students on benefits Other Home students pay to join an ESOL course Fees for EFL courses depend on the level of qualification for which you will be studying (see the individual course listings for details).
GCSE Maths
These fee-paying courses are for people with a good grounding in Maths and who want to achieve a Maths GCSE qualification.
92
skills for life
Courses for Work and Study GCSE Maths Do you need GCSE Maths for access to teacher training, university or work? You should already have a good grounding in Maths, such as be able to work comfortably with percentages and decimals. Topics studied include algebra, statistics, geometry and graphs. You will take the GCSE Maths exam in May/June 2010. Enrolment for GCSE Maths takes place from September to December only. Police Access Do you want to join the Police Service? Did you know that The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) is actively seeking to recruit people from black and minority ethnic communities? On this course you can expect to develop the skills, knowledge and confidence you need to pass the Police Assessment process improved writing and maths skills, effective communication skills and good presentation skills. You will take the City & Guilds Level 1 or 2 National tests in Literacy and Numeracy at the end of the course. Writing For Work Do you want to communicate more effectively at work? Perhaps you are looking for a work and want to ensure your writing skills are up to speed. This accredited course is for people with good spoken English who want to brush up on writing reports, memos and formal letters. You will work towards City & Guilds English for Office Skills exams at either Level 1 or Level 2. Academic Writing This 10 week course provides the opportunity to develop and practice academic skills and conventions such as discussions, writing, reading and giving presentations. There will be language input relating to punctuation, grammar and style. Academic Writing is recommended for motivated students in Access programmes or for those preparing to take up university education through other pathways. To join this course English second language speakers must be at pre-advanced level (Level 1) or above and have good literacy skills.
Code FMK01A H FMK02A H
End 28 May 10 28 May 10
Days Mon/Fri Thurs/ Fri (term 3)
Times 10:00am 12:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm
Weeks 30 30
Fee 251 138 (c) 242 156 (c)
FPA01A H FPA02A H
Autumn 22 Sep 09 Spring 23 Feb 10
28 Jan 10 24 Jun 10
Tues/ Thurs Tues/ Thurs
6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm
15 15
0 0
FWW02A H FWW04A H
Autumn 17 Sep 09 Summer 22 Apr 10
10 Dec 09 1 Jul 10
Thurs Thurs
6:00pm 8:30pm 6:00pm 8:30pm
12 11
142 94 (c) 132 88 (c)
EAW01A H EAW02A H EAW03A H
24 Nov 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10
Tues Tues Tues
6:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm
10 10 10
120 72 (c) 120 72 (c) 120 72 (c)
Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) EPE01A H This very advanced level course is for students who have passed the CAE (ESOL Level 2 equivalent) and who wish to further extend EPE03A H their English language skills and qualifications. You will prepare to take the CPE exam in June 2010. Candidates register externally EPE04A H for the CPE exam. Certificate in Advanced English (CAE) This advanced level is for students who have a very good command of the English Language or who have passed the First Certificate (FCE) exam. This course will extend your knowledge of the English language and prepare you to take the CAE exam in June 2010. Candidates register externally for the CAE exam. IELTS This 11 week course prepares students for the IELTS examination and focuses on integral reading and writing skills. Universities, colleges and professional training institutions use IELTS as a guide for candidates suitability for admission to Higher Education courses. Candidates register externally for the final exam. Improve your Pronunciation This 10 week course is for intermediate level (Entry 3) and above students who want to practise speaking and pronunciation to develop their fluency. You will be introduced to phonological features of spoken English such as sounds, intonation and aspects of connected speech. EAE05A H EAE06A H EAE07A H ELT01A H ELT02A H ELT03A H EPR01A H EPR02A H EPR03A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 29 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 20 Apr 10
2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 5 Jul 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10
Mon/ Weds Mon/ Weds Mon/ Weds Mon/ Weds Mon/ Weds Mon/ Weds Mon/ Weds Mon/ Weds Mon/ Weds Tues Tues Tues
6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm
11 11 9 11 11 9 11 11 11 10 10 10
462 462 378 462 462 378 462 462 462 175 100 (c) 175 100 (c) 175 100 (c)
For the complete range of Skills for Life courses available at Morley College, please see the separate Skills for Life Guide 09/10.
93
visual arts
Events & Trips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Art History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Art for Adults with Learning Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Bookbinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Ceramics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Fashion & Clothes Making . . . . . . 101 Film & Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Glass Engraving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Jewellery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Painting & Drawing. . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Photography. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Printmaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Sculpture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Textiles, Craft Design & Related Subjects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
94
Beginner or a professional, come and experiment with colour, shape and form. We offer a broad range of courses and events to accommodate individual and group learning. Courses are taught by professional and highly skilled artists, designers, crafts people and historians.

Curriculum Manager: Kathy McLauchlan (020 7450 1851) Department Secretary: Stephen Wright (020 7450 1934) Email: visualarts@morleycollege.ac.uk Advice and information is available each Wednesday between 11am1pm during term time (apart from Fashion & Clothes Making) and at the special advice sessions at the beginning of the academic year (see p 5). Advice on Fashion & Clothes Making courses is available on Tuesdays between 11:30am12:30pm and Wednesdays between 4:45pm5:45pm, during term time only. Please contact the Department Secretary on 020 7450 1934 to make an appointment at other times.
Course Outline
Please be advised that at the time of enrolling for any course in Visual Art, you should request a copy of the Course Outline for that course. This will not only tell you what you should bring to the first meeting, but also more about the content, what you should hope to achieve and progression opportunities. Pick up a Course Outline at the time of enrolling.
Additional Costs Unless otherwise specified, there may be additional costs for materials, portfolio sessions, models, trips to museums, galleries and shows, etc. The tutor will advise where appropriate, but also check your copy of the Course Outline for information regarding possible additional costs. Please note: Student work may be photographed and recorded for educational and publicity purposes by the College. Please let your tutor know if you do not want your work photographed and used in this way.
Access/Additional Costs
Access We are working towards making Morley fully accessible. However, we regret that some teaching spaces in the Visual Arts Department have no wheelchair access; this includes Printmaking and some Painting & Drawing courses.
Events & Trips Amsterdam Many cities claim the title 'Venice of the North' but undoubtedly the strongest claim comes from the Netherlands. Amsterdam has thirteen hundred bridges crossing 63 miles of canals, the banks of which are adorned with some of the most impressive urban architecture in Europe. These buildings, dating from the 17th and 18th centuries, house many of the fifty or so museums and galleries in this lovely city. Among other treasures, Amsterdam offers the Rijksmuseum, which, during its reconstruction, is still showing its masterpieces. Many of these came from the brush of Rembrandt van Rijn, whose house, like that of Anne Frank, is now a museum. Only a short walk from the Rijksmuseum stands the Van Gogh museum. Amsterdam has something for everyone. The registration deadline is 27 March 2010. There will be a supplement of 75 for a single room. Tutors: Michael Kaye and Bennett Maxwell
Code VVE01A
End 24 May 10
Fee 425
95
Art History Gallery Visits An opportunity to enjoy and discuss contemporary art. The course gives a broad picture of the diversity of the current art scene in London, though some classes will be devoted to art of the late 20th Century. The first meeting will be at College, and subsequently at selected exhibitions and galleries. Tutor: Pierre Saurisse Gallery Visits An opportunity to discuss and enjoy art with others, meeting in galleries and exhibitions, with the tutor providing art historical background leading to discussion. The first meeting each term will be at the College, and subsequently at the chosen exhibition. Tutor: Anne Tockwell Gallery Visits Broaden your knowledge of techniques, art movements, art criticism, ideas and influences, traditional and modern. Discuss and enjoy art with other students and the artist/tutor who provides background information. The first meeting will be at the College, and thereafter we will visit major exhibitions and collections. Tutor: Suzan Swale European Art & Architecture in the Eighth Century We shall concentrate on the splendours of Insular Art (Ireland and the British Isles, works such as the Lindisfarne Gospels) but also consider Lombard Italy and the Rise of the Carolingians. Tutor: Barrie Singleton Collapse and Reinvention: European Art & Architecture in the 10th Century The collapse of the previous order was due to internal rivalries and external raiding by Vikings, Arabs, and Magyars. We concentrate on Ottonian Germany, and Later Anglo-Saxon England, with some consideration of Italy, and Byzantine Art after Iconoclasm. Tutor: Barrie Singleton A Survey of Spanish Art & Architecture: The Celts and Romans to the Arab Conquest NEW We study how the arrival of the Romans impacted on the rich artistic traditions of the Celts and Iberians in Spain, and how Roman art and architecture, forms and techniques, were developed in turn by the Visigoths. Tutor: Rose Walker A Survey of Spanish Art and Architecture: From the Arab Conquest to 1065 NEW The Arab conquest of 711 brought a new stimulus to art and architecture in Spain. Carolingian and Ottonian courts offered other ideas from the north. The new kingdoms of Spain drew on both. Tutor: Rose Walker Ten Iconic Works of Art and their Ramifications Why are works such as Duchamps Fountain of 1917, Manets Olympia and Warhols silk screen prints such landmarks in the history of art? What changes did they signify and how did they affect perceptions of art and artists thereafter? Tutor: Victoria Bennett English & European Stained Glass: 1300 1350 English Decorated Gothic stained glass as at the cathedrals of Bristol, Wells, and York, Tewksbury Abbey, and in college chapels and parish churches throughout the country. The first class will deal with the development of grisaille, and the last an innovation in Germany. Tutor: Nigel Swift Status & Style: Dress & Armour 1560 1600 Examining tomb effigies by specific workshops, for meanings behind their representation, production origins and historical significance. Including armour, cut and fit of garments, and archaeological survival of textiles and accessories. Tutor: Chrys Plumley
Code VAH29A VAH30A VAH31A VAH01A VAH02A VAH03A VAH04A VAH05A VAH06A
Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10
End 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10
Days Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Fri Fri Fri
Times 11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 1:00pm 11:30am 1:30pm 11:30am 1:30pm 11:30am 1:30pm 11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 1:00pm 1:30pm 3:45pm 1:30pm 3:45pm 6:45pm 9:00pm 6:45pm 9:00pm
Weeks 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11
Fee 106 53 (c) 97 49 (c) 97 49 (c) 106 53 (c) 97 49 (c) 97 49 (c) 106 53 (c) 97 49 (c) 97 49 (c) 116 58 (c) 105 53 (c) 116 92 (c) 106 85 (c)
Head of Section: Barrie Singleton. Email: barrie.singleton@morleycollege.ac.uk
VAH07A VAH08A
14 Dec 09 22 Mar 10
Mon Mon
13 11
VAH09A VAH10A
14 Dec 09 22 Mar 10
Mon Mon
13 11
VAH32A
Autumn 29 Sep 09
8 Dec 09
Tues
11:00am 1:00pm
10
88 44 (c)
VAH33A
Spring 12 Jan 10
16 Mar 10
Tues
11:00am 1:00pm
10
88 44 (c)
VAH15A
Autumn 29 Sep 09
8 Dec 09
Tues
2:00pm 4:00pm
10
88 44 (c)
VAH13A
Spring 12 Jan 10
16 Feb 10
Tues
2:00pm 4:00pm
59 30 (c)
VAH14A
Spring 23 Feb 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
2:00pm 4:00pm
49 24 (c)
96
visual arts
Art History Russian Art in Ferment: the 1890s to 1920 NEW The early twentieth Century was for Russia what the French Revolution had been for France, and Russian art keenly reflected this maelstrom of change. New fusions of traditional Russian and imported Western ideals resulted in unprecedented innovations and developments in Russian art. We consider the main forces in Russian art by focusing on key artists, such as Vrubel, Serov, Repin, Malevich, Kandinsky and others. Tutor: Alla Gould Gothic Art & Architecture around 1300 In this course there will be a heavy concentration on English Art and Architecture the Decorated Style, probably the most fertile and imaginative period in our history. Contemporary developments in France, Germany and Italy will be considered as relevant. Tutor: Barrie Singleton Early Gothic Revival Stained Glass: 1800-1855 The re-establishment of English Stained Glass continued in the earlier nineteenth century with artists such as Pugin and the three Ws: Willement, Wailes, and Warrington. We also consider contemporary glass in Scotland and on the Continent. Suitable equally for beginners and those already steeped in the subject. Tutor: Nigel Swift Byzantine Works of Art & Architecture in Detail We shall analyse particular items of the material culture of the Byzantine empire in detail, while also relating them to broader issues in the subject area. The material will be entirely different from that in 2008, and each of the classes will be self-contained. The course will clearly complement previous Byzantine teaching at Morley, but prior participation is not necessary. The course will be accessible to those without previous knowledge of Byzantine art and architecture. Tutor: Lyn Rodley Contemporary Art NEW This course explores contemporary art, and addresses a wide range of artistic disciplines like sculpture, photography, installation, etc. Some classes are devoted to one artist, while others will focus on specific issues. Tutor: Pierre Saurisse 1510 1540: Late Gothic or Renaissance? We continue to analyse and contrast artistic developments north and south of the Alps from Patinir to Titian. Tutor: Clare Ford-Wille Islamic Art in History: Crosscurrents How consistent is Islamic Art? To what extent does it lend to, or borrow from other cultures? We focus on melting-pot episodes from Sicily to Armenia, Tunisia to Indonesia, revealing fascinating cross-fertilisation with neighbouring regions and cultures. Includes museum visits. Tutor: Rowena Loverance The Artist's Studio: from David to Manet This course explores the role and importance of the artist's studio. You will learn about the teaching methods of David, Ingres, Couture and others, and discover the lasting impact they had on the development of 19th-Century French art. Tutor: Kathleen Mclauchlan Turner and the Masters We shall examine Turner's relationship with the 'Old Masters', such as Claude and Ruisdael, as a background to the autumn exhibition at Tate Britain. Tutor: Clare Ford-Wille Annibale Carracci & Caravaggio: Two Revolutionary Artists Carracci and Caravaggio died four hundred years ago. On 4 Dec we explore the early careers of both artists in Bologna and Rome between 1590 and 1602. On 19 Feb we analyse their short mature careers in Rome between 1602 and 1610, and consider their influence upon their contemporaries and successors. Tutor: Clare Ford-Wille
Code VAH34A
End 10 Nov 09
Days Tues
Times 7:00pm 8:30pm
Weeks 6
Fee 44 22 (c)
VAH11A VAH12A
16 Dec 09 24 Mar 10
Weds Weds
10:45am 1:00pm 10:45am 1:00pm
13 11
116 58 (c) 105 53 (c)
VRS01A
Autumn 23 Sep 09
28 Oct 09
Weds
2:00pm 4:00pm
59 30 (c)
VAH17A
Spring 13 Jan 10
10 Mar 10
Weds
2:00pm 4:00pm
80 40 (c)
VAH35A VAH36A
25 Nov 09 3 Mar 10
Weds Weds
7:00pm 9:00pm 7:00pm 9:00pm
8 8
69 55 (c) 69 55 (c)
VAH21A
Spring 21 Jan 10
25 Mar 10
Thurs
11:00am 1:00pm
10
88 44 (c)
VAH22A
Spring 14 Jan 10
18 Mar 10
Thurs
2:00pm 4:00pm
10
88 44 (c)
VAH25A VAH26A
27 Nov 09 19 Mar 10
Fri Fri
11:00am 1:00pm 11:00am 1:00pm
10 10
88 44 (c) 88 44 (c)
VFA01A
Autumn 8 Nov 09
8 Nov 09
Sun
11:00am 4:00pm
37
VAH37A VAH38A
Autumn 4 Dec 09 Spring 19 Feb 10
4 Dec 09 19 Feb 10
Fri Fri
11:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 4:00pm
1 1
37 18 (c) 37 18 (c)
97
Art for Adults with Learning Disabilities
Code
Start
End
Days
Times
Weeks
Fee
Access artistic expression in a safe learning environment. Where applicable, these courses are assisted by a Learning Support Worker. All materials are provided on these courses. City & Guilds Drawing & Painting 7722 22, Level 1 Certificate in Design and Craft Students will use a wide range of media including drawing, painting, collage, printmaking and sculpture to improve their skills and technical ability. The fee includes C&G registration and certification costs. Enrolment by interview with Learning Support. Call 020 7450 1914. Tutor: Prodeepta Okell Art for Adults with Learning Disabilities Experiment with a wide range of materials to produce individual and collaborative pieces for exhibiting in enjoyable and productive classes. Enrolment by interview with Learning Support. Call 020 7450 1914. Tutor: Prodeepta Okell VLD01A Summer 20 Apr 10 22 Jun 10 Tues 11:00am 4:00pm 9 0
VLD04A VLD05A VLD06A VLD07A VLD08A
Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Start
24 Nov 09 16 Mar 10 24 Nov 09 16 Mar 10 22 Jun 10 End
Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Days
1:30pm 3:30pm 1:30pm 3:30pm 6:30pm 8:30pm 6:30pm 8:30pm 6:30pm 8:30pm Times
10 10 10 10 10 Weeks
0 0 0 0 0 Fee
Bookbinding
Code
Our bookbinding students have won awards in national competitions and have had their work exhibited in the British Museum. Tuition caters for individual requirements. Bookbinding: Beginners This is the formal textbook course: a sound basis for advancing into design, conservation, historical and other related skills. It covers the production of pamphlet booklets, cased and library binding, with basic instruction on methods of gold tooling and lettering. Tutors: Young Sin Kim (YSK), David Mills (DM) VBB01A (YSK) VBB02A (YSK) VBB03A (YSK) VBB04A (DM) VBB05A (DM) VBB06A (DM) Bookbinding: Intermediate & Advanced This course is for students with experience of bookbinding. Students will work on the following: fine leather binding, box making, gold finishing and book repair. Tutor: Nick Cowlishaw VBB07A VBB08A VBB09A VBB10A VBB11A VBB12A Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs 2:00pm 4:30pm 2:00pm 4:30pm 2:00pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 139 69 (c) 127 64 (c) 127 64 (c) 196 157 (c) 179 143 (c) 179 143 (c) 139 69 (c) 127 64 (c) 127 64 (c) 196 98 (c) 179 90 (c) 179 90 (c)
98
visual arts
Ceramics
Code
Start
End
Days
Times
Weeks
Fee
Head of Section: Jill Crowley. Email: jill.crowley@morleycollege.ac.uk Explore different uses of clay and glazes, including the use of the wheel, press moulding and construction techniques in developing individual creative potential. New students are welcome at the beginning of each term. Ceramics: Beginners This is an introduction to the basic skills and processes of making and decorating in clay. The emphasis is on experimentation. Completion of this course equips students to move on to mixed level courses. Tutors: Annette Welch (AW), Derek James (DJ), Duncan Hooson (DH) VCE01A (AW) (DJ) (DH) VCE02A (AW) VCE03A (AW) VCE04A (AW) VCE05A (AW) VCE06A (AW) VCE07A (JC) VCE08A (JC) VCE09A (JC) VCE10A (AW) VCE11A (AW) VCE12A (AW) VCE13A (JC) VCE14A (JC) VCE15A (JC) VCE16A (DH) VCE17A (DH) VCE18A (DH) VCE19A (DH) VCE20A (DH) VCE21A (DH) VCE22A (DH) VCE23A (DH) VCE24A (DH) Autumn 18 Sep 09 11 Dec 09 Fri 10:00am 1:00pm 12 191 96 (c)
Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10
26 Mar 10 25 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10
Fri Fri Mon Mon Mon Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs
10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm
11 10 12 11 10 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11
175 88 (c) 160 81 (c) 191 152 (c) 175 140 (c) 160 127 (c) 160 81 (c) 146 73 (c) 146 73 (c) 191 152 (c) 175 140 (c) 175 140 (c) 160 81 (c) 146 73 (c) 146 73 (c) 191 152 (c) 175 140 (c) 175 140 (c) 160 81 (c) 146 73 (c) 146 73 (c) 191 152 (c) 175 140 (c) 175 140 (c)
Ceramics: Mixed including Beginners This course is aimed at students at beginner/intermediate level who wish to study the skills and processes of making and decorating in clay. The emphasis is on experimentation. Completion of this course equips students to move on to intermediate/advanced courses. Tutors: Annette Welch (AW), Jill Crowley (JC), Duncan Hooson (DH)
99
Ceramics Ceramics: Intermediate & Advanced This course is aimed at students at intermediate/advanced level who wish to study the skills and processes of making and decorating in clay. The emphasis is on experimentation and a professional approach. Tutors: Jill Crowley (JC), Duncan Hooson (DH)
Code VCE25A H (JC) VCE26A H (JC) VCE27A H (JC) VCE28A H (JC) VCE29A H (JC) VCE30A H (JC) VCE31A H (DH) VCE32A H (DH) VCE33A H (DH)
Start Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 26 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 24 Apr 10 Autumn 26 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 24 Apr 10 Autumn 27 Sep 09
End 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 28 Nov 09 20 Mar 10 12 Jun 10 28 Nov 09 20 Mar 10 12 Jun 10 4 Oct 09
Days Tues Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Sat Sat Sat Sat Sat Sat Sun
Times 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 9:30am 12:30pm 9:30am 12:30pm 9:30am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 10:00am 4:00pm
Weeks 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 4 4 3 4 4 3 2
Fee 191 95 (c) 175 88 (c) 175 88 (c) 191 95 (c) 175 88 (c) 175 88 (c) 191 95 (c) 175 88 (c) 175 88 (c) 69 35 (c) 69 35 (c) 53 27 (c) 69 35 (c) 69 35 (c) 53 27 (c) 64
Family Pottery This is an opportunity for adults and children (6 years+) to learn pottery together in a friendly atmosphere. Bring an apron or old shirt. Tutor: Annette Welch
VCE34A VCE35A VCE36A VCE38A VCE39A VCE40A
Making and Decoration NEW Functional decorated bowls are always enjoyable to make and a pleasure to use. Make work ready for decorating by various methods (throwing or press moulds) and explore the decorative qualities of slips and pattern. Suitable for all levels of experience. Fashion & Clothes Making
VCE41A
Code
Start
End
Days
Times
Weeks
Fee
Head of Section: Jean Mumford (020 7450 1844). Email: jean.mumford@morleycollege.ac.uk These courses are suitable for a wide range of abilities and interests. Teaching methods emphasise and encourage a professional approach. Advice and information for all courses is available on Tuesdays between 11:30am 12:30pm and Wednesdays between 4:45pm 5:45pm, during term time only. Please contact Jean should you wish to make an appointment at any other time. Clothes Making: Beginners For beginners and those returning, this project-based course provides a thorough introduction to clothes making using commercial patterns. Dealing with a different garment type each term: Autumn skirts, Spring tops and Summer trousers, and using a step-by-step approach, this course lays a foundation for future development. Tutors: Jean Mumford (JM), Vanda Finney (VF) VFC01A (JM) VFC02A (JM) VFC03A (JM) VFC04A (JM) VFC05A (JM) VFC06A (JM) VFC07A (VF) VFC08A (VF) VFC09A (VF) Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 12 11 10 12 11 10 12 11 10 163 81 (c) 149 74 (c) 136 68 (c) 163 81 (c) 149 74 (c) 136 68 (c) 163 131 (c) 149 119 (c) 136 108 (c)
100
visual arts
Fashion & Clothes Making Clothes Making: Intermediate & Advanced This course is for students wishing to improve and develop professional skills in all types of garment making. Students work on their own projects and must have completed three terms of the Beginners course or have equivalent experience. Tutors: Jean Mumford (JM), Gillian Maskelyne (GM)
Code VFC10A H (JM) VFC11A H (JM) VFC12A H (JM) VFC13A H (GM) VFC14A H (GM) VFC15A H (GM) VFC16A H (JM) VFC17A H (JM) VFC18A H (JM)
Start Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10
End 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10
Days Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri Tues Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds
Times 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm
Weeks 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11
Fee 164 82 (c) 150 75 (c) 150 75 (c) 164 131 (c) 150 120 (c) 150 120 (c) 164 82 (c) 150 75 (c) 150 75 (c) 158 79 (c) 144 72 (c) 144 72 (c) 158 126 (c) 144 115 (c) 144 115 (c) 152 76 (c) 140 70 (c) 140 70 (c) 152 76 (c) 140 70 (c) 140 70 (c) 158 79 (c) 144 72 (c) 144 72 (c) 164 82 (c) 150 75 (c) 136 68 (c)
Pattern Cutting: Beginners A thorough introduction to modern methods of flat pattern cutting for beginners or those returning, you will be taught how to make basic blocks. Each term deals with a different garment block: Autumn skirt, Spring bodice and sleeve, Summer trouser. Basic shape manipulation, pattern making and toiling are covered. Sewing skills are desirable but not essential. Tutor: Linda Powell
VFC19A VFC20A VFC21A VFC22A VFC23A VFC24A
Pattern Cutting: Intermediate & Advanced This course is for students wishing to develop their skills through further study of manipulation techniques and the creation of more complex patterns for all types of garments. Students work on their own projects and must have attended three terms of the Beginners pattern cutting or have equivalent experience. Tutor: Consalvo Pellecchia
VFC25A H VFC26A H VFC27A H VFC28A H VFC29A H VFC30A H
Tailoring for Men and Women Learn to tailor beautiful garments using a mixture of modern and traditional methods. Although students will be encouraged to work on their own projects, each term will focus on a different aspect: Autumn coats, Spring jackets and Summer trousers. This course is not suitable for beginners. Tutor: Mei Lan Wong Professional Sewing Techniques Each term a different range of techniques including sleeves, plackets, pockets, zips, collars, etc, will be taught to enable students to improve their garment making skills and knowledge. Students will produce an extensive reference work of samples and instructions to keep. This course is not suitable for beginners. Tutor: Jean Mumford
101
Fashion & Clothes Making Period & Theatrical Hat Making This course covers a variety of historical periods and a wide range of construction methods including production methods for theatre and film for both men and women. Basic sewing skills are required. Autumn: Vintage Hats explore the felt hat making methods of the 40s and 50s, and produce couture or everyday working shapes. Spring: Costume Drama This course will enable students to reproduce the bonnets and toppers from Dickens, Jane Austen and Thackeray times. Summer: Shakespeare in Love An extraordinary chance to make hats from Tudor times to the Renaissance using authentic cut shapes. Students will be taught how to make constructed hats from simple patterns. Tutor: Jane Smith Professional Hat Making Learn how to make beautiful hats for men and women using a range of professional methods. Basic sewing skills required. Autumn: Felt Blocking and Flat Felt patterns Steaming and blocking, cutting and stitching, to make todays felt hats with flair. Spring: Sinamay, Straw Raffia and Cane Experiment with shape while learning modern hat making techniques in stitched and moulded straw materials. Summer: Cut and Stitch Hats for Everyday or Special Occasions Using a wide range of materials, learn how to cut and construct hats from your own patterns. Tutor: Jane Smith Draping on the Stand An exciting, creative way to design and create patterns for clothing in three dimensions. Draping will increase your understanding of working directly with the human form. Previous experience of flat pattern cutting is useful but not essential. Tutor: Gillian Maskelyne Fashion Design Students wishing to develop their design skills, including pattern cutters and clothes makers, and those wishing to go on to further study, will be taught how to research, create and present their ideas through project work using illustration, sketchbooks and design boards. Ideal as a taster with the option to continue on for students interested in further development. Tutor: Giuseppe Gallo Tailor-Made: Surface and Structure NEW Learn how to create and keep the surface shape of a garment through the use of interfacings, interlinings, canvas, etc. This course will cover the materials and methods of producing a beautiful shaped jacket using the inside layers and is suitable for students interested in tailoring their own garments. Tutor: Mei Lan Wong Tailor-Made: Sleeves and Shoulder Pads NEW Students will be shown how to create a beautifully crafted shoulder and sleeve. They will learn the methods, approach and materials to set-in and support a sleeve correctly and how to use a garment pattern to make shoulder pads for a perfectly flattering shoulder line. This course is not suitable for beginners. Tutor: Mei Lan Wong Tailor-Made: Details NEW This course will teach a range of techniques from a tailoring perspective to enable students to understand and master these difficult details, bringing a more professional, quality look to their garments. Included will be bound buttonholes, welt pocket with a flap, different vents including mock, etc. Experienced skills are essential. Tutor: Mei Lan Wong Professional Fit: Skirts NEW This course is suitable for students who find it difficult to achieve a successful fit. The focus of the course will be on a basic skirt and the principles of good fit discussed and demonstrated. Not suitable for beginners. Tutor: Vanda Finney
Code VFC37A VFC38A VFC39A
End 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10
Days Thurs Thurs Thurs
Weeks 12 11 11
Fee 169 85 (c) 154 78 (c) 154 78 (c)
VFC40A VFC41A VFC42A
11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10
Fri Fri Fri
10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm
12 11 11
165 83 (c) 150 75 (c) 150 75 (c)
Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 10 Oct 09
9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10
Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds
6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
12 11 11 12 11 11
158 126 (c) 144 115 (c) 144 115 (c) 158 126 (c) 144 115 (c) 144 115 (c) 43 35 (c)
VFC49A
11 Oct 09
Sat/ Sun
VFC50A
Spring 6 Mar 10
7 Mar 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC51A
Summer 24 Apr 10
25 Apr 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC52A
Spring 6 Mar 10
7 Mar 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
102
visual arts
Fashion & Clothes Making Professional Fit: Bodices NEW Students will develop their skills by working on a basic bodice shape, enabling better fitting dresses, shirts, blouses and tops. This course can be taken alone or used to build on Professional Fit: Skirt and Trousers. Not suitable for beginners. Tutor: Vanda Finney Luxurious Lingerie NEW Students will learn some of the basic methods used in making lingerie in this course which will cover rouleau making, attaching lace and other trimmings, making French seams and handling difficult fabrics. This course is not suitable for beginners. Tutor: Gillian Maskelyne The Bias Drape NEW Of interest to students with some draping or pattern cutting experience who want to extend their skills by learning how to drape fabric on the bias. They will learn how to use a dressmakers stand, and to understand fabric and seam replacement for a variety of styles. This course is not suitable for beginners in the subject. Tutor: Gillian Maskelyne
Code VFC53A
End 12 Jun 10
Days Sat
Weeks 2
Fee 43 35 (c)
VFC54A
Autumn 7 Nov 09
8 Nov 09
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC55A
Spring 30 Jan 10
31 Jan 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC56A Draping for Vintage Dresses NEW Be inspired by the dresses of the 20s and 30s as worn by Jean Harlow, Greta Garbo and other Hollywood stars. A rare opportunity to learn the skills necessary to recreate these glamorous styles. This course is not suitable for beginners in the subject. Tutor: Gillian Maskelyne Ballroom Dancewear: the Bodice NEW Learn the basic skills necessary to construct a simple stretch bodice for ballroom dancing. Adapting simple patterns, sewing stretch fabrics, using power net, etc, will be taught. This course will be of interest to students who want to make clothing for ballroom dancing for themselves and others. This course is not suitable for beginners. Tutor: Brigit Strowbridge Ballroom Dancewear: the Gown NEW This course can be taken alone or used to build on Ballroom Dancewear: the Bodice. Adapt a simple pattern to make a gown using stretch fabrics, power net, etc. Students will also be taught how to sew sequins and simple beading. This course is not suitable for beginners. Tutor: Brigit Strowbridge Pattern Cutting Using Simple Shapes: Skirts NEW Make patterns for skirts from circles, squares, triangles, etc. This course will appeal to students who have never made patterns before and anyone interested in the simple garments of other cultures. A fun, easy way to turn 2-D materials into 3-D shapes. No previous experience necessary. Tutor: Linda Powell Pattern Cutting Using Simple Shapes: Tops NEW Rectangles, squares, etc. can produce a kimono, a poncho, a cape, etc. Make patterns for tops from these simple geometric shapes. Can be taken alone or as a follow-on to the previous skirt course. No previous experience necessary. Tutor: Linda Powell Pattern Cutting Using Simple Shapes: Trousers NEW Fantastic flattering trousers can be cut from simple geometric shapes. Make simple patterns for this complex part of the body. Can be taken alone or as a follow-on to the previous two courses. No previous experience necessary. Tutor: Linda Powell Intermediate Pattern Cutting: The Coat Block NEW Students will be taught how to use a basic coat block to draft patterns for a variety of styles and features including double breasted, raglan sleeve, collars, facings, linings, developing their skills and understandings. Students must have attended the beginners course or have equivalent experience. VFC57A
Summer 22 May 10
23 May 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
Autumn 14 Nov 09
28 Nov 09
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
52 41 (c)
VFC58A
Spring 13 Feb 10
27 Feb 10
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
52 41 (c)
VFC59A
Autumn 26 Sep 09
27 Sep 09
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC60A
Spring 16 Jan 10
17 Jan 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC61A
Summer 17 Apr 10
18 Apr 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC62A
Autumn 3 Oct 09
4 Oct 09
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
103
Fashion & Clothes Making Creative Pattern Cutting 1 NEW Based on the ideas in Tomoko Nakamichis books Pattern Magic, students will be encouraged to push the traditional boundaries of pattern cutting to create fascinating and unexpected shapes that will develop their skills and add new dimensions to their garments. This course is suitable for intermediate/advanced students. Creative Pattern Cutting 2 NEW This course will further explore methods used in the Pattern Magic books. This course can be taken alone or used to build on the skills developed in Creative Pattern Cutting 1. This course is suitable for intermediate/advanced students. Adobe Illustrator for Fashion 1 This course will introduce the use of computers into fashion illustration. Adobe Illustrator can be used for garment design, mood boards, page layout etc. with the emphasis on illustration. Students must have basic computer skills. Tutor: Alex Milazzo Adobe Illustrator for Fashion 2 NEW This course will build on the skills gained in Adobe Illustrator for Fashion 1. Students must have basic computer skills. Tutor: Alex Milazzo Cut and Stitch Fabric Hats NEW Learn to make patterns for simple cut and stitched hats and construct them from a choice of different fabrics. Berets, beanies and caps will be covered and creativity encouraged. Students must be able to use a sewing machine successfully. Tutor: Karen Shannon Cut and Stitch Vintage Hats NEW Taking as inspiration the hats from the early part of 20th Century, this course will enable students to recreate that look while encouraging a modern twist. Students must be able to use a sewing machine successfully. Tutor: Karen Shannon Hats from Recycled Materials NEW Challenge your creativity by making hats from other hats or other garments altogether. Re-cycle second-hand or discarded materials by transforming them into fantastic headwear. Students must be able to use a sewing machine successfully. Tutor: Karen Shannon The Craft of the Milliner NEW A rare opportunity to make and use your own trimmings for hats. You will be shown a wide variety of techniques using organdie, feathers, ribbons, etc. to make mounts, cockades, bows and fascinators. Suitable for anyone interested in the subject. Tutor: Isabella Mazzitelli Life Drawing for Fashion NEW This course will encourage and enable students interested in clothing or fashion design to study the human form, proportion and posture, and make comparisons with the fashion figure. Part of the time will be spent on location and part of the time will be drawing from a model. Suitable for anyone interested in the subject. Tutor: Giuseppe Gallo The Fast Fashion Sketch NEW This course will enable students to capture and communicate visual ideas rapidly, particularly valuable to those interested in clothing design. After spending the first day in the studio, the second will be on location using the skills gained from the previous day. Suitable for anyone interested in the subject. Tutor: Giuseppe Gallo
Code VFC63A
End 24 Jan 10
Days Sat/ Sun
Weeks 1
Fee 43 35 (c)
VFC64A
Summer 15 May 10
16 May 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC65A
Summer 8 May 10
15 May 10
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC66A
Summer 22 May 10
29 May 10
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC67A
Autumn 5 Dec 09
6 Dec 09
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC68A
Spring 13 Mar 10
20 Mar 10
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC69A
Summer 27 Jun 10
4 Jul 10
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
57
VFC70A
Autumn 17 Oct 09
24 Oct 09
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC71A
Autumn 3 Oct 09
4 Oct 09
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
VFC72A
Spring 30 Jan 10
31 Jan 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
43 35 (c)
104
visual arts
Fashion & Clothes Making Drawing Fabrics for Fashion NEW This course will teach students how to recreate the look of textiles and fabrics, particularly valuable to those involved in fashion, knitwear or textile design. Using a variety of media, this course will enable the student to improve their ability to communicate their ideas in a visual form. Suitable for anyone interested in the subject. Tutor: Giuseppe Gallo Introduction to Fashion Styling NEW A one day course introducing the basic principles behind fashion styling. Explore body shape, appropriate cuts and styles, lifestyle, colour, etc. and how to decide on the look required. Suitable for anyone interested in the subject. Tutor: Giuseppe Gallo Introduction to Photoshop for Fashion NEW This course will enable the student to gain a good understanding of the basic skills of scanning, editing, retouching, rendering textiles, etc. with the emphasis on using photographic images. Suitable for students who have basic computer skills. Tutor: Alex Milazzo Film & Video
Code VFC73A
End 8 May 10
Days Sat
Weeks 1
Fee 22 17 (c)
VFC74A
Summer 19 Jun 10
19 Jun 10
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
22 17 (c)
VFC75A
Summer 16 May 10
23 May 10
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
57
Code
End 27 Nov 09
Days Fri
Times 2:30pm 5:00pm
Weeks 10
Fee 122 61 (c)
The Art of the Moving Image: Introduction VFM01A Introducing the study of the moving image as an art form. We will look at how filmmakers and artists have used film and time-based media to explore themes and ideas, and experiment with techniques and approaches. We will study a range of topics including film art, cinematography, narrative, animation, abstract film, art direction, sound design, film movements, authorship, avant-garde and experimental film. Includes screenings and extracts. Suitable for anyone with an interest in film and film-making (although students should note this is not a practical film-making course). Tutor: Fay Hoolahan The Art of the Moving Image: Cinema and the City Introducing the study of the moving image as an art form. The city has been significant in the development of film and timebased art, and this course will look at how this theme has been explored in the work of different artists and filmmakers. Tutor: Fay Hoolahan The Art of the Moving Image: Landscape and Film Introducing the study of the moving image as an art form, which looks at how filmmakers and artists have explored ideas, approaches and techniques in a range of work. The focus for the Summer term is the theme of landscape in film and moving image art. Tutor: Fay Hoolahan Film & Video for Artists This course introduces and explores the use of moving image techniques in a visual art context. Students will be able to develop creative ideas within projects, learning essential production skills at a basic level including: pre-production, storyboards, visualisation, camera operation, sound, editing and digital post-production. Tutor: Fay Hoolahan Introduction to Stop Motion Animation An introduction to stop motion animation and pixilation using objects and people. Students will explore 2D and 3D animation techniques and produce a short animated film. Tutor: John Horabin Stop Motion Animation: Intermediate NEW Learn how to create professional stop motion animation and to create your own world. Students will plan, research and work as part of a team to produce short animated films. Tutor: John Horabin VFM02A
Spring 15 Jan 10
19 Mar 10
Fri
2:30pm 5:00pm
10
122 61 (c)
VFM03A
Summer 16 Apr 10
25 Jun 10
Fri
2:30pm 5:00pm
10
122 61 (c)
VFM04A VFM05A VFM06A VFM07A VFM08A
Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10
7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 3 Dec 09 25 Mar 10
Mon Mon Mon Thurs Thurs
12 11 10 11 11
172 138 (c) 158 126 (c) 144 115 (c) 154 123 (c) 154 123 (c) 154 123 (c) 154 123 (c)
VFM09A VFM10A
24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10
Weds Weds
11 11
105
Glass Engraving Glass Engraving: Mixed Levels Suitable for all levels. Beginners will be introduced to the techniques of point, flexible-drive drill and copper wheel engraving on a one-to-one basis. More experienced students generally work on their own projects although subjects are introduced throughout each term. Tutor: Freddie Quartley Jewellery
Code VGE04A VGE05A VGE06A Code
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Start
End 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 End
Days Mon Mon Mon Days
Times 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm Times
Weeks 12 11 9 Weeks
Fee 137 69 (c) 125 63 (c) 103 51 (c) Fee
Head of Section: Helen Smith. Email: helen.smith@morleycollege.ac.uk Our courses will encourage students, from absolute beginners to the more advanced, to develop new skills, creativity and gain confidence in jewellery making. Equipment and base materials are provided, while those wishing to work in precious metals will be advised where to buy the necessary materials. There are opportunities to exhibit course work in the Morley showcases and our students have won awards in national competitions and exhibited at the V&A Museum. Students will be given inductions in equipment use and correct workshop practice. Some of our courses require tutor approval. Jewellery: Beginners On this course students work at their own pace. You will work through a series of technical exercises designed to encourage familiarity and proficiency with the materials and processes used in the studio, to create several pieces of jewellery. Tutor: Paul Wells VJE01A VJE02A VJE03A VJE04A VJE05A VJE06A Jewellery: Beginners & Intermediate This course includes a beginners introduction package while those with some previous experience will be encouraged to develop their ideas and extend their skills with further jewellery making techniques. Tutors: Nuala Jamison (NJ), Paul Wells (PW) VJE07A (NJ) VJE08A (NJ) VJE09A (NJ) VJE10A (PW) VJE11A (PW) VJE12A (PW) Jewellery: Mixed Levels These courses cover a wide range of jewellery making techniques and encourage students to work confidently with a range of materials such as precious metals, stones, plastics etc. Contemporary trends are studied through visits and slides. Tutor: Nuala Jamison VJE13A VJE14A VJE15A VJE16A VJE17A VJE18A VJE19A VJE20A VJE21A VJE22A VJE23A VJE24A Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 Thurs Thurs Thurs Fri Fri Fri Mon Mon Mon Fri Fri Fri Mon Mon Mon Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 10 12 11 11 12 11 10 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 191 152 (c) 175 140 (c) 175 140 (c) 160 80 (c) 146 73 (c) 146 73 (c) 160 80 (c) 146 73 (c) 122 61 (c) 160 80 (c) 146 73 (c) 146 73 (c) 191 152 (c) 175 140 (c) 159 127 (c) 160 80 (c) 146 73 (c) 146 73 (c) 160 80 (c) 146 73 (c) 146 73 (c) 191 152 (c) 175 140 (c) 175 140 (c)
106
visual arts
Jewellery Jewellery: Intermediate For students who have a good knowledge of basic jewellery making techniques wishing to develop their own ideas and improve their skills to a professional level. Students should have attended jewellery making classes regularly for a year and feel confident to work independently. Visual research and the development of original ideas are an important aspect of this course. Tutors: Helen Smith (HS), Lina Peterson (LP)
Code VJE25A (HS) VJE26A (HS) VJE27A (HS) VJE28A (HS) VJE29A (HS) VJE30A (HS) VJE31A (LP) VJE32A (LP) VJE33A (LP)
Start Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 10 Oct 09
End 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10 24 Oct 09
Days Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Fri Fri Fri Sat
Times 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
Weeks 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 3
Fee 160 80 (c) 156 83 (c) 156 83 (c) 194 100 (c) 179 93 (c) 179 93 (c) 201 162 (c) 185 150 (c) 185 150 (c) 170 90 (c) 156 83 (c) 156 83 (c) 194 100 (c) 179 93 (c) 179 93 (c) 191 152 (c) 175 140 (c) 175 140 (c) 96 77 (c)
Jewellery: Advanced VJE34A H These courses include a varied programme of jewellery making techniques and guide students through the design process. VJE35A H Projects are based on jewellery pieces and small scale silverware. You will be encouraged to exhibit in group and individual shows VJE36A H and to build up a portfolio of work. Tutor: Helen Smith VJE37A H VJE38A H VJE39A H Jewellery: Workshop An open workshop for all levels. Beginners will be guided through traditional techniques to create several pieces of jewellery while more experienced students will be encouraged to design and produce their own work using existing skills and new techniques. Tutor: Drew Perridge Jewellery: Beginners NEW This three day course will give you an introduction into the art of jewellery making using precious and base metals. You will cover skills such as saw piercing, filing, soldering and polishing with the aim to develop confidence in the studio while creating some beautiful pieces of jewellery. Tutor: Felicity Denby Jewellery: Beginners and Continuing NEW This three day course will cover the basics of jewellery making, while exploring further techniques through demonstrations and simple projects. For all levels, enabling students with some previous experience to extend their skills. Tutor: Felicity Denby Jewellery: Beginners NEW This three day course will give you an introduction into the art of jewellery making using precious and base metals. You will cover skills such as saw piercing, filing, soldering and polishing with the aim to develop confidence in the studio while creating some beautiful pieces of jewellery. Tutor: Felicity Denby Jewellery: Beginners and Continuing NEW This three day course will cover the basics of jewellery making while exploring further techniques through demonstrations and simple projects. For all levels, enabling students with some previous experience to extend their skills. Tutor: Felicity Denby VJE40A VJE41A VJE42A VJE44A
VJE46A
Autumn 14 Nov 09
28 Nov 09
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
96 77 (c)
VJE47A
Spring 16 Jan 10
30 Jan 10
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
96 77 (c)
VJE50A
Spring 13 Feb 10
27 Feb 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
96 77 (c)
107
Jewellery Jewellery: Beginners NEW This three day course will give you an introduction into the art of jewellery making using precious and base metals. You will cover skills such as saw piercing, filing, soldering and polishing with the aim to develop confidence in the studio while creating some beautiful pieces of jewellery. Tutor: Felicity Denby Jewellery: Beginners and Continuing NEW This three day course will cover the basics of jewellery making while exploring further techniques through demonstrations and simple projects. For all levels, enabling students with some previous experience to extend their skills. Tutor: Felicity Denby Jewellery Taster Course NEW This two day course for beginners will give you an introduction into the exciting processes and techniques of jewellery making. Working with precious and base metals you will have the opportunity to create one or two simple pieces of jewellery. Tutor: Jane Crockett An Introduction to Enamelling NEW This two day practical course will allow you to explore the many techniques and brilliance of colour that enamel can contribute to jewellery making. This course is suitable for those with some experience of jewellery making who are interested in incorporating colour enamels into their work. Tutor: Joan Mackarell Jewellery: An Introduction to working with Silver Clay NEW Explore working with this innovative material that moulds and handles like clay but fires into pure silver. This one day practical workshop will guide you through the techniques involved to create pieces of jewellery from precious metal clay. Tutor: Nuala Jamison Jewellery: Continuing with Silver Clay NEW This one day course is for those who have had some experience of working with Silver Clay and want to develop and further their skills of working with this innovative material. Tutor: Nuala Jamison Jewellery: Working with Found Objects NEW This short course will explore the narrative within contemporary jewellery by building on the stories of found objects and materials. By combining found objects with materials such as silver, each student will create one piece of jewellery developed from their own designs. For students who have some jewellery making experience. Tutor: Lina Peterson Jewellery: Creative Settings NEW Learn how to make creative settings and build bespoke mountings for a variety of decorative stones and materials. Unusual shaped stones, wood and ceramics are just some of the materials that can be used on this two day practical course for making creative pieces of jewellery. Tutor: Drew Perridge Jewellery: Cuttlefish Casting NEW Explore this fascinating and ancient technique of using cuttlefish bone to create a mould into which can be poured molten metal. The project for the weekend will be making a spoon combining the use of the cuttlefish mould and found natural objects. Basic jewellery making skills advantage. Tutor: Barbara Christie
Code VJE54A
End 22 May 10
Days Sat
Weeks 3
Fee 96 77 (c)
VJE55A
Summer 12 Jun 10
26 Jun 10
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
96 77 (c)
VJE43A
Autumn 26 Sep 09
27 Sep 09
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
69 55 (c)
VJE52A
Autumn 7 Nov 09
8 Nov 09
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
69 55 (c)
VJE48A
Spring 6 Feb 10
6 Feb 10
Sat
10:00am 4:00pm
42 34 (c)
VJE49A
Spring 7 Feb 10
7 Feb 10
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
42
VJE51A
Spring 6 Mar 10
7 Mar 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
69 59 (c)
VJE45A
Summer 17 Apr 10
18 Apr 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
69 55 (c)
VJE53A
Summer 24 Apr 10
25 Apr 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
69 55 (c)
108
visual arts
Painting & Drawing
Code
Start
End
Days
Times
Weeks
Fee
These courses enable students to gain confidence and develop their creative abilities. New students, including absolute beginners, are always welcome. At the first session the tutor will indicate what materials will be required. Most of these may be purchased at the College via your course tutor. There are opportunities to exhibit work in tutor-organised shows in the College and the biannual student exhibition, MADE, in the Morley Gallery. We are working towards making Morley fully accessible. However, we regret that some of these courses may not be accessible to wheelchair users. Please enquire at the Enrolment Desk. Drawing for the Terrified For all of you who long to draw but have been too terrified to start a first step towards a long adventure discovering the nature of colour and tone. Tutor: Richard Box Experimental Painting & Drawing Discover experimental techniques using a variety of drawing media, pastels, acrylics and oils. Some work will be from direct observation. All levels are welcome and fees include materials, except the canvas. PLEASE NOTE: turpentine will be used so personal health and safety must be considered before enrolling. Tutor: Gillian Melling Face to Face: Portrait Painting for Beginners Do faces fascinate you? Learn the basics of the tradition with a fresh approach to application. No experience necessary. Beginners begin with structured drawing from plaster casts. Tutor: Douglas Druce VPD02A Summer 27 Apr 10 28 Apr 10 Tues/ Weds 10:00am 5:00pm 1 106 53 (c)
VPD04A
Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 22 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10
10 Dec 09
Thurs
6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm
12
150 120 (c) 137 110 (c) 196 156 (c) 179 143 (c) 162 129 (c) 183 146 (c) 183 146 (c) 150 120 (c) 177 89 (c) 177 89 (c)
VPD05A
25 Mar 10
Thurs
11
VPD07A VPD08A VPD09A VPD10A VPD11A VPD12A
7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 15 Jun 10 27 Nov 09 19 Mar 10
Mon Mon Mon Tues Tues Tues Fri Fri
12 11 10 11 11 9 10 10
Watercolour for Beginners This course covers the equipment, materials, techniques and approaches to watercolour painting. Tutor: Sarah Christian
Painting & Drawing from Observation & Imagination Explore the relationship between observation and imagination in painting and drawing, and experiment with materials and techniques. There will be a life model for two sessions, and different topics each term. This is suitable for all abilities. Beginners are welcome. Tutor: Sarita Agar Painting: Abstract Art A practical introduction to the historical development of painting. Explore a range of topics, approaches, materials and techniques. Suitable for all abilities, especially beginners. Tutor: Sarita Agar
VPD14A VPD15A
VPD85A VPD86A VPD16A VPD17A VPD18A VPD19A VPD21A VPD22A VPD23A VPD24A VPD25A VPD26A
Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 2 Nov 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10
15 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 25 Jun 10 14 Dec 09 15 Mar 10 21 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10
Mon Mon Fri Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon
2:00pm 5:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm
10 10 10 7 10 9 12 11 10 12 11 10
177 126 (c) 177 126 (c) 177 126 (c) 110 54 (c) 141 70 (c) 127 64 (c) 192 96 (c) 175 88 (c) 159 79 (c) 192 96 (c) 175 88 (c) 159 79 (c)
Painting & Drawing: An Introduction Beginners and intermediate students learn a variety of technical and experimental approaches to working from the model, still life and landscape. Tutor: Julia Colmenares
Painting & Drawing from the Figure & Still Life Both the still life and figure will be explored on this course through direct observation. The emphasis is on the discovery of form using a variety of drawing and painting processes. It is suitable for acrylics or oils. Encouragement will be given for the expressive use of colour. Tutor: Julian Le Bas
109
Painting & Drawing Painting & Drawing Mixed Media This course introduces and develops a comprehensive range of techniques and approaches. Open to all levels, the course is also suitable for those who wish to make work for an Art Foundation portfolio. An additional charge will be made to students requiring portfolio support and written references. Tutor: Sarita Agar Watercolour This course is for those with some experience, to develop individual painting skills within a group. Tutor: Sarah Christian
Code VPD27A VPD28A VPD29A VPD30A VPD31A VPD32A VPD33A VPD34A VPD35A
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 23 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 23 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 23 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10
End 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 16 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 16 Jun 10 2 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 16 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10
Days Mon Mon Mon Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs
Times 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm
Weeks 12 11 10 11 11 9 11 11 9 11 11 9 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11
Fee 179 143 (c) 163 130 (c) 148 118 (c) 148 73 (c) 148 73 (c) 121 59 (c) 198 158 (c) 198 158 (c) 162 130 (c) 148 73 (c) 148 73 (c) 121 59 (c) 238 190 (c) 218 174 (c) 218 174 (c) 204 102 (c) 186 93 (c) 186 93 (c) 204 102 (c) 186 93 (c) 186 93 (c) 238 190 (c) 218 174 (c) 218 174 (c)
Watercolour Plus This is for students pursuing individual projects, particularly developing watercolours away from direct observation. Mixed media will be used to explore formal technical and imaginative possibilities, then used as a starting point or adjunct to watercolour. Tutor: Sarah Christian Life Drawing & Painting Realise your individual potential through life drawing and painting. This is a mixed ability class for beginners to advanced levels covering: mixed media; acrylics; oils and watercolours; and representational (including portraits) and abstract drawing and painting. Tutor: Suzan Swale Life Drawing & Painting Develop observational skills through the use of a life model. This is an intensive study of the human form. Beginners will be taken through a six-week drawing course. Tutor: Denzil Forrester
VPD36A VPD37A VPD38A VPD39A VPD40A VPD41A VPD42A VPD43A VPD44A VPD45A VPD46A VPD47A VPD48A VPD49A VPD50A
110
visual arts
Painting & Drawing Painting & Drawing In this course, students develop their own personal vision through still life and mixed media. It is suitable for all levels, including beginners. Tutor: Denzil Forrester
Code VPD51A VPD52A VPD53A VPD54A VPD55A VPD56A VPD57A VPD58A VPD59A
Start Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10
End 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 2 Jul 10 12 Dec 09 27 Mar 10 26 Jun 10 12 Dec 09 27 Mar 10 26 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10
Days Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri Sat Sat Sat Sat Sat Sat Tues Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs
Times 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 3:30pm 1:30pm 3:30pm 1:30pm 3:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
Weeks 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 10 12 11 10 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11
Fee 176 88 (c) 161 80 (c) 161 80 (c) 136 68 (c) 125 63 (c) 125 63 (c) 176 140 (c) 161 128 (c) 146 117 (c) 200 160 (c) 182 138 (c) 166 133 (c) 168 83 (c) 153 76 (c) 153 76 (c) 162 81 (c) 149 74 (c) 149 74 (c) 162 81 (c) 149 74 (c) 149 74 (c) 432 215 (c) 395 198 (c) 395 198 (c)
Portraiture for Experienced Painters On this course, students use the model as a resource for structured drawing in charcoal, with an emphasis on anatomical correctness, then begin an initial, loose painting in limited colours. Choose your own medium. Intermediate painting skills are required. Tutor: Douglas Druce Painting & Drawing from the Figure Students work from the model to evolve a personal response: concentrating initially on drawing (Autumn term); working towards abstraction using a range of media (Spring term); exploring spatial complexity, painting and drawing the model using mirrors (Summer term). Tutor: John Flemons Painting & Drawing from the Figure Working from observation of the model in various media, the course provides an opportunity for sustained work. Previous experience is advisable. You are encouraged to join both sessions for a one-day course. Tutor: Jane Joseph
VPD60A VPD61A VPD62A VPD66A VPD67A VPD68A VPD69A VPD70A VPD71A VPD72A VPD73A VPD74A
Painting & Drawing Work from observation of the model in various media. Previous experience is necessary and students must attend both morning and afternoon sessions. Tutor: Maggi Hambling
VPD75A H VPD76A H VPD77A H
111
Painting & Drawing Painting: Advanced Workshop This course is for those who have advanced art experience and who want to further their practice in painting. It is structured around discussions, gallery visits, practical workshops and self-directed projects and/or commissions undertaken outside the course. Students will take part in group discussions and self assessment, work independently and prepare for our annual exhibition in the college gallery. Entry is by interview with portfolio of recent work. Further information from Visual Arts Departmental Secretary on 020 7450 1934 or email visualarts@morleycollege.ac.uk Tutor: Guillem Ramos-Poqui Painting: Colour Theory This course examines the limitations and flaws in standard teaching about colour theory. It is designed to enable students to take full control of colour mixing in any medium. Tutor: David Lloyd Painting in Wax: An Ancient & Modern Form For those interested in exploring a paint technique used from antiquity to modernity. Make encaustic (wax) paints and experiment with this alternative and exciting medium. Tutor: Juliet Scott Exploring Drawing Through simple exercises, explore a range of techniques and materials working from different subject matter including the model and outdoor locations. Beginners and all levels welcome. Tutor: Gwenda Jones
Code VPD78A H
End 25 Jun 10
Days Fri
Weeks 24
Fee 906 452 (c)
VPD82A
Spring 3 Mar 10
24 Mar 10
Weds
6:00pm 9:00pm
58 29 (c)
VPD83A
Summer 15 Apr 10
24 Jun 10
Thurs
6:00pm 9:00pm
10
162 129 (c)
VPD13A VPD00A VPD87A VPD88A VPD89A VPD90A VPD91A
Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 27 Sep 09 Spring 7 Feb 10 Summer 25 Apr 10 Autumn 4 Oct 09
8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 27 Sep 09 7 Feb 10 25 Apr 10 4 Oct 09
Tues Tues Tues Sun Sun Sun Sun
10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm
12 11 11 1 1 1 1
199 99 (c) 183 91 (c) 183 91 (c) 40 40 40 40
Dynamic Drawing Taster One day introductory drawing course using memory, feeling, speed and energy to get your drawings rolling off the page. It is an energetic course that encourages dynamic use of your body, enhancing your drawing ability and developing your observation skills. Beginners and all levels welcome with materials provided. Tutor: Michelle Baharier Oil Painting Taster NEW One day taster introducing basic principles of painting in oil: mixing colours, mediums and what surfaces to paint on. Beginners and all levels welcome with materials provided. Tutor: Luke Jones Starting a Portrait in Oil Paint NEW A two day taster introducing basic principles of painting a portrait in oil paint using a model. Beginners and all levels welcome with materials provided. Tutor: Luke Jones Oil Painting Taster NEW A two day taster introducing basic principles of oil painting in the natural environment, ranging from more traditional landscapes to close-ups of plants and insects. The course will take place in 'Roots and Shoots', a natural urban oasis near Morley College. Beginners and all levels welcome with materials provided. Tutor: Luke Jones Introduction to Watercolour Painting NEW One day taster introducing equipment, materials, techniques and approaches to watercolour painting. Beginners and all levels welcome with materials provided. Tutor: Sarah Christian Watercolour Painting Flowers & Raoul Dufy NEW One day taster introducing equipment, materials, and techniques to watercolour painting flowers and the methods of artist Raoul Dufy. Beginners and all levels welcome with materials provided. Tutor: Sarah Christian Watercolour Painting Outside in Park Setting NEW One day taster introducing equipment, materials, and techniques to watercolour painting and what to focus on when painting in an outside setting. Beginners and all levels welcome with materials provided. Tutor: Sarah Christian
VPD92A
Spring 17 Jan 10
24 Jan 10
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
70
VPD93A
Summer 27 Jun 10
4 Jul 10
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
70
VPD94A
Autumn 11 Oct 09
11 Oct 09
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
40
VPD95A
Summer 7 Mar 10
7 Mar 10
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
40
VPD96A
Summer 23 May 10
23 May 10
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
40
112
visual arts
Painting & Drawing Introduction to Oil Pastels with Costumed Model NEW One day taster introducing equipment, materials, techniques and approaches to oil pastels. Beginners and all levels welcome with materials provided. Tutor: Gillian Melling Introduction to Chalk Pastels with Costumed Model NEW A one day taster exploring techniques of chalk pastels working from a costumed model. Beginners and all levels welcome with materials provided. Tutor: Gillian Melling Oil Pastels Costumed Model in Garden Setting NEW A one day taster exploring techniques of oil pastels working from a costumed model outside in a garden setting. Beginners and all levels welcome with materials provided. Tutor: Gillian Melling Photography City & Guilds Photography: Level 2 (Photo Imaging, 7511) An accredited qualification, suitable for those who would like to gain and develop photographic skills and technique. You will produce two assignments, exploring personal photography projects, alongside creative and team-working skills throughout the course. Units: 206 (capture) and 211 (presentation). Digital as well as analogue SLR camera users welcome. Basic PC skills are needed. Developing and printing costs are extra. Students to bring their cameras. Tutor: Paul Kemp Beginners Digital Point and Shoot Photography This beginners course will teach you how to get the most out of your digital point and shoot camera. It covers both the technical aspects of operating your camera and basic elements of composition. Tutor: Genie Austin Photographic Seeing A course for students who have covered the basics of digital or film photography and want to improve their picture-taking skills by exploring and employing the characteristic elements of photography. Tutor: Genie Austin
Code VPD97A
End 8 Nov 09
Days Sun
Weeks 1
Fee 46
VPD98A
Spring 31 Jan 10
31 Jan 10
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
46
VPD99A
Summer 18 Apr 10
18 Apr 10
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
46
Code VPH02A H
End 25 Jun 10
Days Fri
Times 6:00pm 9:00pm
Weeks 33
Fee 676 335 (c)
VPH05A
Autumn 15 Sep 09
8 Dec 09
Tues
2:00pm 5:00pm
12
167 82 (c)
VPH06A
Spring 12 Jan 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
6:00pm 9:00pm
11
151 121 (c)
Beginners Digital SLR Photography VPH07A This course demystifies the digital single lens reflex (SLR) camera so that students can get the most out of their equipment. Through demonstrations and hands-on sessions, students will learn how to use the settings and functions of their cameras while practising taking digital photographs. Tutor: Genie Austin An Introduction to Digital Photography Learn more about your digital camera and gain confidence in picture taking. Covers camera types and accessories, camera operation skills, printing methods and presentation skills, plus some basic tutorials in Photoshop. Students to bring their cameras. Autumn: for students with digital point and shoot cameras. Tutor: Paul Kemp An Introduction to Digital Photography Learn more about your digital camera and gain confidence in picture taking. Covers camera types and accessories, camera operation skills, printing methods and presentation skills, plus some basic tutorials in Photoshop. Students to bring their cameras. Spring: for students with digital SLR cameras or other cameras that can be set on manual exposure. Tutor: Paul Kemp Personal Project Development An opportunity for students to further develop their skills and to work around a set theme. You will produce a body of work or a portfolio for further study, whilst doing more to improve your photographic skills and technique, producing work to high standard in a fun and encouraging environment. Students to bring their cameras. Tutor: Paul Kemp VPH08A
Summer 13 Apr 10
22 Jun 10
Tues
6:00pm 9:00pm
10
139 110 (c)
Autumn 18 Sep 09
11 Dec 09
Fri
2:00pm 4:00pm
12
122 61 (c)
VPH09A
Spring 15 Jan 10
26 Mar 10
Fri
2:00pm 4:00pm
11
112 51 (c)
VPH10A
Summer 16 Apr 10
2 Jul 10
Fri
2:00pm 4:00pm
11
112 51 (c)
113
Photography Photographing London Develop skills photographing aspects of London little seen in conventional photographs of the city. There will be a practical excursion on Day 1 so bring your own camera, film/memory card and batteries. Tutor: Julia Horbaschk
Code VPH11A
End 23 May 10
Days Sun
Weeks 2
Fee 48
Beginners Digital SLR Photography VPH12A This course demystifies the digital single lens reflex (SLR) camera so that students can get the most out of their equipment. Through demonstrations and hands-on sessions, students will learn how to use the settings and functions of their cameras while practicing taking digital photographs. Tutor: Genie Austin Digital Photography with Photoshop Elements This course is ideal for students who have completed a course in camera operation and want to understand how to use the computer to enhance their images. Basic computer skills necessary. Tutor: Genie Austin Beginners Digital Point and Shoot Photography This beginner's course will teach you how to get the most out of your digital point and shoot camera. It covers both the technical aspects of operating your camera and basic elements of composition. Tutor: Genie Austin First Steps in Digital Photography NEW Confused by digital photography? This course will introduce you to digital technology in easy to understand language, and help you decide which digital camera is right for you. Tutor: Genie Austin Photographing your Artwork NEW Gain the skills you need to photograph your own artwork. You will learn about lighting, backgrounds and other aspects of photography. The resulting images can be used for exhibition proposals or as records of your work. Tutor: Julia Horbaschk Printmaking VPH13A
Autumn 15 Sep 09
8 Dec 09
Tues
6:00pm 9:00pm
12
167 132 (c)
Spring 12 Jan 10
23 Mar 10
Tues
2:00pm 5:00pm
11
151 75 (c)
VPH14A
Summer 13 Apr 10
22 Jun 10
Tues
2:00pm 5:00pm
10
139 69 (c)
VPH15A VPH17A
Autumn 7 Nov 09 Summer 22 May 10 Spring 7 Feb 10 Summer 18 Apr 10
7 Nov 09 22 May 10
Sat Sat
11:00am 5:00pm 11:00am 5:00pm 11:00am 5:00pm 11:00am 5:00pm
1 1
24 19 (c) 24 19 (c) 46 46
VPH18A VPH19A
7 Feb 10 18 Apr 10
Sun Sun
1 1
Code
Start
End
Days
Times
Weeks
Fee
Head of Section: Frank Connelly (020 7450 1842). Email: frank.connelly@morleycollege.ac.uk Printmaking allows you to explore and experiment with different ways of making prints. These courses allow you to explore techniques, methods and materials in a creative and supportive, well equipped workshop. Techniques include: etching, photo etching, relief printing, collograph and lithography. Tutors are all practising artists. New and returning students work alongside each other in a mutually supportive environment in which you will learn both from your tutor and each other. Note: we are working towards making Morley fully accessible. However we regret that at present there is no wheelchair access to the print studio. Printmaking: An Introduction A course for absolute beginners. Learn the basic techniques of etching, photo etching, relief printing and collograph. Tutor: Frank Connelly Printmaking for Beginners For students with little or no experience of printmaking, this course will cover all the traditional processes including lino and wood cutting and etching on metal plates. Students will also be introduced to contemporary forms of printmaking such as photo etching. Tutor: Frank Connelly VPR01A VPR02A VPR51A VPR52A VPR53A Autumn 6 Nov 09 Spring 19 Feb 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 Fri Fri Tues Tues Tues 10:30am 4:30pm 10:30am 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6 6 12 11 11 133 66 (c) 133 66 (c) 260 214 (c) 250 207 (c) 250 207 (c)
114
visual arts
Printmaking Printmaking for All Printmaking as a fine art, suitable for all levels. Tutors: Richard Michell (RM), Michelle Avison (MA), Dorothea Wight (DW), Frank Connelly (FC), Veronique Chance (VC)
Code VPR03A (RM) VPR04A (RM) VPR05A (RM) VPR06A (RM) VPR07A (RM) VPR08A (RM) VPR09A (MA) VPR10A (MA) VPR11A (MA) VPR12A (MA) VPR13A (MA) VPR14A (MA) VPR18A (DW) VPR19A (DW) VPR20A (DW) VPR21A (DW) VPR22A (DW) VPR23A (DW) VPR24A (FC) VPR25A (FC) VPR26A (FC) VPR27A (FC) VPR28A (FC) VPR29A (FC) VPR30A (VC) VPR31A (VC) VPR32A (VC) VPR33A (MA) VPR34A (MA) VPR35A (MA)
Start Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10
End 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 12 Dec 09 27 Mar 10 26 Jun 10
Days Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Thurs Sat Sat Sat
Times 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 9:30am 12:30pm 9:30am 12:30pm 9:30am 12:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm
Weeks 12 11 10 12 11 10 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 10
115
Printmaking Printmaking: Traditional & New An opportunity to work with traditional printmaking techniques such as relief, lithography and intaglio, and to experiment with photo etching, including the use of digital media to develop imagery. Each process can be used alone or in combination with the others. The course makes a very good continuation from the morning course, or can be taken independently. Tutor: Michelle Avison Printmaking: Intermediate & Advanced Practitioners This course is designed to assist printmakers with intermediate or advanced skills and knowledge of the subject, or artists from other areas, to gain greater awareness in their chosen techniques, whether intaglio, photo etching, digital media, relief printmaking, lithography or mixed media. Individual instructions and advice will be given and weekly half-hour demonstrations and discussions of different techniques will be offered. Tutor: Gwenda Jones Open Print Workshop A workshop to improve independence and confidence in practise for students at intermediate and advanced levels currently enroled on a printing course at Morley. The workshops equipment and other facilities will be available only to artists/printmakers with extensive experience of printmaking. Students must follow the Health and Safety protocol when using the print workshops. Tutor: Frank Connelly Photoshop and Photo Etching This print medium combines both traditional and contemporary techniques. Opportunities for beginners and more experienced printmakers to create and manipulate photographic images for etching. Tutor: Anne-Marie Foster Etching on Sunday NEW Learn the basics for producing an etching in line, texture and tone printed in colour and black and white. You will learn about such areas as hard and soft etching grounds and add tone to your final image with aquatint. No previous experience in printmaking or any art subject is needed. Tutor: Frank Connelly Printmaking on Sunday: Relief Printmaking NEW Relief printmaking involves cutting into or constructing a block allowing printing ink to be rolled onto the surface and the print taken from this. Materials will range from traditional lino and wood to found objects. Tutor: Gwenda Jones Printmaking on Sunday: Woodcut Relief Printing NEW Learn how to create and carve an image in plankwood and be inspired by the rich blacks, cut marks and impressed lines of your resulting woodcut prints. The emphasis throughout this course is on simple methods, avoiding complexity, to provide you with the basic knowledge from which to develop your own style. Tutor: Anne-Marie Foster Book Arts NEW An introduction to the techniques and ideas of the contemporary artist's book, using printmaking techniques to explore image and narrative. Tutor: Michelle Avison
Code VPR36A VPR37A VPR38A
Start Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10
End 12 Dec 09 27 Mar 10 26 Jun 10
Days Sat Sat Sat
Times 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm
Weeks 12 11 10
Fee 195 156 (c) 179 143 (c) 162 130 (c) 230 184 (c) 220 177 (c) 220 177 (c)
VPR39A VPR40A VPR41A
9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10
Weds Weds Weds
12 11 11
VPR42A VPR44A VPR43A VPR48A VPR54A
Autumn 6 Nov 09 Autumn 13 Nov 09 Spring 19 Feb 10 Summer 23 Apr 10 Autumn 9 Oct 09
11 Dec 09 18 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 21 May 10 23 Oct 09
Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri
10:00am 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
6 6 6 5 3
121 61 (c) 74 59 (c) 121 61 (c) 102 51 (c) 59 34 (c)
VPR55A VPR59A
Autumn 4 Oct 09 Summer 16 May 10
11 Oct 09 23 May 10
Sun Sun
10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
2 2
85 85
VPR56A
Spring 24 Jan 10
31 Jan 10
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
85
VPR57A
Summer 18 Apr 10
25 Apr 10
Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
85
VPR58A
Spring 15 Jan 10
12 Feb 10
Fri
10:00am 4:00pm
115 58 (c)
116
visual arts
Sculpture
Code
Start
End
Days
Times
Weeks
Fee
Head of Section: Sheila Vollmer (020 7450 1857). Email: sheila.vollmer@morleycollege.ac.uk These sculpture courses enable students to gain confidence and develop their creative interests. New students, including absolute beginners, are always welcome. All courses take place in the Henry Moore Sculpture Studio (Pelham Hall) in Lambeth Walk. Please note: students must wear hard shoes and protective clothing, and must use the Health & Safety body equipment provided or purchase their own, eg dust masks. Students must not use their own electrical tools. Selected machinery in the workshop is for tutor use only. An induction in correct workshop practice is given. There are opportunities to exhibit course work in tutor-organised shows in the College Foyer and the biannual student exhibition, MADE in the Morley Gallery. There are extra charges for firing of clay and for materials, if you exceed the course material fee. Exploring Sculpture: Beginners & Intermediate An open workshop for beginners and those with some experience. Develop your own ideas, creativity and skills with introductions to a number of different sculpture media. Try plaster modelling and casting, working with wood, metal and clay. Extra support will be offered to those with no previous experience. Tutors: Julian Wild (JW), Sheila Vollmer (SV) VSC01A (JW) VSC02A (JW) VSC03A (JW) VSC04A (SV) VSC05A (SV) VSC06A (SV) Exploring Sculpture: Mixed Levels An open workshop for all abilities (including Beginners) to develop individual creative expression, greater awareness of techniques, and experiment with new concepts and materials from clay modelling to metal construction. Tutor: Sheila Vollmer Exploring Sculpture: Intermediate & Advanced An open workshop for students with intermediate/advanced abilities to develop individual creative expression, improve skills and experiment with new concepts and materials from clay modelled to metal construction. Tutor: Sheila Vollmer Life Modelling in Clay Suitable for all levels, including beginners. Students will work from a variety of life models and poses. This course includes visiting lecturers. Students will be encouraged to show their work in the College foyer and the Morley College Gallery, and to enter for competitions. Tutor: Luke Jones Life & Portrait Modelling in Clay Working from a variety of life models and poses, develop observation skills, individual expression, clay modelling and clay preparation techniques for firing. Suitable for all levels, including beginners. This course can be taken in conjunction with the Wednesday afternoon class, Life & Portrait Modelling in Clay. Tutor: Sheila Vollmer Life & Portrait Modelling in Clay Work from a model on life and portrait sculptures. The pose will generally be the same as the morning class above. Beginners are welcome, and students will be encouraged to show their work in the College foyer and Morley College Gallery, and to enter for competitions. Visiting tutors are included in this course. Tutor: Luke Jones VSC07A VSC08A VSC09A VSC10A VSC11A VSC12A VSC13A VSC14A VSC15A VSC18A VSC19A VSC20A VSC21A VSC22A VSC23A Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 8 Dec 09 23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 Mon Mon Mon Tues Tues Tues Mon Mon Mon Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 1:30pm 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 10:00am 1:00pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 1:30pm 4:30pm 12 11 10 12 11 11 12 11 10 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 167 83 (c) 152 76 (c) 139 69 (c) 139 69 (c) 127 64 (c) 127 64 (c) 167 134 (c) 152 122 (c) 139 111 (c) 139 69 (c) 127 64 (c) 127 64 (c) 218 174 (c) 199 159 (c) 199 159 (c) 167 83 (c) 152 76 (c) 152 76 (c) 167 83 (c) 152 76 (c) 152 76 (c)
117
Sculpture Metal Sculpture: Beginners This course teaches important skills for working with metals whilst exploring artistic or applied ideas. Learn the basic skills of working with new and scrap metal, and their application to sculptural and functional projects. Welding, gas cutting, grinding and basic workshop practice are covered. Work on personal or tutor-led projects. It is essential to wear old clothes and strong footwear. These courses are technician-supported. Tutor: Giles Corby
Code VSC25A VSC26A VSC27A VSC28A VSC29A VSC30A
Start Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 19 Sep 09 Spring 16 Jan 10 Summer 17 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 7 Nov 09 8 Nov 09 15 Nov 09
End 26 Nov 09 18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10 28 Nov 09 20 Mar 10 26 Jun 10 26 Nov 09 18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10 28 Nov 09 20 Mar 10 26 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 10 Dec 09 25 Mar 10 1 Jul 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10
Days Thurs Thurs Thurs Sat Sat Sat Thurs Thurs Thurs Sat Sat Sat Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs Mon Mon Mon Sat Sun Sat
Times 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 10:00am 12:30pm 1:00pm 3:30pm 1:00pm 3:30pm 1:00pm 3:30pm 1:00pm 3:30pm 1:00pm 3:30pm 1:00pm 3:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 6:30pm 9:30pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 4:30pm 9:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 4:30pm 9:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
Weeks 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 11 11 12 11 11 12 11 10 2
Fee 148 74 (c) 148 74 (c) 148 74 (c) 148 118 (c) 148 118 (c) 148 118 (c) 148 74 (c) 148 74 (c) 148 74 (c) 148 118 (c) 148 118 (c) 148 118 (c) 167 133 (c) 153 122 (c) 153 122 (c) 167 133 (c) 153 122 (c) 153 122 (c) 104 52 (c) 95 47 (c) 87 43 (c) 101 81 (c)
Metal Sculpture: Intermediate & Advanced For those with a working knowledge of metal work, these courses allow more time to develop ideas and skills, and work on projects at their own pace under tutor supervision. It is essential to wear old clothes and strong footwear. These courses are technician-supported. Tutor: Giles Corby
VSC31A VSC32A VSC33A VSC34A VSC35A VSC36A
Stone Carving This course covers abstract, figurative sculpture, carving, lettering, and functional objects. It is suitable for all levels. Tutor: Belinda Edwards
VSC37A VSC38A VSC39A
Sculpture in Wood Explore the sculptural possibilities of wood through carving or construction. Discover the properties of different woods; using them to make figurative, abstract or functional items. The course is individual project-based. Extra support is given to those with no previous experience. Tutor: Gwendolyn Rowlands Advanced Sculpture Workshop A sculpture workshop for experienced sculpture students/ sculptors to develop individual projects and/or work from other sculpture classes. There will be technician support for use of all workshop equipment. All workshop materials or kiln firing will be charged for in addition to the workshop fee. Tutor: Georgina Forwood Relief Modelling: Workshop 1 Working from the life model to create relief in clay (for all levels). Students will learn the manipulation of planes to create an illusion of depth. Course runs on 7, 8 & 15 November 2009. Tutor: Jane McAdam Freud Relief Modelling: Workshop 2 A practical class, making a portrait in relief from a life model. Students will learn the skills required for a successful relief work, notably the manipulation of planes to create an illusion of depth. For all levels including beginners. Course runs on 6, 7 & 14 February 2010. Tutor: Jane McAdam Freud Relief Modelling: Workshop 3 A practical class where students are asked to bring sketches, ideas and photographs from which to develop individual concepts for their relief works in clay. For all levels. Course runs on 8, 9 and 16 May 2010. Tutor: Jane McAdam Freud
VSC40A VSC41A VSC42A VSC43A H VSC44A H VSC45A H VSC46A
VSC47A
6 Feb 10 7 Feb 10 14 Feb 10
101 81 (c)
Sun
VSC48A
8 May 10 9 May 10 16 May 10
Sat Sun
4:30pm 9:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
101 81 (c)
118
visual arts
Sculpture Master classes in Anatomy and Sculpting: The Human Head & Figure Open to all, these workshops involve the study of anatomy and the human head and figure, with instructive studio lectures, texts and illustrations, followed by practical workshops using clay. The workshops address the following themes: Autumn The portrait head Spring The human figure with hands and feet. Tutor: Stephen Duncan Casting and Mould Making A hands-on, intensive course focusing on casting and mould-making from plaster to silicone rubber. Ideal for students who have a sculpture to cast. Make a plaster waster mould. Tutor: Julian Wild Casting and Mould Making Make a latex/silicon rubber mould. Tutor: Julian Wild Casting and Mould Making Developing techniques from Part 1 & 2. Tutor: Julian Wild Life Modelling in Clay: Short Course 1 Suitable for all levels, this course involves working in clay from a life model. You will have the opportunity to work on a portrait head, and will develop observational and clay modelling skills. The clay pieces can be fired. Course runs on 5, 6 and 12 December 2009. Tutor: Luke Jones Life Modelling in Clay: Short Course 2 Working in clay from a life model in a standing pose, the aim of this short course is to capture a sense of walking. Students will also have the opportunity to work on a portrait head. It is ideal for students with some visual art experience. Course runs on 21, 27 and 28 March 2010. Tutor: Luke Jones Portrait Head Model Workshop Working from a life model head, develop observation skills, individual expression, clay modelling and clay preparation techniques for firing. Suitable for all levels, including beginners. Tutor: Sheila Vollmer Sculpture Machinery Workshops NEW One day workshops introducing and practising the techniques and health and safety of sculpture studio machinery including pneumatic air tools, lathe and plasma cutter. Ideal for students in sculpture courses and those wanting an introduction to the sculptural use of studio machinery. Technician supported. Wear strong footwear & work shirts/aprons. Tutor: Giles Corby Sculpture Lead Casting and Forging NEW One day workshops introducing and practising the techniques and health and safety of lead casting and forging. Ideal for students in sculpture courses and those wanting an introduction to the sculptural use of studio machinery. Technician supported. Wear strong footwear & work shirts/aprons. Tutor: Giles Corby Textiles, Craft Design and Related Subjects Textiles Foundation Suitable for students wishing to progress onto a degree in textiles or related subjects, start their own design business, or work to commission. The course includes: drawing; design skills; constructed, dyed, printed and embellished processes; and history of art. Entry is by interview with portfolio. For information and an application form please contact Alex Mayer (details above). Information sessions for entry in Sept 2010 will be held on Mondays 8 and 22 March 2010 at 5:00pm, Tuesday 4 May 2010 at 5:00pm and Wednesday 23 June 2010 at 5:00pm. Ask about Morleys Hardship & Childcare Support Funds, which may be available to assist you.
Code VSC60A VSC61A
Start Autumn 22 Nov 09 Spring 24 Jan 10
End 29 Nov 09 31 Jan 10
Days Sun Sun
Times 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
Weeks 2 2
Fee 69 69
VSC51A
Autumn 4 Oct 09
11 Oct 09
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm
69
VSC52A
Spring 7 Mar 10 Summer 13 Jun 10 Autumn 5 Dec 09
14 Mar 10
Sun
10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
69
VSC53A
20 Jun 10
Sun
69
VSC16A
12 Dec 09
Sat/ Sun
98 78 (c)
VSC17A
Spring 21 Mar 10
28 Mar 10
Sat/ Sun
10:00am 4:00pm
98 78 (c)
VSC24A
Spring 29 Mar 10
1 Apr 10
Mon/ Tues/ Weds/ Thurs Fri Fri Fri
10:00am 3:30pm
159 80 (c)
VSC54A VSC56A VSC58A
Autumn 2 Oct 09 Spring 29 Jan 10 Summer 30 April 10 Autumn 6 Nov 09 Spring 26 Feb 10 Summer 21 May 10 Start Autumn 7 Sep 09
2 Oct 09 29 Jan 10 30 Apr 10
10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm 10:00am 5:00pm Times 10:00am 4:00pm/ 5:00pm
1 1 1
35 17 (c) 35 17 (c) 35 17 (c) 35 17 (c) 35 17 (c) 35 17 (c) Fee 1767 883 (c)
VSC55A
6 Nov 09
Fri
VSC57A VSC59A Code VTX01A H
26 Feb 10 21 May 10 End 29 Jun 10
Fri Fri Days Mon & Tues
1 1 Weeks 35
Head of Section: Alex Mayer (020 7450 1843). Email: alex.mayer@morleycollege.ac.uk
119
Textiles, Craft Design and Related Subjects Textiles Advanced Workshop Work in a stimulating and sympathetic environment on your own projects with a view to exhibiting in the Morley College Gallery in July, working to commission, or preparing a professional portfolio. Special attention will be given to current exhibitions, study days and current textiles practice. This course is suitable for those with advanced textiles experience, such as a degree, or who have completed the Textiles Foundation course, who wish to further their practice in this and related areas. Entry is by interview with a portfolio of recent work. Tutors: Alex Mayer (AM), Deborah Brown (DB), Mary Spyrou (MS)
Code VTX02A H (DB) (AM) (MS) VTX03A H (MS) (DB) VTX04A H (MS) VTX05A H (AM) VTX06A H (AM) VTX07A H (AM)
Start Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 16 Sep 09 Spring 13 Jan 10 Summer 14 Apr 10 Autumn 17 Sep 09 Spring 14 Jan 10 Summer 15 Apr 10
End 8 Dec 09
Days Tues
Times 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 10:00am 4:30pm 10:00am 4:30pm 10:00am 4:30pm
Weeks 12
Fee 299 149 (c) 274 137 (c) 274 137 (c) 299 149 (c) 274 137 (c) 274 137 (c) 168 134 (c) 168 134 (c) 168 134 (c) 267 134 (c) 267 134 (c) 267 134 (c)
23 Mar 10 29 Jun 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10 30 Jun 10 25 Nov 09 17 Mar 10 23 Jun 10 26 Nov 09 18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10
Tues Tues Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds Thurs Thurs Thurs
11 11 12 11 11 10 10 10 10 10 10
Creative & Experimental Textiles Suitable for anyone, especially beginners, interested in textiles. Investigate a range of techniques including arty bookbinding, paste grain prints, resist dyeing (shibori), felt making, soft weaving, embroidery, dissolves and surface treatments for textiles. Tutor: Deborah Brown Printed Textiles Suitable for all levels. An opportunity to develop screen printing techniques together with other processes, including dyeing, heat transfer, and painted and resist methods. An environmentally sustainable approach to textile design is encouraged through an informed choice of methods and materials. Students acquire a skills base along with a broad and open approach to design development. New students with some printing experience welcome in the Spring and Summer terms. Tutor: Marian Lynch Felt Making with Embroidery Explore felt making using traditional and other techniques. Drawing with felt allows endless possibilities for design, while embroidery can be used to create texture and pattern. No previous experience necessary. Tutor: Mary Spyrou Interior Design: An Introduction An introduction to all aspects of designing a unique living space. The principles examined are storyboarding, briefing, sourcing, lighting, accessorising, colour scheming, planning, costing and project management. Tutor: Kim Couling Experimental Machine Knitting Workshop For knitters of all levels who want to develop their own innovative and creative machine knitting. Students learn how to use a variety of experimental techniques to create their own knitted fabrics using different yarns. There is an optional project given each term, and all students are encouraged to develop their own ideas for a variety of end products. Tutor: Josephine Thompson Mosaics Workshop Develop creative expression and confidence in this classic art form. The emphasis is on exploring materials and recycling, using ceramic tiles, china, mirror, glass and marble. The course encompasses a wide range of approaches from fine art to ornament, to creating pieces for your home or garden. Application may be 2D or 3D. Suitable for all levels, especially beginners. Tutor: Vanessa Benson
VTX08A VTX09A VTX10A VTX11A VTX12A VTX13A
VTX14A
Summer 15 Apr 10
24 Jun 10
Thurs
10:00am 4:00pm
10
163 82 (c)
VID01A VID02A VID03A VMK01A VMK02A VMK03A
Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 18 Sep 09 Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 16 Apr 10 Autumn 15 Sep 09 Spring 12 Jan 10 Summer 13 Apr 10
11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 25 Jun 10 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 25 Jun 10
Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri Fri
6:00pm 8:30pm 6:00pm 8:30pm 6:00pm 8:30pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm 6:00pm 9:00pm
12 11 10 12 11 10
149 119 (c) 136 109 (c) 124 99 (c) 226 104 (c) 224 113 (c) 204 103 (c) 172 138 (c) 172 138 (c) 172 138 (c)
VMS01A VMS02A VMS03A
24 Nov 09 16 Mar 10 22 Jun 10
Tues Tues Tues
10 10 10
120
visual arts
Textiles, Craft Design and Related Subjects Papermaking A practical creative workshop for all levels. Using recycled pulp, plant fibres and other materials, students progress rapidly to make their own unique handmade papers through a variety of techniques including pulp painting, watermarks, embossing and using inclusions. Our well-equipped studio has a Hollander beater for producing pulp from rags, including denim, and for beating specialist plant fibres. Individual projects encouraged. Tutor: Penelope Helen Boylan Patch & Quilting: Mixed Levels This course covers experimental work, hand and machine techniques including machine quilting, colour and design. It is suitable for intermediate students, though all levels are welcome. Tutor: Kaye Telford
Code VPA01A VPA02A VPA03A
End 11 Dec 09 26 Mar 10 25 Jun 10
Days Fri Fri Fri
Weeks 12 11 10
Fee 250 126 (c) 229 116 (c) 208 105 (c)
VPQ10A VPQ11A VPQ12A VPQ03A H
26 Nov 09 18 Mar 10 24 Jun 10 28 Jun 10
Thurs Thurs Thurs Mon
6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 6:30pm 9:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm
10 10 10 33
116 93 (c) 116 93 (c) 116 93 (c) 700 349 (c)
City & Guilds Patchwork & Quilting 7922 03 Part 1, Two Years Level 3 Certificate This course is only for students returning to complete this qualification. Tutor: Dani Atkinson City & Guilds Patchwork & Quilting 7923 04 Part 2, Two Years Level 3 Diploma, Year 2 This course is only for students returning to complete this qualification Tutor: Dani Atkinson City & Guilds Soft Furnishings 7922 09 Part 1, Two Years Level 3 Certificate This course is only for students returning to complete this qualification. Tutor: Dani Atkinson City & Guilds Soft Furnishings 7923 14, Level 3 Diploma, Year 1 This course is only for students returning to complete this qualification. Tutor: Dani Atkinson Soft Furnishing Workshop This course aims to develop student's skills and knowledge of basic soft furnishing techniques, hand and sewing machine skill and to develop confidence and the ability to make soft furnishing samples and items to a good standard. Tutor: Dani Atkinson Patchwork, Quilting and Applique Workshop This course aims to develop your skills in patchwork, quilting and appliqu techniques. You will also gain confidence in developing your own design ideas and projects in a workshop environment. Tutor: Dani Atkinson
VPQ05A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
28 Jun 10
Mon
10:00am 4:00pm
33
700 349 (c)
VSF03A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
28 Jun 10
Mon
10:00am 4:00pm
33
746 396 (c)
VSF11A H
Autumn 14 Sep 09
28 Jun 10
Mon
10:00am 4:00pm
33
744 394 (c)
VSF08A H VSF09A H VSF10A H VPQ14A H VPQ15A H VPQ16A H VSF05A VSF06A
Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 14 Sep 09 Spring 11 Jan 10 Summer 12 Apr 10 Autumn 27 Sep 09 Spring 17 Jan 10
7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 7 Dec 09 22 Mar 10 28 Jun 10 8 Nov 09 7 Feb 10
Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Mon Sun Sun
10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 10:00am 4:00pm 11:00am 5:00pm 11:00am 5:00pm
12 11 10 12 11 10 4 4
262 130 (c) 240 120 (c) 219 109 (c) 262 130 (c) 240 120 (c) 219 109 (c) 80 80 (c) 80 80 (c)
Soft Furnishings: An Introduction Design and make soft furnishings such as cushions, curtains, throws, linen, loose covers and more. Learn good finishing techniques to complement an area in your home. Courses run on: Autumn: 27 September, 4 & 11 October and 8 November 2009. Spring: 17, 24 & 31 January and 7 February 2010. Tutor: Vera Jordan Traditional and Experimental Tapestry For those interested in textiles, surface pattern, colour and texture. After a crash course in tapestry weaving using bobbins, you will develop the skills to design and weave a tapestry using a range of techniques that demonstrate an expressive richness. Experiment in 2D and 3D techniques both on and off the weaving frame. Tutor: William Jefferies
VTW04A VTW05A VTW06A
25 Nov 09 17 Mar 10 23 Jun 10
Weds Weds Weds
2:00pm 5:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm 2:00pm 5:00pm
10 10 10
135 67 (c) 135 67 (c) 135 67 (c)
121
Textiles, Craft Design and Related Subjects Tapestry Projects This is an opportunity to learn traditional Gobelin tapestry weaving and progress further with non-traditional materials and techniques. Beginners start by weaving a sampler of techniques before making a tapestry of their own design. Experienced weavers work on individual projects. Tutor: William Jefferies An Introduction to Dyeing and Printing NEW A contemporary approach to decorating a variety of silk substrates, using a range of printing and painting techniques. Tutor: Marian Lynch Eco Textiles NEW This course explores the use of environmentally low impact dye and print processes, recycling and the use of hemp, organic cotton and wild silk. Tutor: Marian Lynch Dyeing, Printing and Painting Silks NEW A comprehensive course offering beginners a broad range of techniques, including hot and cold dyeing, batik and silk screen printing. Tutor: Marian Lynch Contemporary Basketry Techniques Introduces several of the worlds major traditional basketry techniques, but with the emphasis on a contemporary approach through the use of some less traditional materials and colours. Tutor: Polly Pollock Hand Knitting NEW This course will cover a variety of basic and more advanced hand knitting techniques, as well as advice on knitting garments and shapes. A variety of yarns for sampling and experimentation are provided. Suitable for beginners and those with previous experience of hand knitting.
Code VTW07A VTW08A VTW09A VTX15A
End 25 Nov 09 17 Mar 10 23 Jun 10 23 Nov 09
Days Weds Weds Weds Mon
Weeks 10 10 10 10
Fee 112 89 (c) 112 89 (c) 112 89 (c) 199 162 (c)
VTX16A
Spring 11 Jan 10
15 Mar 10
Mon
6:15pm 9:15pm
10
199 162 (c)
VTX17A
Summer 16 Apr 10
25 Jun 10
Fri
6:15pm 9:15pm
10
116 93 (c)
VCB01A
Autumn 24 Sep 09
3 Dec 09
Thurs
10:00am 4:00pm
10
222 111 (c)
VTX18A
Autumn 17 Sep 09
26 Nov 09
Thurs
6:30pm 9:00pm
10
116 93 (c)
122
visual arts
the morley experience
Learning at Morley is an educational and social experience. Our curriculum enables you to share enthusiasms and professional aspirations with other like-minded people. You can give this a further dimension by making your life at Morley part of your wider social network.
Take the opportunity to enjoy some of the wonderful exhibitions in the Morley Gallery or attend one of the concerts performed by Morley students and visiting artists. We also have a variety of clubs and societies, reflecting a wide range of interests and new members are always welcome.
Morleys Clubs & Societies

Accordions at Morley Sunday Accordions Ceramic Circle Aromatherapy Club Chess Folk Dancing Guitar Club Book Club Morley Sculpture Society Rambling Scottish Dancing Morley Medieval Choral Conducting Club
Events at Morley in 2009/10

Music Events Tuesday Lunchtime Concerts During term time (1:05pm 1:50pm) in the Holst Room. FREE for all to attend. Please see the College website for details of evening concerts held at Morley, or by Morley groups held at venues outside the College. Gallery events Artist in Residence Arty Bird: End of course exhibition September 2009 Morley Advanced Painting Workshop End of Year Exhibition 17 26 September 2009 Celebrating 40 years of the Morley Gallery October 2009 An exhibition of paintings by Brian Henry November 2009 London Potters Annual Members Exhibition 2 16 December 2009 Morley Winter Fair Sunday 5 December 2009 Visit www.morleycollege.ac.uk/gallery-and-exhibitions for information on dates and times of the above events plus lots more on whats going on at the morley gallery.
For further information and contact details The Friends of Morley College welcome all students for Morleys clubs & societies, please visit and supporters to join it in making the College a www.morleycollege.ac.uk and go to the more useful, vibrant and attractive place in which to Student Information section. learn. With the help of students, the Friends raise funds to improve College amenities and help run our many concerts, plays, operas and other events. You can join the Friends or get more information through the Enrolment Desk.
123
course fees
Fees and payment for courses

Although the Learning and Skills Council (LSC) provides substantial funding for the College, it expects students to contribute to this funding through course fees. Despite changes in funding as a result of government priorities, we hope you will find our fees represent exceptionally good value when you compare this to what you would pay without a government subsidy. As you will have also discovered, the Morley experience includes concerts, events, clubs, exhibitions as well as learning support, a library and learning centre and advice and guidance to support your progress to further learning opportunities. Many of these aspects of life at Morley are free.
How do I pay for courses?

You can pay: By cheque, with a valid cheque card, payable to Morley College By Mastercard, Visa, Switch, Delta or Maestro (Solo or Visa Electron cards are only accepted when enrolling in person) By cash (only when enrolling in person).
You are able to claim a concessionary fee if you are: Receiving income-based benefits Dependent on a person in receipt of incomebased benefits (please provide evidence of the benefit and your relationship to the recipient) In receipt of working tax credit or disabled persons tax credit (Please provide the original full award certificate, detailing a household income of less than 15,276) Receiving housing or council tax benefit. (Please note that council tax exemptions and discounts are not classified as council tax benefits) An asylum seeker in receipt of a means-tested benefit (please provide evidence from the Home Office confirming your status) Receiving a UK state pension as your main source of income. Please do not claim this concession if you do not need it.
Fees
Registration fee A registration fee of 8 for the year is payable by all students when they enrol for the first time. It is non-refundable. Examination fees Information on examination fees will be provided in the first instance by the course tutor. Further information can be obtained from the Examination Office on 020 7450 1802. Concessionary (reduced) fees To be eligible for a concessionary fee you must provide current evidence including original documents (no older than three months) of your entitlement each time you enrol. If you are enrolling in person we must see this evidence at the time of your enrolment. If you are enrolling by post or fax, please include a copy of this evidence. We are unable to process your enrolment at the concessionary rate without this. We are not able to process concessionary fees for telephone or online enrolments.
Course fees
Each course usually has two fees, a standard fee and a concessionary fee. Please check the section on concessionary fees to see if you are eligible. On a small number of courses only the standard fee is available. If you are having difficulty paying your fees, please contact the Student Services team for more information.
Late entry and transfers

Do I get a fee reduction if I join a course after its starting date? No reduction in fees is available for late enrolment. Can I transfer from one course to another? Due to changes in funding and the high cost of administering transfers, we are not able to transfer students between courses, and enrolments cannot be transferred between students.
124
course fees
Refunds
In what situations are refunds available? Morley College will issue a refund when: We receive a written request at least 3 weeks before the start of the course. You will receive a refund of the course fee paid, less an administration fee of 10 to cover administration costs We receive a request for a refund for valid educational reasons or if you think your request is covered by the Disability Discrimination Act The College cancels a course and cannot offer a suitable alternative, or changes the date or time of a course. In this case you will obtain a full refund, or a partial refund in proportion to the number of meetings held. We are only able to grant refunds which are in accordance with our refund policy. Please see the full refund policy on our website or on request from the College Enrolment office or our Student Support office.
Applications for assistance must be made and assessed prior to enrolment. You cannot claim for the cost of courses after you have enrolled. We recommend that you arrange for an assessment before the July and September Advice Days to avoid a long wait on those days. For further information on these funds please contact the Hardship Fund Officer, Pearl Flanders, on 020 7450 1855. Opening hours: Monday: 10:00am 1:00pm & 2:30pm 7:30pm Tuesday Thursday: 10:00am 1:00pm & 2:30pm 4:30pm Please bring the following original documents with you: rent/mortgage agreements, letters from the Benefits Agency, wage slips (three months), loans and credit commitments, public utility bills, bank and building society statements, benefit/pension books. These documents will be returned to you. Staged payment arrangements For some courses with higher fees, it is possible for fees to be paid in instalments. A Special Payment Arrangements form is available for this purpose from the Enrolment Desk.
Special notes on fees

Are you an EU or Non-EU student? Non-EU students pay more than the published course fee and cannot claim concessionary fees or other financial support. Please see full details of fees for international students on our website or on request from the College Enrolment Office.
What financial support is there?

Hardship & Childcare Funds If you are experiencing financial hardship then you may be eligible for help from the Colleges Hardship & Childcare Support Funds. We can help you with costs related to accredited courses such as materials, travel and examinations, and with childcare costs on some programmes of study. You will be expected to pay a contribution. You may also be able to make payments in instalments on some courses.
125
morley college community programme
Are you a community leader? Do you know a group of people who might be interested in broadening their horizons or learning new skills? Your community group, perhaps, or your faith group, or even a group of your friends.
Morley Colleges Community Programme offers opportunities for people who may be anxious about returning to learn and who would Like the chance to find their feet with learning Prefer to learn in a place theyre familiar with Like to study alongside friends. Courses can be tailored to suit the needs and interests of specific groups. They provide a route into learning and then onwards.
Possible courses:
Computers dont bite Keeping fit on a budget Fun with mosaics Money magic Make your own instrument Committee skills Making story books for children Digital photography We also offer courses where older family members and children can learn together. The first course anyone does is free of charge. Crche facilities can sometimes be made available. Whether you are a community leader, or an ordinary member of the public, wed like to talk to you about how we could help you, or someone you know, get started with learning. Phone the Community Department on 020 7450 1815/1929.
126
community programme
what you can do for morley
At Morley College, students have lots of opportunities to get involved further and actively progress the direction and development of the College. We boast a broad range of student groups and opportunities to serve on representative bodies. We also welcome financial contributions from students who would like to give a little bit more than the costs of their course this can help us to improve our facilities and support other learners who have financial difficulties. So ask yourself, what can you do for Morley?
Voluntary Donations
Morley College Limited is an independent registered charity. The College receives grant aid from the Learning & Skills Council, and support from other bodies. However, to maintain our high quality provision and to continue to support innovative programmes, we also encourage financial help from past and present students of the College. There are a variety of ways to administrate your donations to Morley in tax-friendly agreements: A You can give an amount to the College through Gift Aid. If you pay tax, Gift Aid is a very effective way of giving to a charity; for every 10 that you give, Morley will receive an extra 2.50 from HM Revenue & Customs, helping your donation to go further. All you need to do is complete and sign a short form available from the Enrolment Desk. B You can nominate the College through your employer for charitable giving. C You can name Morley College as a beneficiary in your will. When preparing their will, many people decide to leave money to one or more charities. As a registered charity, Morley College Limited has benefited from legacies from former members of staff and students. One example is the late Ursula Hyde, whose legacy funded the provision of the Ursula Hyde Learning Centre.
A recent donation helped us to buy 120 new music stands for use in the College. Other donations contribute to Morleys Student Bursary Fund which provides support for fees for those who have encountered unforeseen financial difficulties during their course. However large or small your donation, it will be put to good use. If you would like to discuss how you could make a contribution to the work of the College or would like to sponsor an activity or a project, please contact the College Finance Officer on 020 7450 1858 or email donations@morleycollege.ac.uk.
127
application checklist
Checklist before returning your enrolment form: Have you completed all parts of the form? Have you filled in the course code and title for each course you wish to join? Have you included the Registration Fee in your total payment (only for your first enrolment of the academic year)? Have you enclosed your cheque or other means of payment? If you are claiming a concessionary fee, have you included some proof of entitlement? Have you included your postcode and email address? Have you included your daytime telephone number? Have you signed the form?
When completed, please return the application form to: The Enrolment Desk Morley College 61 Westminster Bridge Road London SE1 7HT We require some basic information from everyone who enrols on our courses. The Learning & Skills Council subsidises our work. In return they expect us to provide information about our students and the courses they attend. The College will also use the information to help make sure that our programme of courses is the right one for our students. You therefore need to ensure that you complete all the sections of the relevant enrolment form, or the online application form, when you enrol. Data Protection Act All the information collected is held on computer and is covered and protected by the provisions of the Data Protection Acts. We treat all the information as confidential and we do not make any part of it available to any commercial organisation.
128
application checklist
Disclaimer The information contained in this course guide was correct as at the date of publication in June 2009. The College will seek to inform students at enrolment of any substantial changes to this information. The College is unable to accept liability if it should prove necessary to cancel any proposed programme of study prior to its scheduled start. In the event of such a cancellation, the College will take reasonable steps to transfer students affected by the cancellation to a similar or related programme of study, if that is possible, or offer a full refund of fees. The College regrets that refunds will not be payable and extra sessions will not normally be provided if cancellation of a class is because of reasons outside the control of the College (e.g. because of bad weather conditions or a security alert). The College complies with all enactments concerning discrimination on grounds of race, sex or disability, and this course guide should be read as subject to the Interpretation Act 1978, s.6. Morley College Limited is a company limited by guarantee registered in England No. 2829836. Registered Charity No.1023523. Registered Office 61 Westminster Bridge Road SE1 7HT.
Morley College 61 Westminster Bridge Road London SE1 7HT Student Line: 020 7450 1889 Main College Switchboard: 020 7928 8501 Fax: 020 7928 4074 Email: enquiries@morleycollege.ac.uk Website: www.morleycollege.ac.uk
Morley College sites
Getting to Morley College

By Bus The following bus routes pass close to the College: 1 3 C10 12 45 53 59 63 68 159 168 171 172 176 188 344 360 453 By Tube From Lambeth North: Turn left out of Lambeth North tube station into Westminster Bridge Road. The College is situated 100 metres from the station, on the opposite side of the road. From Waterloo or Elephant & Castle: Approximately 10 minutes walk from both tube stations. By Rail Approximately 10 minutes walk from Waterloo, Waterloo East and Elephant & Castle railway stations. By Car Please note that the College is located in Londons Congestion Zone and we are unable to offer car parking. By Bicycle A bicycle rack is provided in front of the College.
Designed by Hudson Fuggle, Printed by The Colourhouse.

Morley College Course Guide 2009/10

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Morley College Course Guide 2009/10

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

course guide 2009/10

When should I enrol?

Frequently asked questions

Ela Piotrowska, Principal

www.morleycollege.ac.uk | 020 7450 1889

a quick guide to finding your course

Computing & Digital Design

Access to Higher Education

Health & Exercise

Skills for Life

www.morleycollege.ac.uk | 020 7450 1889

advice & information

Advice & Information

Regular Departmental Advice Times (during term time only)

Term Dates 2009/10

Skills for Life

Health & Exercise

Advice & information days July & September 2009

1 day 1 day 2 days 1 day 1 day 1 day 2 days 1 day

12:00pm 2:30pm & 4:30pm 7:30pm

Weds 2 Sept Thurs 3 Sept Mon 7 Sept

Thurs 3 Sept Weds 2 Sept Thurs 3 Sept Mon 7 Sept

Humanities Exercise Health Languages SFL

Access to Music Access to Humanities

www.morleycollege.ac.uk | 020 7450 1889

Access & Skills for Life

courses for adults with learning disabilities

Code DAB02A DAB04A DAB06A DAB03A

Start 16 Sep 09 13 Jan 10 14 Apr 10 14 Apr 10

End 25 Nov 09 17 Mar 10 23 June 10 23 June 10

Days Weds Weds Weds Weds

Times 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm 11:00am 12:30pm 2:00pm 4:00pm

Code MLD01A MLD02A MLD03A

Code VLD04A VLD06A VLD05A VLD07A VLD08A

www.morleycollege.ac.uk | 020 7450 1889

Ursula Hyde Learning Centre

access to higher education

www.morleycollege.ac.uk | 020 7450 1889

www.morleycollege.ac.uk | 020 7450 1889

computing and digital design

Code CMP01A CMP02A CMP03A CMP04A CMP05A CMP06A

CMP07A CMP08A CMP09A CMP10A CMP11A

www.morleycollege.ac.uk | 020 7450 1889

Code CMP14A CMP15A CMP16A CMP17A CMP18A

End 21 Oct 09 17 Feb 10 12 May 10 9 Dec 09 24 Mar 10

Days Weds Weds Weds Weds Weds

Fee 80 45 (c) 80 45 (c) 67 56 (c) 80 45 (c) 67 39 (c)

CMP19A CMP20A CMP21A CMP22A CMP23A

23 Oct 09 10 Feb 10 12 May 10 11 Dec 09 24 Mar 10

Fri Weds Weds Fri Weds

80 45 (c) 67 56 (c) 67 39 (c) 80 45 (c) 80 66 (c)

CMP24A CMP25A CMP26A CMP27A CMP28A CMP29A CMP30A

CMP31A CMP32A CMP33A CMP34A CMP35A CMP36A CMP37A

computing and digital design

H Requires tutor approval before you can enrol

Code CMP40A CMP41A

Start Spring 15 Jan 10 Summer 19 May 10

End 29 Jan 10 30 Jun 10

Days Fri Weds

Times 10:30am 4:30pm 6:00pm 9:00pm

Fee 87 59 (c) 100 86 (c)

Spring 5 Feb 10 Summer 19 May 10